Copyright and Disclaimer Print  


  
Alberta Regulation 146/2014
Protection of Sexually Exploited Children Act
PROTECTION OF SEXUALLY EXPLOITED  
CHILDREN AMENDMENT REGULATION
Filed: July 23, 2014
For information only:   Made by the Minister of Human Services (M.O. 2014-13) on 
July 22, 2014 pursuant to section 8(2) of the Protection of Sexually Exploited 
Children Act. 
1   The Protection of Sexually Exploited Children Regulation 
(AR 194/2007) is amended by this Regulation.

2   Section 3 is repealed and the following is substituted:
Services for 18 to 23 year olds
3(1)  For the purposes of assisting a person referred to in section 7.2 
of the Act to remain free of being sexually exploited because of 
involvement in prostitution after that person attains 18 years of age, 
a director may enter into an agreement with that person to continue 
to provide the following services to that person if, in the opinion of 
the director, the services are not reasonably available to that person 
from other sources:
	(a)	living accommodations;
	(b)	support and assistance relating to the necessities of life;
	(c)	any other services that, in the opinion of the director, may be 
required;
	(d)	if the person is under 20 years of age, the following 
additional services:
	(i)	health benefits;
	(ii)	residential services;
	(iii)	financial assistance for training.
(2)  No agreement under subsection (1) may be entered into or 
remains in force after the person's 24th birthday.

3   Form 1 is amended in section 2 by striking out "22nd" and 
substituting "24th".


Alberta Regulation 147/2014
Child, Youth and Family Enhancement Act
CHILD, YOUTH AND FAMILY ENHANCEMENT  
AMENDMENT REGULATION
Filed: July 23, 2014
For information only:   Made by the Minister of Human Services (M.O. 2014-14) on 
July 22, 2014 pursuant to section 131(2) of the Child, Youth and Family 
Enhancement Act. 
1   The Child, Youth and Family Enhancement Regulation 
(AR 160/2004) is amended by this Regulation.

2   Section 6(4) is amended by striking out "22nd birthday" 
and substituting "24th birthday".

3   Schedule 1 is amended
	(a)	in Form 9 by striking out "22 years" and substituting 
"24 years";
	(b)	in Form 12 by striking out "22nd birthday" and 
substituting "24th birthday";
	(c)	in Form 16 by striking out "22 years" and 
substituting "24 years";
	(d)	in Form 17 by striking out "18 and 22" wherever it 
occurs and substituting "18 and 24".


--------------------------------
Alberta Regulation 148/2014
Responsible Energy Development Act
SPECIFIED ENACTMENTS (JURISDICTION) AMENDMENT REGULATION
Filed: July 24, 2014
For information only:   Made by the Lieutenant Governor in Council (O.C. 297/2014) 
on July 23, 2014 pursuant to section 26 of the Responsible Energy Development Act. 
1   The Specified Enactments (Jurisdiction) Regulation 
(AR 201/2013) is amended by this Regulation.
2   Section 19 is amended
	(a)	in subsection (4) by adding the following after 
clause (b):
	(b.1)	sections 41 and 42 are to be read as if "designated" were 
struck out and "authorized under section 6(2) of the 
Responsible Energy Development Act" were substituted;
	(b)	in subsection (10) by renumbering clause (a) as 
clause (a.1) and by adding the following before 
clause (a.1):
	(a)	section 17 is to be read as if "designated Director under 
the Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act" 
were struck out and "Director referred to in section 42 
of the Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act, 
as modified by this Regulation," were substituted;

3   Schedule 2 is amended
	(a)	in section 1(a) by striking out ", 30 to 34 and 42 to 57" 
and substituting "and 30 to 34";
	(b)	by repealing section 10;
	(c)	in section 11 by repealing clause (a) and 
substituting the following:
	(a)	items (a) and (b) listed in Schedule 1;
	(b)	item (c) listed in Schedule 1 in respect of a dam that is 
not used for or in connection with the disposal of 
tailings or other materials resulting from the operations 
of an energy resource activity;
	(c)	item (d) listed in Schedule 1 in respect of a water 
diversion structure or canal that is not used for the 
disposal of tailings or other materials resulting from the 
operations of an energy resource activity;
	(d)	item (e) listed in Schedule 1 in respect of a water 
reservoir that is not used for the disposal of tailings or 
other materials resulting from the operations of an 
energy resource activity;
	(e)	item (f) listed in Schedule 1;
	(f)	item (j) listed in Schedule 1 in respect of an upgrading 
or processing plant that is not located within the site of 
an energy resource activity;
	(g)	items (k), (l), (n), (o), (p), (r), (s), (t), (u), (v), (w), (x), 
(y), (z) and (aa) listed in Schedule 1;
	(h)	items (a)(ii) to (iv) and (vii), (b), (c), (f) and (g) listed in 
Schedule 2.

4   Schedule 6 is amended
	(a)	in Part 1
	(i)	by repealing section 1(b);
	(ii)	by adding the following before section 1(c):
	(b.1)	section 56 in respect of "Director shall establish";
	(iii)	by adding the following after section 3:
3.1  Environmental Assessment Regulation (AR 112/93)
	(a)	section 2(1) in respect of "the Director shall keep".
	(iv)	in section 8(a) by striking out ", 15 and 17" and 
substituting "and 15";
	(b)	in section 1 of Part 5 by renumbering clause (a) as 
clause (a.1) and by adding the following before 
clause (a.1):
	(a)	section 56 in respect of "provided to the Director or 
created or issued by the Director";

5(1)  An environmental assessment process in respect of an 
energy resource activity under Division 1 of Part 2 of the 
Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act that is 
commenced by an initial review decision under section 44 
of the Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act on 
or before July 23, 2014, but is not completed on the coming 
into force of this section, shall be continued and completed 
by the Director designated for purposes of sections 43 to 56 
of the Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act in 
accordance with that Act.
(2)  An environmental assessment process in respect of an 
energy resource activity under Division 1 of Part 2 of the 
Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act that is 
commenced by an initial review decision under section 44 
of the Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act after 
July 23, 2014, but is not completed on the coming into force 
of this section, shall be continued and completed by the 
Regulator in accordance with the Environmental Protection 
and Enhancement Act.
(3)  Despite subsections (1) and (2), the Minister determined 
under section 16 of the Government Organization Act as the 
Minister responsible for the Environmental Protection and 
Enhancement Act may direct either the Director designated 
for the purposes of sections 43 to 56 of the Environmental 
Protection and Enhancement Act or the Regulator to 
continue and complete, in accordance with the 
Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act, an 
environmental assessment process in respect of an energy 
resource activity under Division 1 of Part 2 of the 
Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act that is not 
completed on the coming into force of this section.

6   This Regulation comes into force on October 1, 2014.


--------------------------------
Alberta Regulation 149/2014
Election Act
ELECTION ACT FORMS AMENDMENT REGULATION
Filed: July 24, 2014
For information only:   Made by the Lieutenant Governor in Council (O.C. 300/2014) 
on July 23, 2014 pursuant to section 207 of the Election Act. 
1   The Election Act Forms Regulation (AR 141/2011) is 
amended by this Regulation.

2   In the Schedule, Forms 2, 3, 5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 16 and 
18 are repealed and the following are substituted:
Form 2 
(Sections 4(3)(c), 9, 28, 47, 47.1, 71,  
73, 75.1, 76, 77.1, 113)
Appointment and Oath of Election Officer
I,      (print name)      of          (print address)         , appointed 
as      (position)      in the Electoral Division of                           , 
Polling Subdivision number     (complete if applicable)   , in the 
Province of Alberta, swear (or affirm) that I am legally qualified to act 
as    (position)   , that I have not within the immediately preceding 10 
years been convicted of an indictable offence where the penalty that 
may be imposed for that offence is greater than 2 years' imprisonment 
and that I will act impartially and diligently in carrying out my duties 
under the Election Act.
Sworn (or affirmed) before me	) 
at the                 of               , in the 	) 
Province of Alberta, this         day 	) 		 
of                        , 20        .	)	(signature of election officer) 
                                                        	)  
 (signature of authorized person)
Print name:                                           
Authority to administer oath: 
                                                              
A person who takes a false oath under the Election Act commits an 
offence and is liable to a fine of not more than $5000 or to 
imprisonment for not more than 2 years or to both a fine and 
imprisonment.
Form 3 
(Sections 59, 60, 61)
Candidate Nomination Paper
We, the undersigned electors, resident in the Electoral Division 
of                      , nominate     (print name of candidate )   , representing    
(political party, if applicable)   , as a candidate for the election.
Printed Name 
of Elector
Residential Address in
Electoral Division
Signature of Elector
1


2


3


I,    (print name)   , swear (or affirm) that I witnessed the signatures of 
the electors recorded on this Candidate Nomination Paper.
Sworn (or affirmed) before me	) 
at the                 of               , in the 	) 
Province of Alberta, this         day 	) 		 
of                        , 20        .	)	(signature of witness) 
                                                        	)  
 (signature of authorized person)
Print name:                                           
Authority to administer oath: 
                                                              
A person who takes a false oath under the Election Act commits an 
offence and is liable to a fine of not more than $5000 or to 
imprisonment for not more than 2 years or to both a fine and 
imprisonment.

? Each elector must be ordinarily resident in the named electoral 
division.
? For verification of residency, the elector's address should 
clearly indicate that the elector's residence is located within the 
Electoral Division.
? To be signed by 25 or more electors in the presence of the 
witness. 
? Each page containing signatures must be witnessed.
Address for Service
Documents may be served and notices given respecting the candidate 
at:
               (address including postal code)	
(mailing address including postal code, if the above is not a mailing 
address)
                                  (telephone number)	
                                       (fax number)	
Appointment of Official Agent
In accordance with section 60 of the Election Act, I appoint   (print 
name of official agent)   of   (complete address including postal 
code - for publication) (telephone number - for publication) 
(email - not for publication) as my official agent.
I,    (print name)   , confirm that I am not a candidate and that I consent 
to my appointment as the official agent.
                                                                     	                             
           (signature of official agent)         	(date)          
Declaration of Candidate
I,    (print name of candidate)  , declare that I am eligible under section 
56 of the Election Act to be a candidate, that I consent to my 
nomination and that I wish my name to appear on the ballot paper 
as         (print any combination of given name, middle name, initials or 
nickname)                                   (print surname)  	.
Complete A or B, whichever applies
	A	The Candidate Nomination Endorsement Certificate from 
  (political party)   confirms that I am the officially endorsed 
candidate for the Electoral Division of 
	
OR
	B	I am an independent candidate in the Electoral Division of 
	
I understand that prior to my nomination being accepted, I 
must be registered with the Office of the Chief Electoral 
Officer pursuant to section 9 of the Election Finances and 
Contributions Disclosure Act.
                                                       	                             
        (signature of candidate)	(date)         
Form 5 
(Section 78)
Oath of Interpreter
I,      (print name)      of                (address)                appointed as an 
interpreter in the Electoral Division of                            for polling 
station number(s)                   in the Province of Alberta, swear (or 
affirm)
?	that I will faithfully read or translate such statements, instructions, 
questions and answers as required at this election,
?	that I will not attempt to discover and will, by every means in my 
power, prevent any other person from finding out how any person 
is about to vote, or has voted, at this election,
?	that I will not communicate to any person any information of any 
kind that may enable or assist any person to ascertain how any 
person has voted, and
?	that I will, in all respects, maintain and aid in maintaining the 
absolute secrecy of the voting at this polling place and at this 
election.
Sworn (or affirmed) before me	) 
at the                 of               , in the 	) 
Province of Alberta, this         day 	) 		 
of                        , 20        .	)	(signature of interpreter) 
                                                        	)  
 (signature of authorized person)
Print name:                                           
Authority to administer oath: 
                                                              
A person who takes a false oath under the Election Act commits an 
offence and is liable to a fine of not more than $5000 or to 
imprisonment for not more than 2 years or to both a fine and 
imprisonment.
Form 8 
(Sections 93, 111(11))
Oath of Secrecy
Electoral Division of             
Polling Subdivision Number             
I,     (print name)      , swear (or affirm)
?	that I will not communicate to any person any information of any 
kind that may enable or assist any person to ascertain how any 
person has voted;
(The following applies to persons referred to in section 92(1) of the 
Election Act in a polling place during polling hours)
?	that I will not attempt to discover and will, by every means in my 
power, prevent any other person from finding out how any person 
is about to vote or has voted in this election, except as required 
under section 96 (voter assistance);
(The following applies to persons referred to in section 111(11) of the 
Election Act present during the unofficial count)
?	that I will not attempt to discover and will, by every means in my 
power, prevent any other person from finding out how any person 
has voted in this election.
Sworn (or affirmed) before me	) 
at the                 of               , in the 	) 
Province of Alberta, this         day 	) 		 
of                        , 20        .	)	   (signature of person taking oath) 
                                                        	) 		 
 (signature of authorized person)		    (position of person taking oath)
Print name:                                           
Authority to administer oath: 
                                                              
A person who takes a false oath under the Election Act commits an 
offence and is liable to a fine of not more than $5000 or to 
imprisonment for not more than 2 years or to both a fine and 
imprisonment.
Form 9 
(Sections 95, 99, 104)
Declaration of Elector
Electoral Division of             
Polling Subdivision Number             
I,       (first name)            (middle name)       (surname)     
   (date of birth)     of    (residential address including unit/apartment 
number)    (city/town/village)       
 (postal code, if applicable)      (mailing address-if different 
 from above)       (city/town/village)      (province)    
   (postal code)     (telephone number), 
declare that I have not previously voted at this election and that I am a 
qualified elector by virtue of being
?	a Canadian citizen,
?	18 years of age or older,
?	ordinarily resident in Alberta for at least the immediately 
preceding 6 months, and
?	ordinarily resident in the polling subdivision in which I wish to 
vote.
I make this declaration conscientiously believing it to be true and 
believing that it is of the same force and effect as if made under oath.  I 
am aware that it is an offence to make a false declaration and that I 
may be liable to a fine of not more than $5000 or to imprisonment 
for not more than 2 years or to both a fine and imprisonment.
                                         	                           
  (signature of elector)  	(date)        
Proof of Identity and Residence (check one)
	?	Photograph identification issued by a federal, provincial or 
municipal government in Canada or a government agency 
containing the elector's name and current address
OR
	?	2 pieces of identification authorized by the Chief Electoral 
Officer containing the elector's name
		(the elector's current address must be contained on at least 
one of the pieces of identification)
		Type of identification: 	
		Type of identification: 	
OR
	?	A declaration has been signed vouching for the elector
Form 10 
(Section 95)
Vouching Declaration
Electoral Division of                                                             
I,   (first name)     (middle name)       (surname)  , declare
?	that I personally know the following elector(s) who live(s) at the 
address(es) indicated:
Print name                        Print residential address including     
                                          unit/apartment number                       
                                                                                                     
                                                                                                     
                                                                                                    
?	that I am a qualified elector and my name properly appears on the 
List of Electors for polling subdivision number _________, 
?	that I truly believe that the elector(s) named above is (are) 
ordinarily resident at the address(es) listed above, and
?	that I am not a scrutineer for a candidate.
I make this declaration conscientiously believing it to be true and 
believing that it is of the same force and effect as if made under oath.  I 
am aware that it is an offence to make a false declaration and that I 
may be liable to a fine of not more than $5000 or to imprisonment 
for not more than 2 years or to both a fine and imprisonment.
                                                      	                             
  (signature of vouching elector)  	(date)          
TO BE COMPLETED BY THE DEPUTY RETURNING OFFICER 
OR THE REGISTRATION OFFICER:
?  Name of vouching elector appears on the List of Electors for 
polling subdivision number                         .
PROOF OF IDENTITY AND RESIDENCE (Check One)
	?	Photograph identification issued by a federal, provincial or 
municipal government in Canada or a government agency 
containing the elector's name and current address
OR
	?	2 pieces of identification authorized by the Chief Electoral 
Officer containing the elector's name
		(the elector's current address must be contained on at least 
one of the pieces of identification)
		Type of identification: 	
		Type of identification: 	
Form 11 
(Section 96)
Oath of Inability to Read the Ballot 
or Physical Incapacity
Electoral Division of             
Polling Subdivision Number             
I,    (print name)   , swear (or affirm) that I am unable to read the 
ballot, or that due to physical incapacity I am unable to mark the ballot.
Sworn (or affirmed) before me	) 
at the                 of               , in the 	) 
Province of Alberta, this         day 	) 		 
of                        , 20        .	)	(signature or mark of voter) 
                                                        	)  
 (signature of deputy returning officer)
A person who takes a false oath under the Election Act commits an 
offence and is liable to a fine of not more than $5000 or to 
imprisonment for not more than 2 years or to both a fine and 
imprisonment.
Form 12 
(Section 96)
Oath of Friend of Voter
Electoral Division of             
Polling Subdivision Number             
I,    (print name)    of    (print residential address)   , swear (or affirm) 
that I will mark the ballot in the manner directed by    (print name of 
voter)    and I will keep secret how I marked the ballot.
Sworn (or affirmed) before me	) 
at the                 of               , in the 	) 
Province of Alberta, this         day 	) 		 
of                        , 20        .	)	(signature of friend of voter) 
                                                        	)  
 (signature of deputy returning officer)
A person who takes a false oath under the Election Act commits an 
offence and is liable to a fine of not more than $5000 or to 
imprisonment for not more than 2 years or to both a fine and 
imprisonment.
Form 13 
(Section 108)
Oath of Elector (Alleged Impersonation)
Electoral Division of             
Polling Subdivision Number             
I,       (first name)            (middle name)       (surname)     
of    (residential address including unit/apartment number) 
    (city/town/village)       (postal code, if applicable)       
(mailing address-if different from above)       (city/town/village)    
   (province)      (postal code)     (telephone number), 
declare that I have not previously voted at this election and that I am a 
qualified elector by virtue of being
?	a Canadian citizen,
?	18 years of age or older,
?	ordinarily resident in Alberta for at least the immediately 
preceding 6 months, and
?	ordinarily resident in the polling subdivision in which I wish to 
vote.
Sworn (or affirmed) before me	) 
at the                 of               , in the 	) 
Province of Alberta, this         day 	) 		 
of                        , 20        .	)	(signature of elector) 
                                                        	)  
 (signature of authorized person)
Print name:                                           
Authority to administer oath: 
                                                              
A person who takes a false oath under the Election Act commits an 
offence and is liable to a fine of not more than $5000 or to 
imprisonment for not more than 2 years or to both a fine and 
imprisonment.
TO BE COMPLETED BY THE DEPUTY RETURNING OFFICER 
OR THE REGISTRATION OFFICER:
PROOF OF IDENTITY AND RESIDENCE (Check One)
	?	Photograph identification issued by a federal, provincial or 
municipal government in Canada or a government agency 
containing the elector's name and current address
OR
	?	2 pieces of identification authorized by the Chief Electoral 
Officer containing the elector's name
		(the elector's current address must be contained on at least 
one of the pieces of identification)
		Type of identification: 	
		Type of identification: 	
OR
	?	A declaration has been signed vouching for the elector
Form 16 
Election Act 
(Sections 111, 116, 118)
Special Ballot Certificate Envelope
Elector information:	 To be completed by the returning officer, 
election                                                 clerk or administrative assistant
Electoral Division of                
Polling Subdivision Number          
Seq. No. from Special Ballot Poll Book                
          (first name)                    (middle name)               (surname)         of  
    (residential address)          (city/town/village)       (postal code, if applicable) 
Part 1
To be completed by elector

Step 1
- Required Identification
CHECK:  ?   I have enclosed a copy of my identification in this envelope.
Step 2
- Declaration
I declare that I have not previously voted at this election and that I am a 
qualified elector by virtue of being
?	a Canadian citizen,
?	18 years of age or older,
?	ordinarily resident in the Province of Alberta for at least the 
immediately preceding 6 months, and
?	ordinarily resident in the polling subdivision in which I wish to 
vote.
I declare that I am unable to vote at an advance poll or at the poll on 
polling day by reason of being
(CHECK ONE)
?	Physically incapacitated
?	Absent from the electoral division
?	An inmate 
?	An election officer
?	A candidate, official agent or scrutineer
?	A resident of a remote area
?	Other circumstance (as specified by Chief Electoral Officer) 
Specify circumstance: 	
I make the above declarations conscientiously believing them to be true 
and believing that they are of the same force and effect as if made under 
oath.
                                              	                                      
(signature of elector)	(date)              
Part 2 
Special Ballot Checklist
To be completed by the returning officer, election clerk 
or administrative assistant
CHECK A or B, whichever applies
A	?	Special Ballot Certificate Envelope has been accepted in 
accordance with sections 111, 116 and 118 of the Election 
Act.
OR
B	?	Special Ballot Certificate Envelope has not been accepted 
for one or more of the following reasons (check all that 
apply):
	?	Part 1 is not properly completed,
	?	Received after the close of polls on polling day, or
	?	Proper identification has not been included.
                                                                     	                             
(signature of returning officer, election	(date)         
  clerk or administrative assistant)
Form 18 
(Section 123)
Mobile Poll Declaration
Electoral Division of             
Polling Subdivision Number             
I,           (print first name, middle name, surname)            , declare that I 
have not previously voted at this election and that I am a qualified 
elector by virtue of being
	?	a Canadian citizen,
	?	18 years of age or older, and
	?	ordinarily resident in the Province of Alberta for at least the 
immediately preceding 6 months.
Complete A or B, whichever applies
A - In-patient at a Treatment Centre
      I am an in-patient at
	
(print name of treatment centre)
OR
B - Resident at a Supportive Living Facility
I am ordinarily resident at
	
(print name of supportive living facility)
I make this declaration conscientiously believing it to be true and 
believing that it is of the same force and effect as if made under oath.
                                                      	                                       
  (signature of elector)  	(date)              


--------------------------------
Alberta Regulation 150/2014
Law of Property Act
LAW OF PROPERTY (EXTENSION OF EXPIRY DATE) 
AMENDMENT REGULATION
Filed: July 24, 2014
For information only:   Made by the Lieutenant Governor in Council (O.C. 306/2014) 
on July 23, 2014 pursuant to section 50.1 of the Law of Property Act. 
1   The Law of Property Regulation (AR 89/2004) is amended 
by this Regulation.

2   Section 3 is amended by striking out "August 1, 2014" and 
substituting "July 31, 2019".


--------------------------------
Alberta Regulation 151/2014
Government Organization Act
DESIGNATION AND TRANSFER OF RESPONSIBILITY 
AMENDMENT REGULATION
Filed: July 24, 2014
For information only:   Made by the Lieutenant Governor in Council (O.C. 312/2014) 
on July 23, 2014 pursuant to sections 16, 17 and 18 of the Government Organization 
Act. 
1   The Designation and Transfer of Responsibility 
Regulation (AR 80/2012) is amended by this Regulation.

2   Section 14 is amended by adding the following after 
subsection (8):
(9)  The responsibility for the Building Canada - Communities 
Component part of the Federal Grant Programs program is 
transferred to the Minister of Municipal Affairs.
(10)  The responsibility for the administration of the unexpended 
balance of element 9.1, Building Canada - Communities Component 
of program 9, Federal Grant Programs of the 2014-15 Government 
appropriation for Transportation is transferred to the Minister of 
Municipal Affairs.

3   Section 18 is amended by adding the following after 
subsection (4):
(4.1)  The powers, duties and functions of the Minister in the 
Finance Grant Regulation (AR 217/2008) are transferred to the 
common responsibility of the President of Treasury Board and 
Minister of Finance and the President of the Executive Council.


--------------------------------
Alberta Regulation 152/2014
Public Health Act
WAIVER AMENDMENT REGULATION
Filed: July 24, 2014
For information only:   Made by the Lieutenant Governor in Council (O.C. 329/2014) 
on July 23, 2014 pursuant to section 66(1) of the Public Health Act. 
1   The Waiver Regulation (AR 298/2003) is amended by this 
Regulation.

2   Section 2(a) is amended by striking out "and be made to the 
chair of the appropriate regional health authority".

3   Section 9 is repealed and the following is substituted:
Committees
9   A regional health authority may establish one or more 
committees consisting of at least 3 members to hear and decide 
applications under this Regulation.

4   Section 11 is amended by striking out "October 31, 2014" 
and substituting "October 31, 2024".


--------------------------------
Alberta Regulation 153/2014
Various Acts
HEALTH EXPIRY CLAUSES AMENDMENT REGULATION
Filed: July 24, 2014
For information only:   Made by the Lieutenant Governor in Council (O.C. 331/2014) 
on July 23, 2014 pursuant to Various Acts. 
1   The Community Health Councils Regulation 
(AR 202/97) is amended in section 11 by striking out 
"October 31, 2014" and substituting "October 31, 2016".

2   The Co-ordinated Home Care Program Regulation 
(AR 296/2003) is amended in section 10 by striking out 
"October 31, 2014" and substituting "October 31, 2017".

3   The Regional Health Authority Membership Regulation 
(AR 164/2004) is amended in section 12 by striking out 
"October 31, 2014" and substituting "October 31, 2017".

4   The Treatment Services Regulation (AR 248/85) is 
amended in section 8 by striking out "November 30, 2014" and 
substituting "November 30, 2017".



Alberta Regulation 154/2014
Employment Pension Plans Act
EMPLOYMENT PENSION PLANS REGULATION
Filed: July 24, 2014
For information only:   Made by the Lieutenant Governor in Council (O.C. 333/2014) 
on July 23, 2014 pursuant to section 159 of the Employment Pension Plans Act. 
Table of Contents
Part 1 
Interpretation
	1	Definitions
	2	Calculation of provision for adverse deviation
	3	Calculation of actuarial excess and surplus
	4	Initial legislation date
	5	Jointly sponsored plans
	6	Multilateral jurisdiction
	7	Plans, schemes and arrangements not constituting pension plans
	8	Reciprocal jurisdiction
	9	How commuted value is to be determined in relation to benefit 
formula provisions
	10	Exemption of plans


	11	Application to publicly funded plans
	12	Application to Universities Academic Pension Plan
	13	Plans for connected persons
Part 2 
Pension Plan Requirements
	14	Additional matters to be dealt with in the plan text document
	15	Retired member recommencement of employment
Part 3 
Registration and Amendment of  
Pension Plans
	16	Period for administering established plan
	17	Period for registering plan
	18	Administrator statement required for registration
	19	Period for filing records for amendment to plan text documents
	20	Administrator statement required for plan text document  
amendment
	21	When administrator must amend plan text document for benefit  
reductions or contribution increases
	22	When administrator may amend for temporary benefit  
improvements
	23	When Superintendent may refuse to register amendment
	24	Period for filing records for amendment to supporting plan  
documents
	25	Administrator statement required for supporting plan document  
amendment
Part 4 
Membership in Pension Plans
	26	Auto-enrollment
	27	When suspension may be lifted
Part 5 
Administration of Pension Plans
Division 1 
Duties Related to Administration
	28	Qualifications of administrator
	29	Participation agreements
Division 2 
Disclosure of Records and Information
	30	Plan summary
	31	Annual statement for active members
	32	Annual statement for persons receiving pensions
	33	Transfer statement for life income type benefits account
	34	Termination of active membership statement
	35	Information statement on marriage breakdown
	36	Information statement after filing matrimonial property order  
or agreement
	37	Retirement statement
	38	Phased retirement benefit statement
	39	Lump sum payment statement
	40	Statement on death of member before pension commencement
	41	Statement on death of retired member receiving life income  
type benefits
	42	Plan termination or winding-up statement
	43	Calculation data
	44	Notice of changes in contributions or benefits
	45	Prescribed person
	46	Examination and provision of information
Division 3 
Reports and Returns
	47	Annual information returns
	48	Review of plan
	49	Actuarial valuation report or cost certificate
	50	Filing of financial statements
Division 4 
Payment or Transfer of Contributions
	51	Payment or transfer of contributions
Division 5 
Assessment of Plans and Plan Policies
	52	Assessment of plan
	53	Governance policy
	54	Statement of investment policies and procedures
	55	Funding policy
Division 6 
Participating Employers
	56	Participation agreement
Division 7 
Fundholders
	57	Fundholders
	58	Responsibilities of fundholders
Part 6 
Funding, Contributions and Assets
Division 1 
Funding of Plan
	59	Definitions
	60	Funding requirements applicable to defined benefit provisions
	61	Funding requirements applicable to target benefit
	62	Plan contributor's share
	63	Smoothing restrictions
	64	Stress testing
	65	Withdrawal of actuarial excess from a solvency reserve account  
before termination
	66	Withdrawal of surplus from a solvency reserve account after  
plan termination
	67	Use of letters of credit for meeting solvency deficiencies
Division 2 
Contributions to Plan
	68	Remittance of contributions
	69	Notice of failure to remit
	70	Summary of contributions
	71	Allocation or distribution of excess member contributions
Division 3 
Investing Plan Assets
	72	Investment requirements
	73	Interest, gains and losses on contributions
Division 4 
Use of Actuarial Excess or Surplus
	74	Distribution of actuarial excess or surplus
	75	Use of actuarial excess to reduce or eliminate contributions 
Part 7 
Benefits and Transfers
Division 1 
Restrictions on Access to Benefits
	76	Exceptions to locking in
	77	Adjustments in pension for statutory payments
Division 2 
Benefits may be Affected
	78	Life income type benefits
Division 3 
Marriage Breakdown
	79	Definitions
	80	Matrimonial property orders and agreements
	81	Conditions and distribution
	82	Calculation of benefits
	83	Adjustment of member pension partner's share
	84	Fees
Division 4 
Death Benefits
	85	Waiver of pension partner entitlement if member dies before 
pension commencement
	86	Waiver of pension partner entitlement if member dies after pension  
commencement
Division 5 
Ancillary and Phased Retirement Benefits
	87	Phased retirement benefits
	88	Lump sum payments
Division 6 
Transfer of Commuted Value by Member
	89	Target benefit funded ratio
	90	Manner and extent of transfers
	91	Required transfer
	92	Election of options
Division 7 
Missing Persons
	93	Information to Superintendent
	94	Consent of Superintendent
Part 8 
Changes in Plan Benefit Type  
or Plan Structure
Division 1 
Predecessor and Successor Plans
	95	Definitions
	96	Application
	97	Prescribed events or transactions
	98	Transfer of assets and liabilities between predecessor and  
successor plans
	99	Required filings
	100	Disclosure
	101	Membership rights on occurrence of event or transaction
Division 2 
Other Changes in Benefit Type 
or Plan Structure
	102	Rules for conversion of plan provisions
	103	Participating employer's withdrawal from non-collectively bargained  
multi-employer plan
Part 9 
Locked-in Retirement Accounts and  
Life Income Funds
Division 1 
Interpretation
	104	Definitions
	105	Authorized entities
Division 2 
Locked-in Retirement Accounts
	106	Locked-in retirement accounts
	107	Application to issuer doing internal transfer
	108	Duties of issuer
	109	Contract for locked-in retirement account must include addendum
	110	Issuers must comply with addendum
	111	Issuers must provide information
	112	Expenses may be paid from locked-in retirement account
	113	Restrictions on accepting transfer
	114	Restrictions on making transfers
	115	Remittance of securities
	116	Liabilities for inappropriate payment or transfer
	117	Transfers on death of owner
	118	Conditions under which lump sum payment may be made
	119	Conditions under which withdrawals for shortened life expectancy 
may be made
	120	Conditions under which withdrawals for non-residency may  
be made
	121	Conditions under which withdrawals for financial hardship may  
be made
	122	Form of pension partner waiver for unlocking
Division 3 
Life Income Funds
	123	Definitions
	124	Life income funds
	125	Application to issuer doing internal transfer
	126	Duties of issuer
	127	Contract for life income fund must include addendum
	128	Issuers must comply with addendum
	129	Issuers must provide information
	130	Expenses may be paid from life income fund
	131	Restrictions on accepting transfer
	132	Restrictions on making transfers
	133	Remittance of securities
	134	Payments out of a life income fund
	135	Liabilities for inappropriate payment or transfer
	136	Transfers on death of owner
	137	Conditions under which lump sum payment may be made
	138	Conditions under which withdrawals for shortened life expectancy  
may be made
	139	Conditions under which withdrawals for non-residency may  
be made
	140	Conditions under which withdrawals for financial hardship may  
be made
	141	Form of pension partner waiver for unlocking
Part 10 
Termination and Winding-up of Plan
	142	Voluntary termination
	143	Elimination of solvency deficiency on termination
	144	Termination reports
	145	Transfer rights on winding-up
	146	Allocation and distribution of assets if assets are insufficient
Part 11 
Administrative Penalties
	147	Administrative penalties
Part 12 
Alberta Employment Pension Tribunal
	148	Notice of appeal
	149	Tribunal qualifications
Part 13 
Assessment for Administration  
of Act
	150	Definition
	151	Filing fee
	152	Administration fee
	153	Calculation of fee rate
	154	Minimum and maximum fee
Part 14 
Miscellaneous, Transitional, Repeal and  
Coming into force
Division 1 
Miscellaneous
	155	Fees
	156	Notice requirements
	157	Collection of personal information
Division 2 
Transitional Matters
	158	Transitional items
	159	Pension plan documents
	160	Participation agreements
	161	Disclosure statements
	162	LIRAs and LIFs
Division 3 
Consequential Amendments, Repeal and 
Coming into Force
	163-169	Consequential amendments
	170	Repeal
	171	Coming into force 
 
Schedule 1 - Locked in retirement account addendum 
Schedule 2 -  Life income fund addendum 
Schedule 3 - Up to 50% Unlocking Option 
Schedule 4 - Exemptions and Other Provisions for Universities     
Academic Pension Plan 
Schedule 5 - Fees 
Schedule 6 - Forms
Part 1 
Interpretation
Definitions
1(1)  In this Regulation,
	(a)	"accessible going concern excess",
	(i)	in the case of a pension plan that is not a divisional 
multi-employer plan, means the plan's accessible going 
concern excess, or
	(ii)	in the case of a divisional multi-employer plan, means, 
in relation to a participating employer in the plan, the 
participating employer's accessible going concern 
excess;
	(b)	"accessible solvency excess", 
	(i)	in the case of a pension plan that is not a divisional 
multi-employer plan, means the plan's accessible 
solvency excess, or
	(ii)	in the case of a divisional multi-employer plan, means, 
in relation to a participating employer in the plan, the 
participating employer's accessible solvency excess;
	(c)	"Act" means the Employment Pension Plans Act;
	(d)	"actuarial gain", in relation to a benefit formula component 
of a pension plan, means the amount that represents the 
improvement, referred to in section 60(6) or (8) or 61(6), 
between the projected financial position of the plan 
component and the actual financial position of the plan 
component; 
	(e)	"actuarial present value of component contributions" means 
the actuarial present value of the contributions that, in the 
current actuarial valuation report for the plan, are anticipated 
to be made in the period covered by the actuarial valuation 
report for application to the target benefit component;
	(f)	"actuarial valuation report", in relation to a pension plan, 
means the report filed in relation to the plan under section 
38(1)(b)(i) of the Act;
	(g)	"additional voluntary contributions account", in relation to a 
member of a pension plan, means 
	(i)	the additional voluntary contributions made to the plan 
by the member, 
	(ii)	interest allocated to the account, and
	(iii)	administration expenses and other money deducted by 
payment, transfer or withdrawal from the money 
referred to in subclauses (i) and (ii);
	(h)	"annual information return", in relation to a pension plan, 
means a return referred to in section 38(1)(a) of the Act that 
relates to the plan;
	(i)	"benefit formula component" means 
	(i)	a defined benefit component, or
	(ii)	a target benefit component;
	(j)	"benefit formula member-required contributions balance", in 
relation to a member of a pension plan who is or will be 
entitled to receive benefits from a benefit formula component 
of the plan, means the amount that, as at any date, is 
determined by
	(i)	adding
	(A)	the member-required contributions made to the 
plan by the member to that date for application to 
the benefit formula component of the plan, and
	(B)	any interest earned on those contributions, 
			and
	(ii)	subtracting from that total any administration expenses 
paid out of, or other money deducted by payment, 
transfer or withdrawal from, the amounts referred to in 
subclause (i) to that date;
	(k)	"CANSIM rate", in relation to a period of not more than 12 
months for which interest is payable, means, except in 
section 73 and Schedule 2, the rate of interest on long-term 
bonds issued by the Government of Canada for the month of 
November preceding the year in relation to which the 
withdrawal factor is being calculated, determined by 
reference to the Canadian Socio-Economic Information 
Management System (CANSIM) Series V 122487 compiled 
by Statistics Canada and available on the website maintained 
by the Bank of Canada;
	(l)	"component's adjusted normal actuarial cost" means the sum 
of
	(i)	the amount obtained by adding the normal actuarial cost 
that has been estimated in relation to the component for 
the period covered by the actuarial valuation report, and
	(ii)	the amount referred to in subclause (i) multiplied by the 
PfAD; 
	(m)	"cost certificate", in relation to a pension plan, means the 
report filed in relation to the plan under section 38(1)(b)(ii) 
of the Act;
	(n)	"current actuarial valuation report", in relation to a pension 
plan, means the actuarial valuation report most recently filed 
in relation to the plan;
	(o)	"defined benefit component", in relation to a pension plan of 
which the plan text document contains a defined benefit 
provision, means the portion of the plan that relates to the 
defined benefit provision, including, without limitation, the 
assets and liabilities of the plan that relate to that defined 
benefit provision;
	(p)	"defined contribution account", in relation to a member of a 
pension plan who is or will be entitled to receive benefits 
under a defined contribution provision of the plan, means
	(i)	the contributions, other than additional voluntary 
contributions, made to the plan by or on behalf of the 
member for application to the defined contribution 
component of the plan,
	(ii)	interest allocated to the account, and
	(iii)	administration expenses and other money deducted by 
payment, transfer or withdrawal from the money 
referred to in subclauses (i) and (ii);
	(q)	"defined contribution component", in relation to a pension 
plan of which the plan text document contains a defined 
contribution provision, means the portion of the plan that 
relates to the defined contribution provision, including, 
without limitation, the assets and liabilities of the plan that 
relate to that defined contribution provision;
	(r)	"divisional multi-employer plan" means a plan where the 
participating employer's share of the matters referred to in 
section 62 must be determined in accordance with that 
section;
	(s)	"federal Schedule III" means Schedule III to the Pension 
Benefits Standards Regulations, 1985 (Canada), SOR/87-19, 
as amended from time to time;
	(t)	"fiscal year" means the fiscal year of a pension plan;
	(u)	"going concern assets value", in relation to a benefit formula 
component, means the value of the assets of the component, 
including income due and accrued, which value is 
determined on a going concern basis;
	(v)	"going concern basis" means a basis for determining the 
value of plan assets and liabilities that
	(i)	is adequate and appropriate,
	(ii)	is in accordance with accepted actuarial practice, and
	(iii)	would apply to the plan if no decision has been made to 
terminate the plan;
	(w)	"going concern funded ratio", in relation to a defined benefit 
component or target benefit component, means the fraction 
obtained by dividing the component's going concern assets 
value by the component's going concern liabilities value;
	(x)	"going concern liabilities value", in relation to a benefit 
formula component, means the actuarial present value of the 
accrued benefits of the component, including amounts due 
and unpaid, which actuarial present value is determined on a 
going concern basis;
	(y)	"going concern valuation", in relation to a benefit formula 
component, means a valuation of the component's assets and 
liabilities, prepared on a going concern basis;
	(z)	"life annuity" means a non-commutable life annuity contract 
issued or to be issued by an insurance business that meets the 
conditions set out in paragraph 60(l) of the Income Tax Act 
(Canada);
	(aa)	"life income type benefits account" means,
	(i)	in the case of a life income type benefits account of a 
member, the amount elected by the member under 
section 78(5) plus any amounts transferred by the 
member under section 78(7), or, in the case of a life 
income type benefits account of a surviving pension 
partner, the amount referred to in section 78(12),
	(ii)	interest allocated to the account, and
	(iii)	administration expenses and other money deducted by 
payment, transfer or withdrawal from the money 
referred to in subclauses (i) and (ii);
	(bb)	"life income type benefits balance", in relation to the 
person's life income type benefits account, means,
	(i)	in the calendar year in which the account is established, 
the balance of the person's life income type benefits 
account as at the date on which the account is 
established, and
	(ii)	in every subsequent calendar year, the balance of the 
person's life income type benefits account as at January 
1 of the calendar year in which the calculation is made;
	(cc)	"life income type benefits maximum amount", in relation to 
the life income type benefits that may be paid to a person in a 
calendar year, means the greatest of the following:
	(i)	the preceding year's investment returns for the person's 
life income type benefits account;
	(ii)	the life income type benefits minimum amount 
applicable to the person for that year;
	(iii)	the amount determined by dividing the life income type 
benefits balance by the withdrawal factor;
	(dd)	"life income type benefits minimum amount", in relation to 
the life income type benefits that may be paid to a person in a 
calendar year, means the minimum amount of life income 
type benefits that, under the Income Tax Regulations 
(Canada), is required to be paid out of the person's life 
income type benefits account in that year;
	(ee)	"locked-in money" means 
	(i)	money in a pension plan the withdrawal, surrender or 
receipt of which is restricted under section 70 of the 
Act,
	(ii)	money transferred under section 99(1) of the Act,
	(iii)	money to which subclause (i) applies, that has been 
transferred out of the plan, and any interest on that 
money, whether or not that money had been transferred 
to one or more locked-in vehicles after it was 
transferred from the plan,
	(iv)	in the case of money in a locked-in retirement account, 
money that was deposited into the locked-in retirement 
account under section 116(1)(a) of this Regulation or 
paid to the locked-in retirement account issuer under 
section 116(1)(b) or (2) of this Regulation, and
	(v)	in the case of money in a life income fund, money that 
was deposited into the life income fund under section 
135(1)(a) of this Regulation or paid to the life income 
fund issuer under section 135(1)(b) or (2) of this 
Regulation;
	(ff)	"locked-in vehicle" means a locked-in retirement account or 
a life income fund;
	(gg)	"member-required contribution", in relation to a pension 
plan, including a jointly sponsored plan, means a contribution 
made by a member other than a contribution referred to in 
section 57(3) of the Act;
	(hh)	"normal actuarial cost", in relation to a benefit formula 
component of a pension plan in a fiscal year of the plan, 
means an amount, excluding special payments, estimated by 
a reviewer to be the cost of the component benefits that 
accrue to active members in that fiscal year of the plan 
determined on a going concern basis;
	(ii)	"optional ancillary contributions account", in relation to a 
member of a pension plan, means
	(i)	the optional ancillary contributions made to the plan by 
the member,
	(ii)	interest earned on those contributions, and
	(iii)	administration expenses and other money deducted by 
payment, transfer or withdrawal from the money 
referred to in subclauses (i) and (ii);
	(jj)	"participating employer's accessible going concern excess",
	(i)	in relation to each participating employer in a divisional 
multi-employer plan and to any defined benefit 
component of that plan being funded by the 
participating employer, means the amount by which the 
participating employer's share of the going concern 
assets values of the component exceeds 105% of the 
participating employer's share of the going concern 
liabilities values of the component, as those amounts are 
determined in the current actuarial valuation report, or
	(ii)	in relation to a participating employer in a divisional 
multi-employer plan with respect to any target benefit 
component of the plan being funded by the participating 
employer, means the amount by which the participating 
employer's share of the going concern assets values of 
the target benefit component exceeds the participating 
employers share of the amount determined by the 
following formula:
(the going concern liabilities value of the target 
benefit component) + (the going concern liabilities 
value of the target benefit component x PfAD) - 
PfAD offset,
		as those amounts are determined in the current actuarial 
valuation report;
	(kk)	"participating employer's accessible solvency excess", in 
relation to a participating employer in a divisional 
multi-employer plan and to any defined benefit component of 
the plan being funded by the participating employer, means 
the amount by which the participating employer's share of 
the solvency asset values of the defined benefit component 
exceeds 105% of the participating employer's share of the 
solvency liabilities values of the defined benefit component, 
as those amounts are determined in the current actuarial 
valuation report;
	(ll)	"participating employer's affected members", in relation to a 
participating employer in a divisional multi-employer plan, 
means the members of the plan whose entitlements to 
benefits are or were accruing while those members are or 
were employed by the participating employer;
	(mm)	"personal information" means personal information within 
the meaning of the Freedom of Information and Protection of 
Privacy Act; 
	(nn)	"PfAD" in relation to a target benefit component, means the 
percentage determined under section 2 to be the provision for 
adverse deviation in relation to the component;
	(oo)	"PfAD offset", in relation to a target benefit component, 
means the sum of the following:
	(i)	the amount, if any, by which the actuarial present value 
of component contributions exceeds the component's 
adjusted normal actuarial cost, and
	(ii)	the amount, if any, by which the fair value of the 
component's assets is greater than the component's 
going concern assets value;
	(pp)	"plan component" means
	(i)	a defined benefit component,
	(ii)	a target benefit component, or
	(iii)	a defined contribution component;
	(qq)	"plan provision" means
	(i)	a defined benefit provision,
	(ii)	a target benefit provision, or
	(iii)	a defined contribution provision;
	(rr)	"plan termination basis" means a basis for determining the 
value of plan assets and liabilities that
	(i)	is adequate and appropriate,
	(ii)	is in accordance with accepted actuarial practice, and
	(iii)	would apply to the plan if
	(A)	the plan is assumed to terminate as at the review 
date, or 
	(B)	the plan is terminating as at the review date;
	(ss)	"plan's accessible going concern excess", 
	(i)	in relation to the defined benefit component of a 
pension plan other than a divisional multi-employer 
plan, means the amount by which the going concern 
assets values of all the defined benefit components 
exceeds 105% of the going concern liabilities values of 
all the defined benefit component, as those amounts are 
determined in the current actuarial valuation report, or
	(ii)	in relation to the target benefit component of a pension 
plan other than a divisional multi-employer plan, means 
the amount by which the going concern assets values of 
all the target benefit component exceeds the amount 
determined by the following formula:
(the going concern liabilities value of the target 
benefit component) + (the going concern liabilities 
value of the target benefit component x 
PfAD) - PfAD offset,
		as those amounts are determined in the current actuarial 
valuation report;
	(tt)	"plan's accessible solvency excess", in relation to a defined 
benefit component of a pension plan other than a divisional 
multi-employer plan, means the amount by which the 
solvency asset values of all the defined benefit components 
of the plan exceeds 105% of the solvency liabilities values of 
all the defined benefit components of the plan, as those 
amounts are determined in the current actuarial valuation 
report;
	(uu)	"review" means the preparation, in accordance with section 
38(1)(b) of the Act, of an actuarial valuation report and a cost 
certificate in relation to a plan;
	(vv)	"review date", in relation to a review, means the date as at 
which the actuarial valuation report and related cost 
certificate is or was required to be prepared;
	(ww)	"reviewer" means the person referred to in section 48(2) who 
prepares a review;
	(xx)	"share", in relation to a participating employer in a divisional 
multi-employer plan and a matter referred to in section 62, 
means the share of that matter determined in relation to the 
participating employer under section 62;
	(yy)	"solvency asset adjustment", in relation to a defined benefit 
component, means the sum of the following:
	(i)	the actuarial present value of payments referred to in 
section 60(2)(b) that are to be paid in relation to the 
component over the 5-year period that begins on the 
latest review date;
	(ii)	the face amount of any prescribed letter of credit, as 
defined in section 67(1), issued in relation to the defined 
benefit component;
	(zz)	"solvency asset value", in relation to a benefit formula 
component on any date, means the value of the assets of the 
component, including income due and accrued, which value 
is determined on a plan termination basis;
	(aaa)	"solvency deficiency", 
	(i)	in relation to a defined benefit component, means the 
amount, if any, by which the component's solvency 
liabilities value as at the latest review date exceeds the 
sum of the component's solvency asset value and the 
component's solvency asset adjustment, both 
determined as at the latest review date, or
	(ii)	in relation to a target benefit component, means the 
amount, if any, by which the component's solvency 
liabilities value as at the latest review date exceeds the 
component's solvency asset value determined as at the 
latest review date;
	(bbb)	"solvency liabilities value", in relation to a benefit formula 
component, means the value of the component's liabilities 
determined on a plan termination basis;
	(ccc)	"solvency ratio", in relation to a benefit formula component, 
means the fraction obtained by dividing the component's 
solvency asset value by the component's solvency liabilities 
value, both determined as at the latest review date;
	(ddd)	"special payments" means,
	(i)	in relation to a defined benefit component, the payments 
referred to in section 60(2)(b) or (c) or (3), or
	(ii)	in relation to a target benefit component, the payments 
referred to in section 61(2)(c) or (4);
	(eee)	"target benefit component", in relation to a pension plan of 
which the plan text document contains a target benefit 
provision, means the portion of the plan that relates to the 
target benefit provision, including, without limitation, the 
assets and liabilities of the plan that relate to that target 
benefit provision;
	(fff)	"target benefit funded ratio" means the target benefit ratio as 
defined in section 89;
	(ggg)	"transfer deficiency", in relation to a transfer under Division 
4 of Part 8 of the Act, Division 8 of Part 8 of the Act or 
sections 89(1) and 110 of the Act of the commuted value of a 
member's benefits under a defined benefit provision means, 
in a case where the defined benefit component's solvency 
ratio is less than one as calculated in the current actuarial 
valuation report under section 38(1)(b) of the Act, the 
amount by which the commuted value of the benefits exceeds 
the product of that commuted value and the component's 
solvency ratio;
	(hhh)	"transferred contributions", in relation to a pension plan, 
means contributions that
	(i)	have been transferred to the plan from another plan, or a 
locked-in retirement account, 
	(ii)	have not been used to secure improvements in, or to 
purchase benefits under a benefit formula provision, and
	(iii)	consist of locked-in money;
	(iii)	"transferred contributions account", in relation to a member 
of a pension plan, means 
	(i)	the transferred contributions transferred to the plan by 
or on behalf of the member, 
	(ii)	interest allocated to the account, and
	(iii)	administration expenses and other money deducted by 
payment, transfer or withdrawal from the money 
referred to in subclauses (i) and (ii);
	(jjj)	"type" in relation to a plan provision, means a type within the 
meaning of section 112(2) of the Act;
	(kkk)	"unfunded liability", in relation to a benefit formula 
component, means, the amount, if any, by which the 
component's going concern liabilities value exceeds the 
component's going concern assets value, both determined as 
at the latest review date;
	(lll)	"withdrawal factor" means, except in section 123 and 
Schedule 2, the actuarial present value, on January 1 of the 
year in which the calculation is made, of an annuity of $1 
payable at the beginning of each year between that date and 
December 31 of the year during which the person reaches the 
age of 90 years and calculated by using
	(i)	for the first 15 years in relation to which the actuarial 
present value is determined, the greater of the 
following:
	(A)	6% per year;
	(B)	the CANSIM rate;
	(ii)	for each year after the first 15 years, 6% per year;
(2)  A reference to "Form" followed by a number refers to the form by 
that number set out in Schedule 6.
(3)  For the purposes of the Act and this Regulation, "medical 
practitioner" means 
	(i)	a person who is a regulated member of the College of 
Physicians and Surgeons of Alberta who holds a practice 
permit issued under the Health Professions Act, and who is 
not under suspension, or
	(ii)	a physician who is regulated, registered or certified in that 
capacity in another jurisdiction in Canada and who is not 
under suspension.
Calculation of provision for adverse deviation
2(1)  In relation to a target benefit component, the "provision for 
adverse deviation" is the asset allocation amount plus, for every 0.01% 
that the assumed discount rate exceeds the benchmark discount rate, 
0.15%.
(2)  In this section,
	(a)	"asset allocation amount",
	(i)	if the percentage of the plan fund that is invested in 
equities is shown in Column 1 of the Table in this 
section, means the percentage shown opposite that 
equity allocation percentage in Column 2, or
	(ii)	if the percentage of the plan fund that is invested in 
equities is a percentage not shown in Column 1 of the 
Table in this section, means the percentage that is 
determined, by interpolation from the Table;
Table
Column 1 
Equity Allocation (%)
Column 2
Asset Allocation 
Adjustment (%)
0
5
10
7.5
20
10
30
11.5
40
13
50
15
60
17
70
18.5
80
20
90
22.5
100
25
	(b)	"assumed discount rate" means the assumption used in the 
current actuarial valuation report to discount the projected 
pension plan cash flows to the review date;
	(c)	"benchmark discount rate", in relation to a target benefit 
component of a pension plan, means the percentage 
determined in the current actuarial valuation report by the 
following formula:
(A x B) + (C x D) + 0.40%
where
	A	is equity allocation
	B	is maximum equity risk premium
	C	is non-equity allocation
	D	is corporate bond yield
	(d)	"corporate bond yield", means the 30-year spot rate of an 
extrapolated yield curve of AA-rated corporate bonds, 
determined in a manner that is consistent with the accepted 
standards of practice or guidance material issued by the 
Canadian Institute of Actuaries, as amended from time to 
time, and acceptable to the Superintendent;
	(e)	"equities" means securities listed on a securities exchange, 
and includes any other investments that the Superintendent 
has, in a record published by the Superintendent, recognized 
as equities;
	(f)	"equity allocation" means the percentage of the assets of the 
target benefit component that is invested in equities;
	(g)	"maximum equity risk premium" means the sum of
	(i)	4%, and
	(ii)	the monthly yield on long term government of Canada 
bonds applicable to the month as at which the review is 
performed, as determined by reference to the Canadian 
Socio-economic Information Management System 
(CANSIM) Series V122544 compiled by Statistics 
Canada and available on the website maintained by the 
Bank of Canada;
	(h)	"non-equity allocation" means the amount determined by 
subtracting the plan's equity allocation from 100%;
Calculation of actuarial excess and surplus
3(1)  If actuarial excess is being calculated in relation to a solvency 
reserve account in a defined benefit component of a pension plan for 
the purposes of section 65, the value of the component assets and the 
value of the component liabilities are to be calculated on a plan 
termination basis. 
(2)  If actuarial excess is being calculated in relation to a benefit 
formula component of a pension plan for the purposes of section 74 or 
75, the value of the component assets and the value of the component 
liabilities are to be calculated on a going concern basis.
(3)  If surplus is being calculated in relation to a benefit formula 
component of a pension plan for the purposes of section 127 of the Act 
or section 66 or 74 of this Regulation, the value of the component 
assets and the value of the component liabilities are to be calculated on 
a plan termination basis.
Initial legislation date
4   The following dates are prescribed as the initial legislation dates for 
the purposes of the Act and this Regulation:
	(a)	in respect of employment in British Columbia, January 1, 
1993;
	(b)	in respect of employment in Manitoba, July 1, 1976;
	(c)	in respect of employment in New Brunswick, December 31, 
1991;
	(d)	in respect of employment in Newfoundland and Labrador, 
January 1, 1985;
	(e)	in respect of employment in the Northwest Territories, 
October 1, 1967;
	(f)	in respect of employment in Nova Scotia, January 1, 1977;
	(g)	in respect of employment in Nunavut, April 1, 1999;
	(h)	in respect of employment in Ontario, January 1, 1965;
	(i)	in respect of employment in Quebec, January 1, 1966;
	(j)	in respect of employment in Saskatchewan, January 1, 1969;
	(k)	in respect of employment in Yukon, October 1, 1967;
	(l)	in respect of federally-regulated employment, March 23, 
1967.
Jointly sponsored plans
5   For the purposes of section 1(1)(dd)(i) of the Act, the following 
criteria are prescribed in relation to a jointly sponsored pension plan:
	(a)	the administrator of the plan is a board of trustees, or other 
similar body acceptable to the Superintendent, that has been 
established under the supporting plan documents to 
administer the plan;
	(b)	the number of members of the board of trustees, or other 
similar body acceptable to the Superintendent, who are 
appointed by members of the plan is not less than the number 
of members who are appointed by participating employers; 
	(c)	the plan documents set out the methods by which the persons 
referred to in section 1(1)(dd)(iv) of the Act make decisions 
about
	(i)	the governance of the plan, and
	(ii)	the appointment of the administrator of the plan or the 
appointment or selection of members of the board or 
body referred to in clause (a).
Multilateral jurisdiction
6   For the purposes of section 1(1)(jj) of the Act, the following 
provinces and territories are multilateral jurisdictions for the purposes 
of the Act and this Regulation:
	(a)	British Columbia;
	(b)	Manitoba;
	(c)	New Brunswick;
	(d)	Newfoundland and Labrador;
	(e)	the Northwest Territories;
	(f)	Nova Scotia;
	(g)	Nunavut;
	(h)	Ontario;
	(i)	Quebec;
	(j)	Saskatchewan;
	(k)	Yukon.
Plans, schemes and arrangements not constituting pension plans
7(1)  In this section, "deferred profit sharing plan", "employees profit 
sharing plan", "money purchase limit" and "retiring allowance" have 
the same meaning as in the Income Tax Act (Canada).
(2)  The following plans, schemes and arrangements are not pension 
plans for the purposes of the Act and this Regulation:
	(a)	an employees' profit sharing plan or a deferred profit sharing 
plan;
	(b)	an arrangement to provide a retiring allowance;
	(c)	a supplemental pension plan of which the plan text document 
contains a defined benefit provision if, under that defined 
benefit provision,
	(i)	the participating employer is or will be required, or, in 
the case of a terminated plan, was required, to make 
contributions on behalf of members, and
	(ii)	the only benefits to which members are entitled under 
the supplemental plan are benefits that are in excess of 
the maximum benefit under the Income Tax Act 
(Canada);
	(d)	a supplemental pension plan of which the plan text document 
contains a defined contribution provision if, under that 
defined contribution provision,
	(i)	the participating employer is or will be required, or, in 
the case of a terminated plan, was required, to make 
contributions on behalf of members, and
	(ii)	the only contributions made in respect of that defined 
contribution provision are greater than the money 
purchase limit under the Income Tax Act (Canada);
	(e)	benefits insured under a contract issued under the 
Government Annuities Act (Canada);
	(f)	an RRSP;
	(g)	a RRIF.
Reciprocal jurisdiction
8   For the purposes of section 1(1)(bbb) of the Act, the following 
provinces and territories are reciprocal jurisdictions for the purposes of 
the Act and this Regulation:
	(a)	British Columbia;
	(b)	Manitoba;
	(c)	New Brunswick;
	(d)	Newfoundland and Labrador;
	(e)	the Northwest Territories;
	(f)	Nova Scotia;
	(g)	Nunavut;
	(h)	Ontario;
	(i)	Quebec;
	(j)	Saskatchewan;
	(k)	Yukon.
How commuted value is to be determined in relation to benefit 
formula provisions
9(1)  The actuarial present value of benefits that a person is or may 
become entitled to receive under a defined benefit provision must be 
determined in accordance with the standards of practice issued by the 
Canadian Institute of Actuaries, as amended from time to time.
(2)  The actuarial present value of benefits that a person is or may 
become entitled to receive under a target benefit provision must be 
determined in accordance with the actuarial assumptions used in the 
current actuarial valuation report to determine the going concern 
liabilities value of the plan.
(3)  Subject to section 57(5) of the Act, section 82 of this Regulation 
and subsection (5) of this section, if an active member of a pension 
plan who is entitled to a benefit under a benefit formula provision of 
the plan text document of the plan terminates active membership, the 
commuted value of that benefit must be determined as at the date of 
the member's termination of active membership.
(4)  Subject to subsection (5), if an active or deferred member of a 
pension plan who is entitled to a benefit under a benefit formula 
provision of the plan text document of the plan dies before the 
commuted value of the benefit is paid or transferred, the commuted 
value of that benefit must be determined as at the date of death.
(5)   If the payment or transfer of a benefit under a benefit formula 
provision occurs more than 180 days after the date on which the 
commuted value of the benefit was determined, the commuted value of 
the benefit must be re-determined as at a date that is not more than 30 
days before the date of the payment or transfer of that benefit.
Exemption of plans
10(1)  In this section, 
	(a)	"current Act" means the Employment Pension Plans Act 
(SA 2012 cE-8.1);
	(b)	"former Act" means the Employment Pension Plans Act 
(RSA 2000 cE-8);
	(c)	"former Regulation" means the Employment Pension Plans 
Regulation (AR 35/2000).
(2)  Where
	(a)	a pension plan provides a benefit or allocates surplus or 
actuarial excess in respect of a person entitled to a benefit, 
and that benefit or surplus or actuarial excess allocation is in 
excess of the maximum benefit or the money purchase limit 
applicable to the plan under the Income Tax Act (Canada), or
	(b)	the commuted value of a benefit is in excess of the maximum 
amount that under the Income Tax Regulations (Canada) that 
may be transferred out of the plan to an RRSP, a RRIF or 
another pension plan,
the amount of that benefit, surplus or actuarial excess allocation or 
commuted value that is in excess of that maximum limit is exempt 
from section 70 of the Act.
(3)  Pension plans that were subject to an exemption under Schedule 
0.2 section 3, 3.2 or 3.21 of the former Regulation continue to be 
exempt under this Regulation in accordance with those sections except 
that a reference in those sections to a provision of the former Act or the 
former Regulation is to be read as a reference to the corresponding 
provision in the current Act or this Regulation, as the case may be.
(4)  Pension plans established before January 1, 1987 that were subject 
to an exemption under Schedule 0.2 section 4 of the former Regulation 
continue to be exempt under this Regulation in accordance with that 
section except that a reference in that section to a provision of the 
former Act or the former Regulation is to be read as a reference to the 
corresponding provision in the current Act or this Regulation, as the 
case may be.
(5)  The following pension plans are exempt from the application of 
the Act and this Regulation: 
	(a)	the Members of the Legislative Assembly (Registered) 
Pension Plan;
	(b)	the Provincial Judges and Masters in Chambers (Registered) 
and (Unregistered) Pension Plans;
	(c)	a plan that is supplemental to a plan referred to in clause (a) 
or (b) or any successor to such a plan.
Application to publicly funded plans
11(1)  In this section, "jointly funded" means an arrangement in which 
the participating employers and active members are required to make 
contributions, including, without limitation, contributions to meet the 
funding requirements applicable to the plan.
(2)  The Superintendent may, on application in writing by the 
administrator of a publicly funded plan, designate the plan to be jointly 
funded.
(3)  The Superintendent may, on application by the administrator in 
writing, with respect to a publicly funded plan that is jointly funded,
	(a)	exempt the publicly funded plan
	(i)	from the requirements of section 57(2) of the Act, and
	(ii)	from the application of section 59(d)(i) and (e)(i) or (iii) 
and 68(3) of this Regulation;
	(b)	apply sections 44(1)(a), 59(d)(ii) and (e)(ii) and (e)(iv) or 
68(4) of this Regulation to the publicly funded plan as if the 
publicly funded plan were a jointly sponsored plan.
(4)  The Superintendent may, on application in writing by the 
administrator of a publicly funded plan, exempt the plan from the 
requirements of section 60(2)(c), if the application includes
	(a)	in addition to the requirements of section 23, an 
acknowledgment that the Superintendent may refuse any 
amendment to the plan if the plan has a solvency deficiency 
or its solvency ratio is less than one,
	(b)	an acknowledgment that section 74(3) will not be applied 
when paying benefits from the plan, and
	(c)	an agreement from all contributing employers that section 
121 of the Act will apply on termination of the plan.
(5)  Where the Superintendent provides an exemption under subsection 
(4), the agreement in subsection (4)(c) prevails on termination of the 
plan, even if the publicly funded plan is a jointly sponsored plan.
(6)  Notwithstanding anything in this Act and the regulations, a 
publicly funded plan that is a supplemental plan under section 
1(1)(kkk) of the Act may contain provisions
	(a)	deeming any member of it who has made an election or 
decision relating to section 99 of the Act under and in 
relation to the plan to which it is supplemental to have made 
the same election or other decision under and in relation to 
the supplemental plan, and
	(b)	allowing that plan to use the definition of pension partner as 
defined in the plan to which it is supplemental rather than the 
definition in section 1(1)(vv) of the Act.
(7)  The Superintendent may revoke an exemption granted under this 
section by providing written notice to the administrator of the plan, 
including reasons for the revocation.
(8)  Any plan that was a publicly funded plan before section 3 of the 
Act comes into force continues to be a publicly funded plan, and any 
exemptions previously granted continue to apply as if it were made 
under this section.
Application to Universities Academic Pension Plan
12   The Act and this Regulation apply to the "Universities Academic 
Pension Plan" subject to the exemptions and other provisions that are 
contained in Schedule 4.
Plans for connected persons
13   The following provisions apply in respect of a pension plan if all 
of the members of the plan are connected with the participating 
employer within the meaning of section 8500(3) of the Income Tax 
Regulations (Canada):
	(a)	sections 10, 32, 34, 40, 66 to 68, 70, 71, 77, 88 to 91, 93, 94 
and 105 of the Act;
	(b)	section 37(1) and (2) of the Act with respect to sections 35, 
36, 40, 41 and 46 of this Regulation;
	(c)	Division 4 of Part 8 of the Act;
	(d)	Division 8 of Part 8 of the Act;
	(e)	Part 9 of this Regulation.
Part 2 
Pension Plan Requirements
Additional matters to be dealt with in the plan text document 
14(1)  This section applies for the purposes of section 8(1) of the Act.
(2)  The formula that is used to determine the amount of 
member-required and participating employer contributions under a 
defined contribution provision in relation to a member must, if the 
member is part of a class of members, be the same as the formula that 
is used to determine the amount of member-required and participating 
employer contributions under that defined contribution provision in 
relation to every other member of that class of members.
(3)  The formula that is used to determine the amount of benefits to 
which a member is entitled under a benefit formula provision for each 
future year of active membership must, if the member is part of a class 
of members, be the same as the formula that is used to determine the 
amount of benefits to which every other member of that class is 
entitled under that benefit formula provision for each future year of 
active membership.
(4)  If
	(a)	a temporary amount of benefit is payable after a member's 
pension commencement date, in addition to the member's 
pension, and 
	(b)	a provision of the plan text document provides that that 
additional amount of benefit is to cease or be reduced when a 
pension becomes available or is received under the Canada 
Pension Plan (Canada) or the Quebec Pension Plan 
(Quebec), 
the plan provision referred to in clause (b) must be interpreted as 
providing that the additional amount of benefit is to cease or be 
reduced when the member attains the age at which he or she is entitled 
to receive an unreduced pension under the Canada Pension Plan 
(Canada) or the Quebec Pension Plan (Quebec).
(5)  The plan text document of a pension plan must provide for the 
effective date of the plan.
(6)  The plan text document of a pension plan must be separate from 
the collective agreement, if any, and from any other document, under 
which the plan was created.
(7)  If the plan text document of a negotiated cost plan provides that 
benefits payable out of the benefit formula component of the plan are 
to be determined by reference to contributions, the plan text document 
must also provide that a change in the contribution rate applicable to 
that component must not change the benefits that are payable out of 
that component with respect to benefits that accrued before the date on 
which the contribution rate changed.
(8)  The plan text document of a pension plan that contains a defined 
contribution provision must include a provision that indicates whether 
the member or the administrator or both are responsible for the 
direction of the plan's investments. 
Retired member recommencement of employment 
15(1)  The plan text document of a pension plan must, in accordance 
with subsection (2), provide for what is to occur if a retired member 
recommences work or service 
	(a)	in employment covered by the plan, or
	(b)	if the administrator of the plan has entered into an agreement 
referred to in section 1(9)(c)(iii) of the Act with the 
administrator of a collectively bargained multi-employer plan 
registered in a reciprocal or multilateral jurisdiction other 
than Alberta, in employment covered by that collectively 
bargained multi-employer plan.
(2)  The plan text document of a pension plan must provide that one or 
more of the following, as applicable, applies to a retired person 
referred to in subsection (1):
	(a)	payment of the pension is to continue and the retired member 
is not eligible to become an active member; 
	(b)	payment of the pension is to be suspended, and the retired 
member is to become an active member, with effect from the 
date of commencement of the subsequent employment;
	(c)	if and to the extent allowed by the Income Tax Act (Canada), 
the pension is to continue and the retired member is to 
become an active member, with effect from the date of 
commencement of the subsequent employment;
(3)  Subject to subsection (4), where the plan text document of a 
pension plan provides for more than one clause in subsection (2) to 
apply, the retired member referred to in subsection (1) may elect which 
clause is to apply.
(4)  The plan text document of a pension plan may provide that a 
specific clause of subsection (2) is to apply to a retired member 
referred to in subsection (1) in any other circumstance acceptable to 
the Superintendent.
(5)  If a plan text document of a pension plan provides for the 
suspension of the payment of a pension under subsection (2)(b), or for 
the suspension of payment of a pension to obtain a phased retirement 
benefit, the plan text document of a pension plan must provide that, if a 
retired member who has commenced receiving life income type 
benefits from the plan recommences work or service, any contributions 
made as a result of the retired member's re-employment must not be 
remitted to the retired member's life income type benefits account 
while the retired member is employed by that employer.
(6)  If a plan text document of a pension plan provides for the 
suspension of the payment of a pension under subsection (2)(b), or for 
the suspension of payment of a pension to obtain a phased retirement 
benefit, the plan text document must provide that the pension payable 
at the commencement of the retired member's subsequent pension 
commencement date must be not less than the amount determined by 
adding the amounts determined under clauses (a) and (b):
	(a)	the pension applicable to the period of employment that 
preceded the initial pension commencement date (the "initial 
employment period") calculated as follows:
	(i)	if the retired member's initial pension commencement 
date occurred before the plan's pension eligibility date, 
the amount of pension to which the retired member 
would have been entitled, under the terms of the plan 
text document as it read on the initial pension 
commencement date, had the retired member retired
	(A)	at the assumed age determined under subsection 
(7), and
	(B)	after having worked the initial employment period;
	(ii)	if the retired member's initial pension commencement 
date occurred at or after the plan's pension eligibility 
date, the amount of pension that was payable at the 
initial pension commencement date;
	(b)	the pension for the period of employment that followed the 
initial pension commencement date (the "subsequent 
employment period") being the amount of pension to which 
the retired member is entitled, under the terms of the plan 
text as it reads on the subsequent pension commencement 
date, for the subsequent employment period. 
(7)  The assumed age for the purposes of subsection (6)(a)(i)(A) is the 
age of the retired member at the subsequent pension commencement 
date less the period, expressed as a number of years and months or 
portions of months, between the effective date of pension suspension 
and the initial pension commencement date.
Part 3 
Registration and Amendment of  
Pension Plans
Period for administering established plan
16   The period prescribed for the purposes of section 12(2) of the Act 
is 60 days after the date of the plan's establishment.
Period for registering plan 
17   For the purposes of section 13 of the Act, the administrator of a 
pension plan that has not yet been registered must apply for 
registration of the plan within 60 days after the date of the plan's 
establishment.
Administrator statement required for registration
18   The statement that an administrator of a pension plan must file 
under section 13(c) of the Act must be in Form 1. 
Period for filing records for amendment to plan text documents
19   For the purposes of section 18 of the Act, the administrator of a 
pension plan must, if the plan text document of that plan is amended, 
file the records referred to in section 18 of the Act within 60 days after 
the date on which the amendment is made, or, if the Superintendent 
requires additional records under section 18(c) of the Act, within the 
period specified by the Superintendent in relation to those additional 
records.
Administrator statement required for plan text document  
amendment
20   The statement that an administrator of a pension plan must file 
under section 18(b) of the Act must be in Form 2.
When administrator must amend plan text document for benefit  
reductions or contribution increases
21(1)  Subject to subsection (2), if an actuarial valuation report that is 
to be filed for a pension plan of which the plan text document contains 
a target benefit provision demonstrates that the expected contributions 
will be insufficient to fund the payments required under section 61(2) 
or (4) in relation to that target benefit provision, the administrator of 
the plan must file, concurrently with the filing of that actuarial 
valuation report and in accordance with section 20(2)(b) of the Act, an 
amendment to the plan text document to reduce or eliminate benefits, 
or to increase contributions, the effect of which demonstrates that the 
changes are sufficient to allow the plan to meet the plan's funding 
requirements under section 61.
(2)  Subsection (1) does not apply if the administrator satisfies the 
Superintendent that a contribution increase, sufficient to allow the plan 
to meet the plan's funding requirements under section 61 in relation to 
that target benefit provision, has been incorporated into any applicable 
collective agreement.
When administrator may amend for temporary benefit  
improvements
22   The administrator of a pension plan of which the plan text 
document contains a target benefit provision may amend the plan text 
document of the plan under section 21(2) of the Act to provide for a 
temporary improvement in benefits if there is filed with, or within 60 
days before, the filing of the amendment to the plan text document an 
actuarial valuation report and cost certificate that demonstrate that
	(a)	the target benefit component has accessible going concern 
excess, and
	(b)	after taking into account the cost of the temporary 
improvement in benefits, the target benefit component will 
continue to have accessible going concern excess. 
When Superintendent may refuse to register amendment
23   Without limiting any other authority under this Regulation where 
the Superintendent may refuse to register an amendment to the plan 
text document of a pension plan, the Superintendent may refuse to 
register an amendment to the plan text document of a pension plan 
	(a)	if 
	(i)	the plan text document contains a defined benefit 
provision, 
	(ii)	the effect of the amendment would be to reduce the 
defined benefit component's solvency ratio, and
	(iii)	there has not been filed, in support of the amendment,
	(A)	an actuarial valuation report that demonstrates that, 
immediately after the amendment takes effect, the 
defined benefit component's solvency ratio would 
be at least 0.9, and
	(B)	any other information or records required by the 
Superintendent, 
		or
	(b)	if
	(i)	the plan text document contains a target benefit 
provision,
	(ii)	the effect of the amendment would be to reduce the 
target benefit component's going concern funded ratio, 
and
	(iii)	there has not been filed, in support of the amendment, 
	(A)	an actuarial valuation report and cost certificate 
that demonstrate that
	(I)	immediately after the amendment takes 
effect, the target benefit component will have 
accessible going concern excess, and
	(II)	when determining whether the target benefit 
component has accessible going concern 
excess, that determination must be made 
using a going concern asset value that is 
based on the fair value of the target benefit 
component's assets, 
				and
	(B)	any other information or records required by the 
Superintendent.
Period for filing records for amendment to supporting plan  
documents 
24   For the purposes of section 26(1) of the Act, the administrator of a 
pension plan must
	(a)	 if a supporting plan document of that plan is amended, file 
the records referred to in section 26(1) of the Act within 60 
days after the amendment is made, or
	(b)	if the Superintendent requires additional records under 
section 26(1)(c) of the Act, within the period specified by the 
Superintendent in relation to those additional records.
Administrator statement required for supporting plan document  
amendment
25   The statement that an administrator of a pension plan must file 
under section 26(1)(b) of the Act must be in Form 3.
Part 4 
Membership in Pension Plans
Auto-enrollment
26(1)  Notice under section 29(2)(b)(i) of the Act to an employee in 
relation to a pension plan must 
	(a)	be provided, in writing, by the administrator of the plan, 
	(b)	state that the employee will become a member of the plan 
unless the employee elects not to become a member of the 
plan in accordance with subsection (2), and
	(c)	be provided,
	(i)	subject to subclause (ii), at least 30 days before the date 
on which the employee first becomes eligible to become 
a member of that plan, or
	(ii)	if the employee becomes eligible to become a member 
within 30 days after the date of his or her employment, 
on or before the employee's date of employment.
(2)  For the purposes of section 29(2)(b)(ii) of the Act, an employee's 
election not to be a member of the plan must
	(a)	be in writing,
	(b)	state the employee's name, 
	(c)	state that the employee elects not to become a member of the 
plan, 
	(d)	be signed and dated by the employee, and
	(e)	be received by the participating employer within the longer 
of
	(i)	the period specified in the plan text document for the 
provision of the election, and
	(ii)	the 60 day period immediately following the 
employee's receipt of the notice referred to in 
subsection (1).
When suspension may be lifted
27   For the purposes of section 31(2)(b) of the Act, a member of a 
pension plan who has suspended his or her active membership in the 
plan may lift that suspension effective January 1st and July 1st of any 
year.
Part 5 
Administration of Pension Plans
Division 1 
Duties Related to Administration 
Qualifications of administrator
28   The following criteria , in addition to the criteria set out in section 
5, apply for the purposes of section 33(a) of the Act in relation to the 
administrator of a pension plan:
	(a)	if the plan is a single employer plan other than a jointly 
sponsored plan, the administrator must be 
	(i)	the participating employer, or 
	(ii)	a board of trustees or other similar body acceptable to 
the Superintendent established under the supporting 
plan documents to administer the plan;
	(b)	if the plan is a non-collectively bargained multi-employer 
plan other than a jointly sponsored plan, the administrator 
must be
	(i)	the participating employer, if any, who is identified in 
the participation agreement as the administrator of the 
plan, or
	(ii)	if the participation agreement does not identify a 
participating employer as the administrator of the plan, 
a board of trustees or other similar body acceptable to 
the Superintendent established under the supporting 
plan documents to administer the plan;
	(c)	if the plan is a collectively bargained multi-employer plan, 
the administrator must be one of the following bodies of 
which the number of members who are appointed by 
members of the plan is not less than the number of members 
who are appointed by participating employers:
	(i)	a board of trustees established under the supporting plan 
documents to administer the plan;
	(ii)	a similar board or body to a board of trustees, 
acceptable to the Superintendent, that has been 
established under the supporting plan documents to 
administer the plan;
	(d)	if the plan is a jointly sponsored plan, the administrator must 
be a person referred to in section 5(a).
Participation agreements 
29   A written participation agreement referred to in section 36(1) of 
the Act between an administrator of a non-collectively bargained 
multi-employer plan and the participating employers in the plan must
	(a)	set out
	(i)	the information and records that must be provided by 
participating employers to the administrator, 
	(ii)	when and how the information and records must be 
provided by participating employers to the 
administrator, and 
	(iii)	the other duties and obligations to be performed by 
participating employers,
	(b)	bind each participating employer to the terms of the plan 
documents, 
	(c)	make each participating employer responsible for making 
contributions and special payments to the plan as required 
under the Act or the plan text documents, and
	(d)	set out the consequences to a participating employer of 
failing to meet the terms of the participation agreement, 
which consequences must be additional to and not in conflict 
with any consequences set out under the Act for that failure.
Division 2 
Disclosure of Records and Information
Plan summary
30(1)  For the purposes of section 37(1)(a) and (c) of the Act, an 
administrator of a pension plan must provide a plan summary as 
follows:
	(a)	in the case of a new plan that is not a collectively bargained 
multi-employer plan, to each active member within 120 days 
after the establishment of the plan;
	(b)	in the case of a collectively bargained multi-employer plan, 
to each active member when the first annual statement is 
provided to the member under section 31;
	(c)	in the case of a plan in relation to which a notice under 
section 29(2)(b)(i) of the Act is provided to a person, within 
30 days of the provision of that notice to that person; 
	(d)	in the case of any other plan, to each employee who is, or is 
about to be, eligible to become an active member of the plan, 
	(i)	subject to subclause (ii), at least 30 days before the 
employee is eligible or required to become an active 
member of the plan, or
	(ii)	if the employee is eligible or required to become an 
active member of the plan within 30 days after 
commencing employment, on or before the employee's 
date of employment.
(2)  A plan summary referred to in subsection (1) must contain or be 
accompanied with the following information:
	(a)	the name of the plan and its Canada Revenue Agency 
registration number;
	(b)	the name of, and contact information for, the administrator.
(3)  A plan summary referred to in subsection (1) must contain or be 
accompanied with the following information if and as it applies to the 
member or employee to whom the plan summary is being provided:
	(a)	a summary of the plan; 
	(b)	a summary of member entitlements and obligations under the 
plan;
	(c)	a summary of participating employer rights and obligations 
under the plan;
	(d)	in the case of a plan of which the plan text document contains 
a defined contribution provision, if the plan text document 
provides that the member must provide direction regarding 
investments, 
	(i)	a statement as to how that direction is to be provided, 
	(ii)	a description of the investment options available, and 
	(iii)	an explanation of how contributions will be dealt with if 
the member fails to provide direction regarding the 
investments; 
	(e)	in the case of a plan, other than a jointly sponsored plan, of 
which the plan text document contains a benefit formula 
provision, an explanation of when and how member benefits 
under the plan may be reduced;
	(f)	in the case of a jointly sponsored plan, 
	(i)	an explanation of when and how the administrator may 
increase or reduce contributions, or increase or reduce 
benefits, to meet the plan's funding requirements under 
section 60 or 61, as applicable, and
	(ii)	an explanation of the methods by which the persons 
referred to in section 1(1)(dd)(iv) of the Act make 
decisions about 
	(A)	the governance of the plan, and
	(B)	the appointment of the administrator of the plan or 
the appointment or selection of members of the 
board or body referred to in section 5(a);
	(g)	a statement of the right under section 37(2) and (3) of the Act 
of the recipient of the plan summary to examine, or to obtain 
from the administrator, additional information and records 
referred to in sections 43 and 46 of this Regulation. 
Annual statement for active members
31(1)  For the purposes of section 37(1)(a) of the Act, an administrator 
of a pension plan must provide an annual statement to each active 
member within 180 days after the end of each fiscal year.
(2)  An annual statement referred to in subsection (1) must contain or 
be accompanied with the following information:
	(a)	the name of the plan and its Canada Revenue Agency 
registration number;
	(b)	the name of, and contact information for, the administrator; 
	(c)	the plan's pension eligibility date;
	(d)	the name and date of birth of the member;
	(e)	the date on which the member joined the plan;
	(f)	the name of the member's pension partner, if any; 
	(g)	the name of the member's designated beneficiary, if any; 
	(h)	a summary of the amendments made to the plan text 
document during the most recently completed fiscal year that 
affect to the member's benefits and an explanation of how 
those amendments affect those benefits, except for any 
amendments that have already been disclosed to the member 
in a notice under section 44;
	(i)		a statement of the right under section 37(2) and (3) of the Act 
of the member to examine, or to obtain from the 
administrator, additional information and records referred to 
in sections 43 and 46 of this Regulation.
(3)  An annual statement referred to in subsection (1) must contain or 
be accompanied with whichever one or more of the following 
reconciliations apply to the member:
	(a)	if the member is or will be entitled to receive benefits from a 
defined contribution component of the plan, the balance of 
the member's defined contribution account immediately 
before the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal 
year and the balance of the member's defined contribution 
account as at the end of the most recently completed fiscal 
year, and a reconciliation that accounts for the difference 
between those 2 balances by setting out the following as they 
relate to those balances:
	(i)	any member-required contributions made during the 
most recently completed fiscal year;
	(ii)	any employer contributions made during the most 
recently completed fiscal year;
	(iii)	any interest credited during the most recently completed 
fiscal year;
	(iv)	any administration expenses deducted, and any other 
payments or withdrawals made, during the most 
recently completed fiscal year;
	(b)	if the member is or will be entitled to receive benefits from a 
benefit formula component of the plan and the plan is not a 
jointly sponsored plan, the member's benefit formula 
member-required contributions balance for that plan 
component immediately before the beginning of the most 
recently completed fiscal year and the member's benefit 
formula member-required contributions balance for that plan 
component as at the end of the most recently completed fiscal 
year, and a reconciliation that accounts for the difference 
between those 2 balances by setting out the following as they 
relate to those balances:
	(i)	any member-required contributions made to the plan for 
application to that benefit formula component during 
the most recently completed fiscal year;
	(ii)	any interest credited during the most recently completed 
fiscal year;
	(c)	if the member has made additional voluntary contributions to 
the plan, the balance of the member's additional voluntary 
contributions account immediately before the beginning of 
the most recently completed fiscal year and the balance of the 
member's additional voluntary contributions account as at 
the end of the most recently completed fiscal year, and a 
reconciliation that accounts for the difference between those 
2 balances by setting out the following as they relate to those 
balances:
	(i)	any additional voluntary contributions made during the 
most recently completed fiscal year;
	(ii)	any interest credited during the most recently completed 
fiscal year;
	(iii)	any administration expenses deducted, and any other 
payments or withdrawals made, during the most 
recently completed fiscal year;
	(d)	if the member has made optional ancillary contributions to 
the plan, the balance of the member's optional ancillary 
contributions account immediately before the beginning of 
the most recently completed fiscal year and the balance of the 
member's optional ancillary contributions account as at the 
end of the most recently completed fiscal year, and a 
reconciliation that accounts for the difference between those 
2 balances by setting out the following as they relate to those 
balances:
	(i)	any optional ancillary contributions made during the 
most recently completed fiscal year;
	(ii)	any interest credited during the most recently completed 
fiscal year;
	(iii)	any administration expenses deducted, and any other 
payments or withdrawals made, during the most 
recently completed fiscal year;
	(e)	if the plan fund includes transferred contributions transferred 
to the plan by or on behalf of the member, the balance of the 
member's transferred contributions account immediately 
before the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal 
year and the balance of the member's transferred 
contributions account as at the end of the most recently 
completed fiscal year, and a reconciliation that accounts for 
the difference between those 2 balances by setting out the 
following as they relate to those balances:
	(i)	any transferred contributions that were transferred to the 
plan during the most recently completed fiscal year;
	(ii)	any interest credited during the most recently completed 
fiscal year;
	(iii)	any administration expenses deducted, and any other 
payments or withdrawals made, during the most 
recently completed fiscal year.
(4)  An annual statement referred to in subsection (1) must contain or 
be accompanied with the following information if and as it applies to 
the member:
	(a)	if the member is or will be entitled to receive life income 
type benefits from the defined contribution component of the 
plan, the earliest date on which the member will be entitled to 
start receiving those benefits;
	(b)	if the member is or will be entitled to receive benefits from a 
benefit formula component of the plan, the following 
information respecting the member's pension from that plan 
component:
	(i)	the number of years that, as at the end of the most 
recently completed fiscal year, have been credited to the 
member for the purposes of calculating that pension;
	(ii)	the amount that, as at the end of the most recently 
completed fiscal year, is the annual amount of that 
pension if that pension commences on the plan's 
pension eligibility date;
	(iii)	the earliest date on which the member will be entitled to 
start receiving a pension from that plan component;
	(iv)	the earliest date on which the member will be entitled to 
start receiving a pension from that plan component 
without reduction or increase to the pension;
	(c)	if the member is or will be entitled to receive benefits from a 
defined benefit component of the plan, the solvency ratio of 
the defined benefit component as set out in the current 
actuarial valuation report, expressed as a percentage, and, if 
that solvency ratio is less than 100%,
	(i)	a statement that the current actuarial valuation report 
has determined that the value of the assets of the 
defined benefit component would not have been 
sufficient to cover the defined benefit component 
benefits had the plan terminated on the review date 
applicable to that actuarial valuation report, and 
	(ii)	a statement of the steps being taken by the participating 
employer to address any solvency deficiency; 
	(d)	if the member is or will be entitled to receive benefits from a 
target benefit component of the plan, the target benefit 
funded ratio of the target benefit component as set out in the 
current actuarial valuation report, expressed as a percentage, 
and, if that target benefit funded ratio is less than 100%,
	(i)	a statement that the current actuarial valuation report 
has determined that, as at the review date applicable to 
that actuarial valuation report, there was an unfunded 
liability in that the value of the assets of the target 
benefit component was not sufficient to cover the target 
benefit component benefits,
	(ii)	a statement of the steps being taken by the participating 
employer to address the unfunded liability,
	(iii)	a statement that failure to amortize the unfunded 
liability may result in a reduction of benefits, and
	(iv)	an explanation of how the member's benefits would be 
affected were the member to terminate active 
membership when the target benefit funded ratio is less 
than one;
	(e)	if the plan text document provides that the member may 
make optional ancillary contributions, a statement setting out 
an estimate of the maximum amount of optional ancillary 
contributions that, under the plan text document of the plan, 
the member is entitled to contribute in the fiscal year 
following the most recently completed fiscal year;
	(f)	if the member is a suspended member, information about 
when and how the member may lift the suspension.
Annual statement for persons receiving pensions 
32(1)  For the purposes of section 37(1)(a) of the Act, an administrator 
of a pension plan must provide an annual statement to each person 
receiving a pension under the plan as follows:
	(a)	if the recipient of the statement is receiving life income type 
benefits from the defined contribution component of the plan, 
within 30 days after the end of each calendar year;
	(b)	for any other recipient of the statement, within 180 days after 
the end of each fiscal year.
(2)  An annual statement referred to in subsection (1) must contain or 
be accompanied with the following information:
	(a)	the name of the plan and its Canada Revenue Agency 
registration number;
	(b)	the name of, and contact information for, the administrator;
	(c)	except where a notice under section 44 has been provided to 
the person, a summary of any amendments that affect the 
benefits to which the recipient of the statement is entitled and 
an explanation of how those amendments affect those 
benefits, as follows:
	(i)	if the recipient of the statement is receiving a pension 
from the benefit formula component of the plan, the 
amendments made to the plan text document during the 
most recently completed fiscal year;
	(ii)	if the recipient of the statement is or will be entitled to 
receive life income type benefits from the defined 
contribution component of the plan, the amendments 
made to the plan text document during the most recently 
completed calendar year;
	(d)	a statement of the right under section 37(2) and (3) of the Act 
of the recipient of the statement, and, if a joint and survivor 
form of pension was elected by the retired member, the joint 
annuitant, to examine, or to obtain from the administrator, 
additional information and records referred to in sections 43 
and 46 of this Regulation. 
(3)  An annual statement referred to in subsection (1) that is being 
provided to a person who is receiving a pension from a benefit formula 
component of the plan must contain or be accompanied with the 
following information if and as it applies to that person:
	(a)	if the recipient of the statement is receiving benefits from a 
defined benefit component of the plan, the solvency ratio of 
the defined benefit component as set out in the current 
actuarial valuation report, expressed as a percentage, and, if 
that solvency ratio is less than 100%,
	(i)	a statement that the current actuarial valuation report 
has established that the value of the assets of the defined 
benefit component would not have been sufficient to 
cover the defined benefit component benefits had the 
plan terminated on the review date applicable to that 
actuarial valuation report, and
	(ii)	a statement of the steps being taken by the participating 
employer to address any solvency deficiency; 
	(b)	if the recipient of the statement is receiving benefits from a 
target benefit component of the plan, the target benefit 
funded ratio of the target benefit component as set out in the 
current actuarial valuation report, expressed as a percentage, 
and, if that target benefit funded ratio is less than 100%,
	(i)	a statement that the current actuarial valuation report 
has established that, as at the review date applicable to 
that actuarial valuation report, there was an unfunded 
liability in that the value of the assets of the target 
benefit component was not sufficient to cover the target 
benefit component benefits,
	(ii)	a statement of the steps being taken by the participating 
employer to address the unfunded liability, and 
	(iii)	a statement that failure to amortize the unfunded 
liability may result in the reduction of benefits.
(4)  An annual statement referred to in subsection (1) that is being 
provided to a person who is receiving life income type benefits from 
the defined contribution component of the plan must contain or be 
accompanied with the following information if and as it applies to that 
person:
	(a)	the balance of the recipient of the statement's life income 
type benefits account immediately before the beginning of 
the most recently completed calendar year and the balance of 
the recipient of the statement's life income type benefits 
account as at the end of the most recently completed calendar 
year, and a reconciliation that accounts for the difference 
between those 2 balances by setting out the following as they 
relate to those balances:
	(i)	any transfers into the life income type benefits account 
made during the most recently completed calendar year;
	(ii)	any interest credited during the most recently completed 
calendar year;
	(iii)	any administration expenses deducted during the most 
recently completed calendar year;
	(iv)	any life income type benefit payments, any transfers out 
of the life income type benefits account and any other 
payments or other withdrawals made during the most 
recently completed calendar year;
	(b)	the life income type benefits minimum amount for the 
calendar year in which the statement is provided;
	(c)	the life income type benefits maximum amount for the 
calendar year in which the statement is provided;
	(d)	a statement requiring the recipient of the statement to advise 
the administrator as to the amount of life income type benefit 
payments the recipient of the statement wishes to receive in 
the calendar year in which the statement is provided and 
indicating that, unless the recipient of the statement provides 
that advice, the administrator will pay the life income type 
benefits minimum amount for the calendar year in which the 
statement is provided.
Transfer statement for life income type benefits account
33(1)  If a person who is receiving life income type benefits from the 
defined contribution component of the plan transfers money out of the 
person's life income type benefits account under Division 8 of Part 8 
of the Act to a life income fund or to another pension plan, the 
administrator must, within 30 days after the date of the transfer, 
provide to the person a statement showing the balance of the person's 
life income type benefits account as at the end of the most recently 
completed calendar year and the balance of the person's life income 
type benefits account as at the time of the transfer, and a reconciliation 
that accounts for the difference between those 2 balances by setting out 
the following as they relate to those balances:
	(a)	any interest credited between the beginning of the current 
calendar year and the time of the transfer;
	(b)	any administration expenses deducted between the beginning 
of the current calendar year and the time of the transfer;
	(c)	any payments and transfers made between the beginning of 
the current calendar year and the time of the transfer.
(2)  If a person who is receiving life income type benefits from the 
defined contribution component of the plan transfers money into the 
person's life income type benefits account, the administrator must, 
within 30 days after the date of the transfer, provide to the person 
information respecting
	(a)	the amount deposited into the life income type benefits 
account,
	(b)	the value of the life income type benefits account 
immediately after the deposit, and
	(c)	subject to subsection (3), the life income type benefits 
maximum amount that may be paid or transferred from the 
life income type benefits account, calculated with respect to 
the amount deposited into the life income type benefits 
account referred to in clause (a).
(3)  The additional payment or transfer under subsection (2)(c) does 
not apply if the amount transferred into the life income type benefits 
account was transferred from another life income type benefits account 
or life income fund. 
Termination of active membership statement
34(1)  For the purposes of section 37(1)(a) of the Act, an administrator 
of a pension plan must, subject to subsection (5) of this section, 
provide a termination of active membership statement to each deferred 
member as follows:
	(a)	unless the plan is a collectively bargained multi-employer 
plan, within 60 days after the deferred member's termination 
of active membership in the plan;
	(b)	if the plan is a collectively bargained multi-employer plan, 
within 90 days after the deferred member's termination of 
active membership in the plan.
(2)  A termination of active membership statement referred to in 
subsection (1) must contain or be accompanied with the following 
information:
	(a)	the name of the plan and its Canada Revenue Agency 
registration number;
	(b)	the name of, and contact information for, the administrator; 
	(c)	the plan's pension eligibility date;
	(d)	the name and date of birth of the member;
	(e)	the date on which the member joined the plan;
	(f)	the date on which the member terminated active membership 
in the plan;
	(g)	the name of the member's pension partner, if any;
	(h)	the name of the member's designated beneficiary, if any;
	(i)	a statement of the right under section 37(2) and (3) of the Act 
of the member to examine, or to obtain from the 
administrator, additional information and records referred to 
in sections 43 and 46 of this Regulation.
(3)  A termination of active membership statement referred to in 
subsection (1) must contain or be accompanied with whichever one or 
more of the following reconciliations apply to the member:
	(a)	if the member is entitled to receive benefits from the defined 
contribution component of the plan, the balance of the 
member's defined contribution account as at the end of the 
most recently completed fiscal year and the balance of the 
member's defined contribution account as at the date of the 
member's termination of active membership, and a 
reconciliation that accounts for the difference between those 
2 balances by setting out the following as they relate to those 
balances:
	(i)	any member-required contributions made since the end 
of the most recently completed fiscal year;
	(ii)	any employer contributions made since the end of the 
most recently completed fiscal year;
	(iii)	any interest credited since the end of the most recently 
completed fiscal year;
	(iv)	any administration expenses deducted, and any other 
payments or withdrawals made, since the end of the 
most recently completed fiscal year;
	(b)	if the member is entitled to receive benefits from a benefit 
formula component of the plan and the plan is not a jointly 
sponsored plan, the member's benefit formula 
member-required contributions balance for that plan 
component as at the end of the most recently completed fiscal 
year and the member's benefit formula member-required 
contributions balance for that plan component as at the date 
of the member's termination of active membership, and a 
reconciliation that accounts for the difference between those 
2 balances by setting out the following as they relate to those 
balances:
	(i)	any member-required contributions made to the plan for 
application to that benefit formula component since the 
end of the most recently completed fiscal year;
	(ii)	any interest credited since the end of the most recently 
completed fiscal year;
	(c)	if the member has made additional voluntary contributions to 
the plan, the balance of the member's additional voluntary 
contributions account as at the end of the most recently 
completed fiscal year and the balance of the member's 
additional voluntary contributions account as at the date of 
the member's termination of active membership, and a 
reconciliation that accounts for the difference between those 
2 balances by setting out the following as they relate to those 
balances:
	(i)	any additional voluntary contributions made since the 
end of the most recently completed fiscal year;
	(ii)	any interest credited since the end of the most recently 
completed fiscal year;
	(iii)	any administration expenses deducted, and any other 
payments or withdrawals made, since the end of the 
most recently completed fiscal year;
	(d)	if the member has made optional ancillary contributions to 
the plan, the balance of the member's optional ancillary 
contributions account as at the end of the most recently 
completed fiscal year and the balance of the member's 
optional ancillary contributions account as at the date of the 
member's termination of active membership, and a 
reconciliation that accounts for the difference between those 
2 balances by setting out the following as they relate to those 
balances:
	(i)	any optional ancillary contributions made since the end 
of the most recently completed fiscal year;
	(ii)	any interest credited since the end of the most recently 
completed fiscal year;
	(iii)	any administration expenses deducted, and any other 
payments or withdrawals made, since the end of the 
most recently completed fiscal year;
	(e)	if the plan fund includes transferred contributions transferred 
to the plan by or on behalf of the member, the balance of the 
member's transferred contributions account as at the end of 
the most recently completed fiscal year and the balance of the 
member's transferred contributions account as at the date of 
the member's termination of active membership, and a 
reconciliation that accounts for the difference between those 
2 balances by setting out the following as they relate to those 
balances:
	(i)	any transferred contributions that were transferred to the 
plan since the end of the most recently completed fiscal 
year;
	(ii)	any interest credited since the end of the most recently 
completed fiscal year;
	(iii)	any administration expenses deducted, and any other 
payments or withdrawals made, since the end of the 
most recently completed fiscal year.
(4)  A termination of active membership statement referred to in 
subsection (1) must contain or be accompanied with the following 
information if and as it applies to the member:
	(a)	if the member is entitled or required to transfer money out of 
the plan under Division 8 of Part 8 of the Act, 
	(i)	the commuted value of the pension to which the 
member is entitled as at the date of the member's 
termination of active membership, and
	(ii)	the maximum amount that under the Income Tax 
Regulations (Canada) may be transferred out of the plan 
to an RRSP, a RRIF or another pension plan and the 
amount, if any, by which the amount to which the 
member is entitled exceeds that maximum; 
	(b)	if the member is entitled to receive benefits from a benefit 
formula component of the plan, the following information 
respecting the member's pension from that plan component: 
	(i)	the number of years that, as at the date of the member's 
termination of active membership, have been credited to 
the member for the purposes of calculating that pension;
	(ii)	the amount that, as at the date of the member's 
termination of active membership, is the annual amount 
of that pension if that pension commences on the plan's 
pension eligibility date;
	(c)	if the member is entitled to receive benefits from a defined 
benefit component of the plan, the solvency ratio of the 
defined benefit component as set out in the current actuarial 
valuation report, expressed as a percentage, and unless 
section 90(3)(a)(ii) applies, if there is a transfer deficiency 
applicable to the member's benefits,
	(i)	a statement that the current actuarial valuation report 
has established that there is a transfer deficiency in that 
the value of the assets of the defined benefit component 
would not have been sufficient to cover the defined 
benefit component benefits had the plan terminated on 
the review date applicable to that actuarial valuation 
report,
	(ii)	the amount of the transfer deficiency,
	(iii)	a statement indicating that the amount of pension 
referred to in subsection (4)(a)(i), as at the date of the 
member's termination of active membership, the 
member is entitled to receive is the commuted value 
referred to in that clause less the transfer deficiency,
	(iv)	a statement explaining, in accordance with section 
90(3), when the member will be entitled to receive the 
transfer deficiency, and 
	(v)	a statement indicating that the amount the member is 
entitled to receive on the date referred to in subclause 
(iv) is the transfer deficiency plus interest calculated in 
accordance with section 73(3);
	(d)	if the member is entitled to receive benefits from a target 
benefit component of the plan, the target benefit funded ratio 
of the target benefit component as set out in the current 
actuarial valuation report, expressed as a percentage, and, if 
that target benefit funded ratio is less than 100%,
	(i)	a statement that the current actuarial valuation report 
has established that, as at the review date applicable to 
that actuarial valuation report, there was an unfunded 
liability in the target benefit component in that the value 
of the assets of the target benefit component was not 
sufficient to cover the target benefit component 
benefits,
	(ii)	a statement of the steps being taken by the participating 
employer to address the unfunded liability, 
	(iii)	a statement that failure to amortize the unfunded 
liability may result in a reduction of benefits, and
	(iv)	a statement that if the member elects, as at the date of 
the member's termination of active membership, to 
transfer the benefits to which he or she is entitled under 
the target benefit component, he or she is entitled to the 
amount determined by multiplying the commuted value 
referred to in subsection (4)(a)(i) by the plan's target 
benefit funded ratio as at the review date applicable to 
current actuarial valuation report;
	(e)	the amount of the member's excess contributions;
	(f)	an explanation of
	(i)	the options available to the member under the plan text 
document in relation to each of his or her benefits under 
the plan,
	(ii)	the deadlines under the plan text document for choosing 
any of those options,
	(iii)	the consequences, if any, under the plan text document 
of not meeting those deadlines, and
	(iv)	for each option that will lead to money being locked-in 
money, what that means to the member;
	(g)	if, under the plan text document, the member may or must 
defer receiving a pension until the plan's pension eligibility 
date,
	(i)	an explanation of what happens to the member's 
benefits if the member dies before pension 
commencement, including, without limitation, an 
explanation of the pension partner's waiver option 
under section 89(1)(b) of the Act,
	(ii)	an explanation of the options available to the member to 
elect a pension commencement date that is earlier or 
later than the plan's pension eligibility date, and an 
explanation of any adjustments to the amount of 
pension in each case,
	(iii)	an explanation of any cost of living adjustment 
provision of the plan text document that apply to the 
deferred pension, 
	(iv)	the name and address of the person to whom application 
must be made to start receiving the pension, 
	(v)	a statement indicating that the member must notify the 
administrator of any change of the member's address,
	(vi)	in the case of a plan of which the plan text document 
contains a benefit formula provision, a statement of the 
circumstances under which the member's benefits under 
the benefit formula provision may be reduced, and 
	(vii)	a statement indicating that the amount, if any, of the 
member's excess contributions will be recalculated and 
paid at the member's pension commencement date; 
	(h)	whichever of the following is applicable: 
	(i)	a statement that the pension legislation of Alberta 
applies to determine the benefit entitlement of the 
member;
	(ii)	if, under section 1(9) of the Act, pension legislation of a 
jurisdiction other than Alberta applies to determine the 
benefit entitlement of the member, a statement 
identifying that jurisdiction and indicating that its 
pension legislation applies to determine the benefit 
entitlement of the member;
(5)  A member is not entitled to receive a statement under subsection 
(1) if the member has received a statement under section 37 in relation 
to the plan.
Information statement on marriage breakdown 
35(1)  For the purposes of section 37(1)(a) and (d) of the Act, an 
administrator of a pension plan must, provide to each of the member 
pension partner and non-member pension partner, within 90 days after 
receiving a written request for it from either of them, a statement on 
marriage breakdown.
(2)  A statement on marriage breakdown must contain or be 
accompanied with the following information:
	(a)	the name of the plan and its Canada Revenue Agency 
registration number;
	(b)	the name of, and contact information for, the administrator;
	(c)	the plan's pension eligibility date.
(3)  A statement on marriage breakdown must contain or be 
accompanied with whichever one or more of the following 
reconciliations apply to the member pension partner:
	(a)	if the member pension partner is entitled to receive benefits 
from the defined contribution component of the plan, the 
balance of the member pension partner's defined contribution 
account as at the end of the most recently completed fiscal 
year and the balance of the member pension partner's defined 
contribution account as at the date of the date specified in the 
request, and a reconciliation that accounts for the difference 
between those 2 balances by setting out the following as they 
relate to those balances:
	(i)	any member-required contributions made by the 
member pension partner since the end of the most 
recently completed fiscal year;
	(ii)	any employer contributions made since the end of the 
most recently completed fiscal year;
	(iii)	any interest credited since the end of the most recently 
completed fiscal year;
	(iv)	any administration expenses deducted since the end of 
the most recently completed fiscal year;
	(v)	any payments or other withdrawals made since the end 
of the most recently completed fiscal year;
	(b)	if the member pension partner is not receiving a pension 
under the plan and has made additional voluntary 
contributions to the plan, the balance of the member pension 
partner's additional voluntary contributions account as at the 
end of the most recently completed fiscal year and the 
balance of the member pension partner's additional voluntary 
contributions account as at the date of the date specified in 
the request, and a reconciliation that accounts for the 
difference between those 2 balances by setting out the 
following as they relate to those balances:
	(i)	any additional voluntary contributions made since the 
end of the most recently completed fiscal year;
	(ii)	any interest credited since the end of the most recently 
completed fiscal year;
	(iii)	any administration expenses deducted since the end of 
the most recently completed fiscal year;
	(iv)	any amounts, other than expenses referred to in 
subclause (iii), withdrawn since the end of the most 
recently completed fiscal year;
	(c)	if the member pension partner is not receiving a pension 
under the plan and has made optional ancillary contributions 
to the plan, the balance of the member pension partner's 
optional ancillary contributions account as at the end of the 
most recently completed fiscal year and the balance of the 
member pension partner's optional ancillary contributions 
account as at the date of the date specified in the request, and 
a reconciliation that accounts for the difference between 
those 2 balances by setting out the following as they relate to 
those balances:
	(i)	any optional ancillary contributions made since the end 
of the most recently completed fiscal year;
	(ii)	any interest credited since the end of the most recently 
completed fiscal year;
	(iii)	any administration expenses deducted since the end of 
the most recently completed fiscal year;
	(iv)	any amounts, other than expenses referred to in 
subclause (iii), withdrawn since the end of the most 
recently completed fiscal year;
	(d)	if the member pension partner is not receiving a pension 
under the plan and the plan fund includes transferred 
contributions transferred to the plan by or on behalf of the 
member pension partner, the balance of the member pension 
partner's transferred contributions account as at the end of 
the most recently completed fiscal year and the balance of the 
member pension partner's transferred contributions account 
as at the date of the date specified in the request, and a 
reconciliation that accounts for the difference between those 
2 balances by setting out the following as they relate to those 
balances:
	(i)	any transferred contributions that were transferred to the 
plan since the end of the most recently completed fiscal 
year;
	(ii)	any interest credited since the end of the most recently 
completed fiscal year;
	(iii)	any administration expenses deducted since the end of 
the most recently completed fiscal year;
	(iv)	any payments or other withdrawals made since the end 
of the most recently completed fiscal year;
	(e)	if the member pension partner is not receiving a pension 
under the plan and is entitled to receive benefits from a 
benefit formula component of the plan and the plan is not a 
jointly sponsored plan, the member pension partner's benefit 
formula member-required contributions balance for that plan 
component as at the end of the most recently completed fiscal 
year and the member pension partner's benefit formula 
member-required contributions balance for that plan 
component as at the date of the date specified in the request, 
and a reconciliation that accounts for the difference between 
those 2 balances by setting out the following as they relate to 
those balances:
	(i)	any member-required contributions made by the 
member pension partner to the plan for application to 
that benefit formula component since the end of the 
most recently completed fiscal year;
	(ii)	any interest credited since the end of the most recently 
completed fiscal year.
(4)  A statement on marriage breakdown must contain or be 
accompanied with the following information if and as it applies to the 
member pension partner:
	(a)	the member pension partner's name and date of birth;
	(b)	the date on which the member pension partner joined the 
plan;
	(c)	the date, if applicable, on which the member pension partner 
terminated active membership in the plan;
	(d)	if the member pension partner is not receiving a pension 
under the plan, the following information respecting the 
member pension partner's benefit:
	(i)	the number of years that, as at the date specified in the 
request, have been credited to the member pension 
partner for the purposes of calculating that pension;
	(ii)	the amount that, as at the date specified in the request, is 
the annual amount of that pension if that pension 
commences on the plan's pension eligibility date;
	(iii)	the commuted value of the pension calculated in 
accordance with section 82(4) or (5) as applicable, to 
which the member pension partner is entitled as at the 
date specified in the request;
	(e)	if the member pension partner is receiving a pension under 
the plan, the annual amount and form of pension being paid 
to the member pension partner;
	(f)	if the member pension partner is or will be entitled to receive 
benefits from a defined benefit component of the plan, the 
solvency ratio of the defined benefit component as set out in 
the most recently filed actuarial valuation report, expressed 
as a percentage, and, if that solvency ratio is less than 100%, 
	(i)	a statement that the most recently filed actuarial 
valuation report has determined that the value of the 
assets of the defined benefit component would not have 
been sufficient to cover the defined benefit component 
benefits had the plan terminated on the review date 
applicable to that actuarial valuation report, and 
	(ii)	a statement of the steps being taken by the participating 
employer to address any solvency deficiency; 
	(g)	if the member pension partner is or will be entitled to receive 
benefits from a target benefit component of the plan, the 
target benefit funded ratio of the target benefit component as 
set out in the most recently filed actuarial valuation report, 
expressed as a percentage, and if that target benefit funded 
ratio is less than 100%,
	(i)	a statement that the most recently filed actuarial 
valuation report has determined that, as at the review 
date applicable to that actuarial valuation report, there 
was an unfunded liability in that the value of the assets 
of the target benefit component was not sufficient to 
cover the target benefit component benefits, and
	(ii)	a statement of the steps being taken by the participating 
employer to address the unfunded liability;
	(h)	whichever of the following is applicable:
	(i)	a statement that the pension legislation of Alberta 
applies to determine the benefit entitlement of the 
member pension partner;
	(ii)	if, under section 1(9) of the Act, pension legislation of a 
jurisdiction other than Alberta applies to determine the 
benefit entitlement of the member pension partner, a 
statement identifying that jurisdiction and indicating 
that its pension legislation applies to determine the 
benefit entitlement of the member pension partner;
	(i)	a statement of the right under section 37(2) and (4) of the Act 
of the member pension partner and non-member pension 
partner to examine, or to obtain from the administrator, 
additional information and records referred to in section 43 
of this Regulation.
Information statement after filing matrimonial property order 
or agreement
36(1)  For the purposes of section 37(1)(a) and (d) of the Act, an 
administrator of a pension plan must provide an information statement 
to the member pension partner and non-member pension partner within 
60 days after a matrimonial property order or matrimonial property 
agreement that meets the requirements of section 80 of this Regulation 
has been filed by either the member pension partner or the 
non-member pension partner.
(2)  A statement referred to in subsection (1) must contain or be 
accompanied with the following information:
	(a)	the name of the plan and its Canada Revenue Agency 
registration number;
	(b)	the name of, and contact information for, the administrator.
(3)  Where the non-member pension partner's share is to be satisfied in 
accordance with section 81(2) or (3)(a), a statement referred to in 
subsection (1) must be provided to the non-member pension partner 
and must contain or be accompanied with the following information:
	(a)	the amount of the non-member pension partner's share;
	(b)	if the member pension partner is entitled to receive benefits 
from a defined benefit component of the plan, the solvency 
ratio of the defined benefit component as set out in the most 
recently filed actuarial valuation report, expressed as a 
percentage, and, unless section 90(3)(a)(ii) applies, if there is 
a transfer deficiency applicable to the non-member pension 
partner's share;
	(i)	a statement that the most recently filed actuarial 
valuation report has established that there is a transfer 
deficiency in that the value of the assets of the defined 
benefit component would not have been sufficient to 
cover the defined benefit component benefits had the 
plan terminated on the review date applicable to that 
actuarial valuation report;
	(ii)	the amount of the transfer deficiency;
	(iii)	a statement indicating that the amount that, as at the 
date of the transfer of the non-member pension partner's 
share, the non-member pension partner is entitled to 
receive is the amount referred to in clause (a) less the 
transfer deficiency;
	(iv)	a statement explaining, in accordance with section 
90(3), when the non-member pension partner will be 
entitled to receive the transfer deficiency;
	(v)	a statement indicating that the amount the member 
pension partner is entitled to receive on the date referred 
to in subclause (iv) is the transfer deficiency plus 
interest calculated in accordance with section 73(3);
	(c)	if the member pension partner is entitled to receive benefits 
from a target benefit component of the plan, the target benefit 
funded ratio of the target benefit component as set out in the 
most recently filed actuarial valuation report, expressed as a 
percentage, and, if that target benefit funded ratio is less than 
100%,
	(i)	a statement that the most recently filed actuarial 
valuation report has established that, as at the review 
date applicable to that actuarial valuation report, there 
was an unfunded liability in the target benefit 
component in that the value of the assets of the target 
benefit component was not sufficient to cover the target 
benefit component benefits, and
	(ii)	a statement indicating that the amount that, as at the 
date of the transfer of the non-member pension partner's 
share, the non-member pension partner is entitled to 
receive is the amount referred to in clause (a) multiplied 
by the plan's target benefit funded ratio as at the review 
date applicable to most recently filed actuarial valuation 
report; 
	(d)	an explanation of
	(i)	the options available to the non-member pension partner 
under the plan text document in relation to his or her 
share, 
	(ii)	the deadlines under the plan text document for choosing 
any of those options, 
	(iii)	the consequences, if any, under the plan text document 
of not meeting those deadlines, and
	(iv)	for each option that will lead to money being locked-in 
money, what that means to the non-member pension 
partner;
	(e)	whichever of the following is applicable: 
	(i)	a statement that the pension legislation of Alberta 
applies to determine the benefit entitlement of the 
member;
	(ii)	if, under section 1(9) of the Act, pension legislation of a 
jurisdiction other than Alberta applies to determine the 
benefit entitlement of the member, a statement 
identifying that jurisdiction and indicating that its 
pension legislation applies to determine the benefit 
entitlement of the member;
	(f)	a statement of the right under section 37(2) and (4) of the Act 
of the non-member pension partner to examine, or to obtain 
from the administrator, additional information and records 
referred to in sections 43 and 46 of this Regulation.
(4)  Where the non-member pension partner's share is to be satisfied in 
accordance with section 81(3)(b), a statement referred to in subsection 
(1) must be provided to the non-member pension partner and must 
contain or be accompanied with the following information:
	(a)	a statement that the non-member pension partner's share will 
be determined at the earlier of the member pension partner's 
termination of active membership, or termination of the plan;
	(b)	a statement that, when the non-member pension partner's 
share is determined under clause (a), the information in 
subsection (3) will be provided to the non-member pension 
partner as calculated as of that date;
	(c)	the name and address of the person to whom the application 
must be made to receiving the non-member pension partner's 
share;
	(d)	a statement indicating that the non-member pension partner 
must notify the administrator of any change of the 
non-member pension partner's address;
	(e)	in the case of a plan of which the plan text document contains 
a benefit formula provision, a statement of the circumstances 
under which the non-member pension partner's benefits 
under the benefit formula provision may be reduced.
(5)  Where the non-member pension partner's share is to be satisfied in 
accordance with section 81(3)(c) or (5), a statement referred to in 
subsection (1) must be provided to the non-member pension partner 
and must contain or be accompanied with an explanation of the 
following:
	(a)	the form of pension that is payable to the non-member 
pension partner;
	(b)	the annual amount of pension payable to the non-member 
pension partner;
	(c)	in the case of a plan of which the plan text document contains 
a benefit formula provision, a statement of the circumstances 
under which the non-member pension partner's pension 
under the plan may be reduced.
(6)  A statement referred to in subsection (1) must be provided to the 
member pension partner and must contain or be accompanied with the 
following:
	(a)	a statement of the date the division became effective;
	(b)	a summary and description of the remaining benefits to 
which the member pension partner will be entitled after the 
distribution of the non-member pension partner's share. 
Retirement statement
37(1)  For the purposes of section 37(1)(a) of the Act, an administrator 
of a pension plan who receives a completed application, in the form 
required by the administrator, for commencement of a pension from a 
plan component must provide a retirement statement to the applicant.
(2)  An application under subsection (1) for commencement of a 
pension must
	(a)	be in the form required by the administrator,
	(b)	contain all the information necessary to allow the 
administrator to prepare the retirement statement, and 
	(c)	include or be supplemented by all other documents necessary 
to allow the administrator to prepare the retirement 
statement. 
(3)  A retirement statement referred to in subsection (1) must be 
provided
	(a)	on or before the date that is 60 days after the date of the 
receipt of an application that complies with subsection (2), or
	(b)	if the application is received more than 120 days before the 
member's pension commencement date, on or before the 
later of
	(i)	the date that is 60 days after the date of the receipt of an 
application that complies with subsection (2), and
	(ii)	the date that is 120 days before the date on which the 
pension commences.
(4)  A retirement statement referred to in subsection (1) must contain 
or be accompanied with the following information:
	(a)	the name of the plan and its Canada Revenue Agency 
registration number;
	(b)	the name of, and contact information for, the administrator; 
	(c)	the name and date of birth of the member;
	(d)	the date on which the member joined the plan;
	(e)	the date on which the member terminated active membership 
in the plan;
	(f)	the member's pension commencement date;
	(g)	if the member has a pension partner, the pension partner's 
name and date of birth;
	(h)	the name of the member's designated beneficiary, if any;
	(i)	a statement of the right under section 37(2) and (3) of the Act 
of the member to examine, or to obtain from the 
administrator, additional information and records referred to 
in sections 43 and 46 of this Regulation.
(5)  A retirement statement referred to in subsection (1) must contain 
or be accompanied with whichever one or more of the following 
reconciliations apply to the member:
	(a)	if the member is entitled to receive benefits from the defined 
contribution component of the plan, the balance of the 
member's defined contribution account as at the end of the 
most recently completed fiscal year and the balance of the 
member's defined contribution account as at the member's 
pension commencement date, and a reconciliation that 
accounts for the difference between those 2 balances by 
setting out the following as they relate to those balances:
	(i)	any member-required contributions since the end of the 
most recently completed fiscal year;
	(ii)	any employer contributions since the end of the most 
recently completed fiscal year;
	(iii)	any interest credited since the end of the most recently 
completed fiscal year;
	(iv)	any administration expenses deducted, and any other 
payments or withdrawals made, since the end of the 
most recently completed fiscal year;
	(b)	if the member is entitled to receive benefits from a benefit 
formula component of the plan and the plan is not a jointly 
sponsored plan, the member's benefit formula 
member-required contributions balance for that plan 
component as at the end of the most recently completed fiscal 
year and the member's benefit formula member-required 
contributions balance for that plan component as at the 
member's pension commencement date, and a reconciliation 
that accounts for the difference between those 2 balances by 
setting out the following as they relate to those balances:
	(i)	any member-required contributions made to the plan for 
application to that benefit formula component since the 
end of the most recently completed fiscal year;
	(ii)	any interest credited since the end of the most recently 
completed fiscal year;
	(c)	if the member has made additional voluntary contributions to 
the plan, the balance of the member's additional voluntary 
contributions account as at the end of the most recently 
completed fiscal year and the balance of the member's 
additional voluntary contributions account as at the 
member's pension commencement date, and a reconciliation 
that accounts for the difference between those 2 balances by 
setting out the following as they relate to those balances:
	(i)	any additional voluntary contributions made since the 
end of the most recently completed fiscal year;
	(ii)	any interest credited since the end of the most recently 
completed fiscal year;
	(iii)	any administration expenses deducted, and any other 
payments or withdrawals made, since the end of the 
most recently completed fiscal year;
	(iv)	any amounts, other than expenses referred to in 
subclause (iii), withdrawn since the end of the most 
recently completed fiscal year;
	(d)	if the member has made optional ancillary contributions to 
the plan, the balance of the member's optional ancillary 
contributions account as at the end of the most recently 
completed fiscal year and the balance of the member's 
optional ancillary contributions account as at the member's 
pension commencement date, and a reconciliation that 
accounts for the difference between those 2 balances by 
setting out the following as they relate to those balances:
	(i)	any optional ancillary contributions made since the end 
of the most recently completed fiscal year;
	(ii)	any interest credited since the end of the most recently 
completed fiscal year;
	(iii)	any administration expenses deducted, and any other 
payments or withdrawals made, since the end of the 
most recently completed fiscal year;
	(iv)	any amounts, other than expenses referred to in 
subclause (iii), withdrawn since the end of the most 
recently completed fiscal year;
	(e)	if the plan fund includes transferred contributions transferred 
to the plan by or on behalf of the member, the balance of the 
member's transferred contributions account as at the end of 
the most recently completed fiscal year and the balance of the 
member's transferred contributions account as at the 
member's pension commencement date, and a reconciliation 
that accounts for the difference between those 2 balances by 
setting out the following as they relate to those balances:
	(i)	any transferred contributions that were transferred to the 
plan since the end of the most recently completed fiscal 
year;
	(ii)	any interest credited since the end of the most recently 
completed fiscal year;
	(iii)	any administration expenses deducted, and any other 
payments or withdrawals made, since the end of the 
most recently completed fiscal year.
(6)  A retirement statement referred to in subsection (1) must contain 
or be accompanied with the following information if and as it applies 
to the member and the plan component from which the pension is to be 
paid:
	(a)	if the member is entitled to receive benefits from a benefit 
formula component of the plan, the following:
	(i)	the amount of the member's excess contributions;
	(ii)	an explanation of
	(A)	the form of pension that is described as the normal 
form of pension in the plan text document and the 
other forms of pension that are available under the 
plan text document,
	(B)	the method by which the member must elect one of 
those options,
	(C)	the annual amount of pension payable to the 
member under each of those options, and
	(D)	the circumstances under which the member's 
benefits under the plan may be reduced; 
	(iii)	if the member has a pension partner, a statement that 
before the member may elect a form of pension other 
than a joint and survivor pension, the member has 
informed the member's pension partner that a waiver 
under section 90(4) of the Act in Form 4 must be signed 
and provided to the administrator;
	(iv)	if the plan text document provides for the conversion of 
optional ancillary contributions to optional ancillary 
benefits, a statement setting out
	(A)	the cost of each of the optional ancillary benefits 
that are available to the member, and
	(B)	that if any optional ancillary contribution is not 
converted to optional ancillary benefits, the 
unconverted optional ancillary contribution is 
forfeited and remains in the plan fund;
	(v)	if the plan text document has an indexation provision, 
details of an explanation of any indexation provisions of 
the plan text document that apply to the member's 
pension;
	(b)	an explanation of
	(i)	the options available to the member under the plan text 
document in relation to each of his or her benefits under 
the plan,
	(ii)	the deadlines under the plan text document for choosing 
any of those options, and
	(iii)	the consequences, if any, under the plan text document 
of not meeting those deadlines.
(7)  If the member to whom the retirement statement referred to in 
subsection (1) is to be provided may elect to receive life income type 
benefits from the defined contribution component of the plan, the 
retirement statement must contain or be accompanied with the 
following information if and as it applies to the member:
	(a)	the life income type benefits minimum amount for the 
calendar year in which the statement is provided;
	(b)	the life income type benefits maximum amount for the 
calendar year in which the statement is provided;
	(c)	a statement indicating that if the member elects to receive life 
income type benefits from the defined contribution 
component, the member must advise the administrator as to 
the amount of life income type benefit payments the member 
wishes to receive in the calendar year in which the statement 
is provided and indicating that, unless the member provides 
that advice, the administrator will pay the life income type 
benefits minimum amount for the calendar year in which the 
statement is provided;
	(d)	if the member has a pension partner, a statement that before 
the member may elect to receive a life income type benefit, 
the member has informed the member's pension partner that 
a waiver under section 90(4) of the Act in Form 8 must be 
signed and provided to the administrator.
Phased retirement benefit statement
38(1)  For the purposes of sections 37(1)(a) and 93 of the Act, an 
administrator of a pension plan who receives from an active member a 
completed application, in the form required by the administrator, for a 
phased retirement benefit must, within 60 days after receipt of the 
application, provide a phased retirement benefit statement to the 
applicant.
(2)  An application under subsection (1) for a phased retirement benefit 
must
	(a)	be in the form required by the administrator,
	(b)	contain all the information necessary to allow the 
administrator to prepare the phased retirement benefit 
statement, and 
	(c)	include or be supplemented by all other documents necessary 
to allow by the administrator to prepare the phased retirement 
benefit statement. 
(3)  A phased retirement benefit statement referred to in subsection (1) 
must contain or be accompanied with the following information:
	(a)	the name of the plan and its Canada Revenue Agency 
registration number;
	(b)	the name of, and contact information for, the administrator; 
	(c)	the name and date of birth of the member;
	(d)	the date on which the member joined the plan;
	(e)	the amount of pension to which the member would be 
entitled if he or she retired as at the date of the statement;
	(f)	the annual amount of pension that, as at the date of the 
statement, the member will be entitled to receive if that 
pension commences on the plan's pension eligibility date;
	(g)	the phased retirement benefit to which the member is 
entitled, expressed as both
	(i)	a percentage of the pension amount referred to in clause 
(e), and
	(ii)	a dollar amount;
	(h)	a statement explaining whether, and if so how, the member's 
pension may be reduced as a result of the member accepting 
a phased retirement benefit;
	(i)	the frequency with which, if at all, the phased retirement 
benefits will be adjusted during the period during which 
phased retirement benefits are to be paid, and the basis on 
which those adjustments are to be made; 
	(j)	a notice that the phased retirement benefit does not constitute 
pension under the Act;
	(k)	an explanation of what happens to the member's benefits if 
the member dies before pension commencement, including, 
without limitation, an explanation of the pension partner's 
waiver option under section 89(1)(b) of the Act.
Lump sum payment statement
39(1)  For the purposes of sections 37(1)(a) and 94 of the Act, an 
administrator of a pension plan who receives from an active member a 
completed application, in the form required by the administrator, to 
receive a lump sum payment under section 94 of the Act must, within 
60 days after receipt of the application, provide a lump sum payment 
statement to the applicant.
(2)  An application under subsection (1) for a lump sum payment must
	(a)	be in the form required by the administrator,
	(b)	contain all the information necessary to allow the 
administrator to prepare the phased retirement benefit 
statement, and 
	(c)	include or be supplemented by all other documents necessary 
to allow the administrator to prepare the phased retirement 
benefit statement. 
(3)  A lump sum payment statement referred to in subsection (1) must 
contain or be accompanied with the following information:
	(a)	the name of the plan and its Canada Revenue Agency 
registration number;
	(b)	the name of, and contact information for, the administrator; 
	(c)	the name and date of birth of the member;
	(d)	the name of the member's pension partner, if any; 
	(e)	an explanation of the requirement for a pension partner's 
consent under section 88(2)(b);
	(f)	the maximum lump sum payment the member is permitted to 
receive in the fiscal year in which the statement is provided;
	(g)	the balance of the member's defined contribution account as 
at the date of the statement;
	(h)	a statement that the receipt of a lump sum payment under 
section 94 of the Act will reduce the benefit payable to the 
member at the member's termination of active membership 
or at the member's pension commencement date.
Statement on death of member before pension commencement
40(1)  For the purposes of section 37(1)(b) of the Act, if a member of 
a pension plan who was entitled to receive a pension from a plan 
component dies before beginning to receive a pension from that plan 
component, the administrator must provide a pre-retirement death 
benefits statement to the person referred to in subsection (2) within 60 
days after receipt of proof of the deceased member's death.
(2)  A pre-retirement death benefits statement referred to in subsection 
(1) must be provided
	(a)	to the deceased member's surviving pension partner, or
	(b)	if the deceased member has no pension partner at the time of 
death, or if the deceased member's pension partner has 
signed a waiver under section 89(1)(b) of the Act in Form 5,
	(i)	to the deceased member's designated beneficiary, or
	(ii)	if there is no living designated beneficiary, to the 
personal representative of the deceased member's 
estate.
(3)  A pre-retirement death benefits statement referred to in subsection 
(1) must contain or be accompanied with the following information:
	(a)	the name of the plan and its Canada Revenue Agency 
registration number;
	(b)	the name of, and contact information for, the administrator;
	(c)	the name and date of death of the deceased member;
	(d)	the name of the deceased member's pension partner, if any;
	(e)	the name of the deceased member's designated beneficiary, if 
any;
	(f)	a statement of the right under sections 37(2) and (3) of the 
Act of the person to whom the pre-retirement death benefits 
statement is provided to examine, or to obtain from the 
administrator, additional information and records referred to 
in sections 43 and 46 of this Regulation. 
(4)  A pre-retirement death benefits statement referred to in subsection 
(1) must contain or be accompanied with whichever one or more of the 
following reconciliations apply to the member:
	(a)	if the deceased member was entitled to receive benefits from 
the defined contribution component of the plan, the balance 
of the deceased member's defined contribution account as at 
the end of the most recently completed fiscal year and the 
balance of the deceased member's defined contribution 
account as at the date of the deceased member's death, and a 
reconciliation that accounts for the difference between those 
2 balances by setting out the following as they relate to those 
balances:
	(i)	any member-required contributions made since the end 
of the most recently completed fiscal year;
	(ii)	any employer contributions made since the end of the 
most recently completed fiscal year;
	(iii)	any interest credited since the end of the most recently 
completed fiscal year;
	(iv)	any administration expenses deducted, and any other 
payments or withdrawals made, since the end of the 
most recently completed fiscal year;
	(b)	if the deceased member was entitled to receive benefits from 
a benefit formula component of the plan and the plan is not a 
jointly sponsored plan, the deceased member's benefit 
formula member-required contributions balance for that plan 
component as at the end of the most recently completed fiscal 
year and the deceased member's benefit formula 
member-required contributions balance for that plan 
component as at the date of the deceased member's death, 
and a reconciliation that accounts for the difference between 
those 2 balances by setting out the following as they relate to 
those balances:
	(i)	any member-required contributions made to the plan for 
application to that benefit formula component of the 
plan since the end of the most recently completed fiscal 
year;
	(ii)	any interest credited since the end of the most recently 
completed fiscal year;
	(c)	if the deceased member had made additional voluntary 
contributions to the plan, the balance of the deceased 
member's additional voluntary contributions account as at 
the end of the most recently completed fiscal year and the 
balance of the deceased member's additional voluntary 
contributions account as at the date of the deceased 
member's death, and a reconciliation that accounts for the 
difference between those 2 balances by setting out the 
following as they relate to those balances:
	(i)	any additional voluntary contributions made since the 
end of the most recently completed fiscal year;
	(ii)	any interest credited since the end of the most recently 
completed fiscal year;
	(iii)	any administration expenses deducted, and any other 
payments or withdrawals made, since the end of the 
most recently completed fiscal year;
	(d)	if the deceased member had made optional ancillary 
contributions to the plan, the balance of the deceased 
member's optional ancillary contributions account as at the 
end of the most recently completed fiscal year and the 
balance of the deceased member's optional ancillary 
contributions account as at the date of the deceased 
member's death, and a reconciliation that accounts for the 
difference between those 2 balances by setting out the 
following as they relate to those balances:
	(i)	any optional ancillary contributions made since the end 
of the most recently completed fiscal year;
	(ii)	any interest credited since the end of the most recently 
completed fiscal year;
	(iii)	any administration expenses deducted, and any other 
payments or withdrawals made, since the end of the 
most recently completed fiscal year;
	(e)	if the plan fund includes transferred contributions transferred 
to the plan by or on behalf of the deceased member, the 
balance of the deceased member's transferred contributions 
account as at the end of the most recently completed fiscal 
year and the balance of the deceased member's transferred 
contributions account as at the date of the deceased 
member's death, and a reconciliation that accounts for the 
difference between those 2 balances by setting out the 
following as they relate to those balances:
	(i)	any transferred contributions that were transferred to the 
plan since the end of the most recently completed fiscal 
year;
	(ii)	any interest credited since the end of the most recently 
completed fiscal year;
	(iii)	any administration expenses deducted, and any other 
payments or withdrawals made, since the end of the 
most recently completed fiscal year;
(5)  A pre-retirement death benefits statement referred to in subsection 
(1) must contain or be accompanied with the following information if 
and as it applies to the deceased member:
	(a)	if the deceased member had no pension partner at the time of 
death, or if the deceased member's pension partner has 
signed a waiver in Form 5, the amount that is payable to the 
deceased member's designated beneficiary or personal 
representative of the deceased member's estate under section 
89(1)(b) or (c) of the Act and the basis on which it was 
calculated;
	(b)	if the deceased member had a pension partner at the time of 
death and that pension partner has not signed the waiver in 
Form 5, and the surviving pension partner is entitled to 
receive a pension from a benefit formula component of the 
plan, the following information respecting the pension:
	(i)	the number of years that, as at the date of the deceased 
member's death, have been credited to the deceased 
member for the purposes of calculating the deceased 
member's pension;
	(ii)	the annual amount of pension that the surviving pension 
partner is entitled to receive; 
	(iii)	the commuted value of the pension that the pension 
partner is entitled to receive;
	(iv)	the maximum amount that under the Income Tax 
Regulations (Canada) may be transferred out of the plan 
to an RRSP, a RRIF or another pension plan and the 
amount, if any, by which the amount to which the 
surviving pension partner is entitled exceeds that 
maximum; 
	(v)	the amount of the deceased member's excess 
contributions;
	(c)	if the deceased member had a pension partner at the time of 
death and that pension partner has not signed the waiver in 
Form 5, and the plan text document of the plan provides that 
the surviving pension partner must transfer the commuted 
value of the deceased member's benefits from the plan, the 
following information:
	(i)	the commuted value of the pension that the pension 
partner is entitled to receive;
	(ii)	the maximum amount that under the Income Tax 
Regulations (Canada) may be transferred out of the plan 
to an RRSP, a RRIF or another pension plan and the 
amount, if any, by which the amount to which the 
surviving pension partner is entitled exceeds that 
maximum;
	(iii)	the amount of the deceased member's excess 
contributions, if any;
	(d)	if the deceased member had a pension partner at the time of 
death and that pension partner has not signed the waiver in 
Form 5 and the plan text document of the plan does not 
provide that the surviving pension must transfer the 
commuted value of the deceased member's benefit from the 
plan, the following information:
	(i)	an explanation of what happens to the surviving pension 
partner's benefits if the surviving pension partner dies 
before pension commencement, 
	(ii)	an explanation of the options available to the surviving 
pension partner to elect a pension commencement date 
that is earlier or later than the plan's pension eligibility 
date, and an explanation of any adjustments to the 
amount of pension in each case,
	(iii)	an explanation of any indexation provisions of the plan 
text document that apply to the deferred pension, 
	(iv)	the name and address of the person to whom application 
must be made to start receiving the pension, 
	(v)	a statement indicating that the surviving pension partner 
must notify the administrator of any change of the 
surviving pension partner's address, and
	(vi)	in the case of a plan of which the plan text document 
contains a benefit formula provision, a statement of 
when and how the surviving pension partner's benefits 
under the benefit formula component may be reduced; 
	(e)	if the deceased member was entitled to receive benefits from 
a defined benefit component of the plan, the solvency ratio of 
the defined benefit component as set out in the current 
actuarial valuation report, expressed as a percentage, and, 
unless section 90(3)(a)(ii) applies, if there is a transfer 
deficiency applicable to the deceased member's pension,
	(i)	a statement that the current actuarial valuation report 
has established that there is a transfer deficiency in that 
the value of the assets of the defined benefit component 
would not have been sufficient to cover the defined 
benefit component benefits had the plan terminated on 
the review date applicable to that actuarial valuation 
report,
	(ii)	the amount of the transfer deficiency,
	(iii)	a statement indicating that, as at the date of the deceased 
member's death, the amount of the pension that the 
surviving pension partner, designated beneficiary or 
personal representative is entitled to receive is the 
commuted value of that pension less the transfer 
deficiency, 
	(iv)	a statement explaining, in accordance with section 
90(3), when the surviving pension partner, designated 
beneficiary or personal representative will be entitled to 
receive the transfer deficiency, and 
	(v)	a statement indicating that the amount the surviving 
pension partner, designated beneficiary or personal 
representative is entitled to receive on the date referred 
to in subclause (iv) is the transfer deficiency plus the 
interest that has accrued on that amount from the date of 
the deceased member's death to the date of payment; 
	(f)	if the deceased member was entitled to receive benefits from 
a target benefit component of the plan, the target benefit 
funded ratio of the target benefit component as set out in the 
current actuarial valuation report, expressed as a percentage, 
and, if that target benefit funded ratio is less than 100%,
	(i)	a statement that the current actuarial valuation report 
has established that, as at the review date applicable to 
that actuarial valuation report, there was an unfunded 
liability in the target benefit component in that the value 
of the assets of the target benefit component was not 
sufficient to cover the target benefit component 
benefits,
	(ii)	a statement of the steps being taken by the participating 
employer to address the unfunded liability,
	(iii)	a statement that failure to amortize the unfunded 
liability may result in a reduction of benefits, and
	(iv)	a statement indicating that, as at the date of the deceased 
member's death, the amount of the deceased member's 
pension that the surviving pension partner, designated 
beneficiary or personal representative is entitled to 
receive is the amount determined by multiplying the 
commuted value of that pension by the plan's target 
benefit funded ratio as at the review date applicable to 
current actuarial valuation report;
	(g)	in the case of a plan of which the plan text document contains 
a benefit formula provision, a statement of when and how the 
surviving pension partner's or designated beneficiary's 
benefits, as applicable under the benefit formula component 
may be reduced;
	(h)	an explanation of
	(i)	the options available to the surviving pension partner or 
designated beneficiary, as applicable, under the plan 
text document, and under section 89(1) and (2) of the 
Act, in relation to each of his or her benefits under the 
plan, 
	(ii)	the deadlines under the plan text document for choosing 
any of those options, 
	(iii)	the consequences, if any, under the plan text document 
of not meeting those deadlines, and
	(iv)	for each option that will lead to money being locked-in 
money, what that means to the pension partner;
	(i)	whichever of the following is applicable: 
	(i)	a statement that the pension legislation of Alberta 
applies to determine the benefit entitlement of the 
deceased member;
	(ii)	if, under section 1(9) of the Act, pension legislation of a 
jurisdiction other than Alberta applies to determine the 
benefit entitlement of the member, a statement 
identifying that jurisdiction and indicating that its 
pension legislation applies to determine the benefit 
entitlement of the deceased member.
Statement on death of retired member receiving life income type  
benefits
41(1)  For the purposes of section 37(1)(b) of the Act, if a retired 
member of a pension plan who was receiving life income type benefits 
dies, the administrator must provide a life income type benefits death 
benefits statement to the person referred to in subsection (2) within 60 
days after receipt of proof of the deceased member's death.
(2)  A life income type benefits death benefits statement referred to in 
subsection (1) must be provided
	(a)	to the deceased member's surviving pension partner, or
	(b)	if the deceased member has no pension partner at the time of 
death, or if the deceased member's pension partner has 
signed and provided to the administrator a waiver under 
section 90(6)(a) of the Act in Form 9,
	(i)	to the deceased member's designated beneficiary, or
	(ii)	if there is no living designated beneficiary, to the 
personal representative of the deceased member's 
estate.
(3)  A life income type benefits death benefits statement referred to in 
subsection (1) must contain or be accompanied with the following 
information:
	(a)	the name of the plan and its Canada Revenue Agency 
registration number;
	(b)	the name of, and contact information for, the administrator;
	(c)	the name and date of death of the deceased member;
	(d)	the name of the deceased member's pension partner, if any;
	(e)	the name of the deceased member's designated beneficiary, if 
any;
	(f)	a statement of the right under section 37(2) and (3) of the Act 
of the person to whom the post-retirement death benefits 
statement is provided to examine, or to obtain from the 
administrator, additional information and records referred to 
in sections 43 and 46 of this Regulation.
(4)  A life income type benefits death benefits statement referred to in 
subsection (1) must contain or be accompanied with a reconciliation in 
relation to the member's life income type benefits account setting out 
the balance of the deceased member's life income type benefits 
account as at the end of the most recently completed calendar year and 
the balance of the deceased member's life income type benefits 
account as at the date of the deceased member's death, and a 
reconciliation that accounts for the difference between those 2 balances 
by setting out the following as they relate to those balances:
	(a)	any transfer made to the life income type benefits account 
since the end of the most recently completed calendar year;
	(b)	any interest credited since the end of the most recently 
completed calendar year;
	(c)	any administration expenses deducted, and any other 
payments or withdrawals made, since the end of the most 
recently completed fiscal year.
(5)  A life income type benefits death benefits statement referred to in 
subsection (1) must contain or be accompanied with the following 
information if and as it applies to the deceased member:
	(a)	the amount that is payable to the recipient of the statement 
referred to in subsection (2);
	(b)	if the deceased member had a pension partner at the time of 
death and that pension partner had not signed and provided to 
the administrator a waiver under section 90(6)(a) of the Act 
in Form 9, the maximum amount that under the Income Tax 
Regulations (Canada) may be transferred out of the plan to an 
RRSP, a RRIF or another pension plan and the amount, if 
any, by which the amount to which the surviving pension 
partner is entitled exceeds that maximum;
	(c)	whichever of the following is applicable: 
	(i)	a statement that the pension legislation of Alberta 
applies to determine the benefit entitlement of the 
deceased member;
	(ii)	if, under section 1(9) of the Act, pension legislation of a 
jurisdiction other than Alberta applies to determine the 
benefit entitlement of the member, a statement 
identifying that jurisdiction and indicating that its 
pension legislation applies to determine the benefit 
entitlement of the deceased member.
Plan termination or winding-up statement
42   For the purposes of section 37(1)(a) and (b) of the Act, an 
administrator of a pension plan that has been terminated must provide 
to each person referred to in section 142(b) and (c) of this Regulation, 
within 30 days after the Superintendent provides notice under section 
123(1)(a) of the Act of the acceptance of the termination report filed in 
relation to the plan, a termination or winding-up statement containing 
the following:
	(a)	if the recipient is not a retired member, the information that 
the administrator would have, but for the termination of the 
plan, been required to provide to the recipient under section 
34, 37 or 40 of this Regulation, as the case may be;
	(b)	if the recipient is a retired member, one of the following 
statements:
	(i)	that an annuity will be purchased on the recipient's 
behalf;
	(ii)	that the recipient will be given the option for a transfer 
under section 145 of this Regulation;
	(c)	if the recipient's benefits are to be reduced in accordance 
with section 146 of this Regulation, the reasons for the 
reduction and a description of the method of reduction;
	(d)	if there is surplus, how the surplus will be utilized.
Calculation data
43(1)  If a statement under this Division is required to set out the 
amount of a benefit payable under the plan, the administrator of the 
plan must, within 30 days after receiving a request to do so, provide to 
any person who is entitled to receive the statement, the data, and a 
description of the method, used to calculate the amount of that benefit.
(2)  The administrator may provide the data and description required 
under subsection (1) by doing whichever of the following the 
administrator considers appropriate:
	(a)	allowing the person to examine the data and description;
	(b)	providing to the person, without charge, a written copy of the 
data and description. 
Notice of changes in contributions or benefits
44(1)   If contributions a member is required to make are to be 
changed 
	(a)	as a result of an actuarial valuation report in the case of a 
jointly sponsored plan, or
	(b)	as a result of an amendment to the plan text document of a 
pension plan other than a jointly sponsored plan, 
the administrator must, at least 30 days before the effective date of the 
change, provide to the member notice of the change.
(2)  A notice referred to in subsection (1) must set out the following:
	(a)	the amount by which the contributions are changing;
	(b)	the effective date of the change;
	(c)	the reasons for the change.
(3)  If the benefits that a member of a pension plan is entitled to 
receive under the plan are to be reduced, the administrator must, within 
30 days after receiving, under section 22(1)(b) of the Act, notice of the 
registration of the amendment relating to that reduction, provide to the 
member notice of the reduction setting out the following:
	(a)	the amount by which, or the basis on which, the benefits are 
being reduced;
	(b)	the effective date of the reduction;
	(c)	the reasons for the reduction.
Prescribed person
45   The following people are prescribed for the purpose of section 
37(1)(d) of the Act:
	(a)	if a joint and survivor form of pension was elected by a 
retired member, the joint annuitant;
	(b)	the non-member pension partner.
Examination and provision of information
46(1)  For the purposes of section 37(2) of the Act, the following 
information is prescribed in relation to a pension plan:
	(a)	a plan summary referred to in section 30 of this Regulation, 
as that summary read on a specified date if, on that date, 
	(i)	the person requesting the information was an active 
member of the plan, or 
	(ii)	the person through whom the person requesting the 
information derives the right to request the information 
was an active member of the plan;
	(b)	the plan text document, a provision of the plan text document 
or an amendment to the plan text document as that document, 
provision or amendment read on a specified date if, on that 
date, 
	(i)	the person requesting the information was an active 
member of the plan, or 
	(ii)	the person through whom the person requesting the 
information derives the right to request the information 
was an active member of the plan;
	(c)	an amendment to the plan text document, as that amendment 
read on a specified date that is later than the date referred to 
in clause (b), if the amendment affects the benefits to which 
the person requesting the information is or might have been 
entitled to receive;
	(d)	the record that authorizes the establishment of the plan or 
under which the plan is established or, if the record applies to 
more than the establishment of the plan, the portion of the 
record that applies to the establishment of the plan;
	(e)	the 3 most recent annual information returns filed in relation 
to the plan under section 38(1)(a) of the Act;
	(f)	the 2 most recent actuarial valuation reports and cost 
certificates filed in relation to the plan under section 
38(1)(b)(i) and (ii) of the Act;
	(g)	the 3 most recent audited financial statements filed in relation 
to the plan under section 38(1)(c) of the Act;
	(h)	each trust deed or trust agreement, insurance contract, bylaw 
and resolution relating to the plan;
	(i)	any document that
	(i)	relates to conditions of employment of the person 
requesting the information, or the conditions of 
employment of the person through whom the person 
requesting the information derives the right to request 
the information, and
	(ii)	relates to provisions relating to the plan;
	(j)	in the case of a non-collectively bargained multi-employer 
plan, the participation agreement referred to in section 
36(1)(a) of the Act and a list of all of the participating 
employers who signed that agreement;
	(k)		the governance policy referred to in section 42 of the Act 
established in relation to the plan;
	(l)	the statement of investment policies and procedures referred 
to in section 43 of the Act established in relation to the plan;
	(m)	the funding policy referred to in section 44 of the Act 
established in relation to the plan;
	(n)	the termination report referred to in section 122 of the Act 
and, if any, filed in relation to the plan excluding any 
personal information of plan members, and other persons 
entitled to receive benefits under the plan;
	(o)	any report resulting from an inspection made by an 
authorized person under section 130 of the Act.
(2)  For the purposes of section 37(2)(a) of the Act, the following place 
is prescribed in relation to a pension plan:
	(a)	if the administrator and the person requesting the information 
agree on a place, the place on which they have agreed;
	(b)	if clause (a) does not apply, if the person requesting the 
information requests that the examination take place at the 
establishment of the administrator nearest to that person's 
residence, at that establishment;
	(c)	if neither clause (a) nor clause (b) applies,
	(i)	subject to subclauses (ii) and (iii), at the place where the 
plan is administered,
	(ii)	if the plan is a collectively bargained multi-employer 
plan and the person requesting the information requests 
that the examination take place at the establishment
	(A)	of a trade union that represents members of the 
plan, and
	(B)	that is nearest to the residence of the person 
requesting the information,
		at that establishment, or
	(iii)	if the plan is a non-collectively bargained 
multi-employer plan and the person requesting the 
information requests that the examination take place at 
the establishment of any participating employer that is 
nearest to the residence of the person requesting the 
information, at that establishment.
(3)  The period prescribed for the purposes of section 37(3) of the Act 
is the 30-day period that follows the receipt by the administrator of the 
written request referred to in that section.
(4)  For the purposes of section 37(4) of the Act, the following records 
are prescribed in relation to a pension plan:
	(a)	the most recent plan summary referred to in section 30 of this 
Regulation;
	(b)	the plan text document and any amendments to it;
	(c)	the record that authorizes the establishment of the plan or 
under which the plan is established or, if the record applies to 
more than the establishment of the plan, the portion of the 
record that applies to the establishment of the plan;
	(d)	the 3 most recent annual information returns filed in relation 
to the plan under section 38(1)(a) of the Act;
	(e)	the 2 most recent actuarial valuation reports and cost 
certificates filed in relation to the plan under section 
38(1)(b)(i) and (ii) of the Act;
	(f)	the 3 most recent audited financial statements filed in relation 
to the plan under section 38(1)(c) of the Act;
	(g)	each trust deed or trust agreement, insurance contract, bylaw 
and resolution relating to the plan;
	(h)	in the case of a non-collectively bargained multi-employer 
plan, the participation agreement referred to in section 
36(1)(a) of the Act and a list of all of the participating 
employers who signed that agreement;
	(i)	the governance policy referred to in section 42 of the Act 
established in relation to the plan;
	(j)	the statement of investment policies and procedures referred 
to in section 43 of the Act and established in relation to the 
plan;
	(k)	the funding policy referred to in section 44 of the Act 
established in relation to the plan;
	(l)	the termination report referred to in section 122 of the Act 
and, if any, filed in relation to the plan;
	(m)	any report resulting from an inspection made by an 
authorized person under section 130 of the Act.
Division 3 
Reports and Returns
Annual information returns
47(1)  In this section, "annual information return" means a return 
referred to in section 38(1)(a) of the Act.
(2)  The annual information return must contain the following:
	(a)	information respecting
	(i)	the administration of the plan,
	(ii)	contributions to the plan, and
	(iii)	membership in the plan;
	(b)	any other information required by the Superintendent.
(3)  Subject to subsection (5), an annual information return, including 
the fee referred to in section 151, must be filed for a pension plan 
within 180 days after the end of each fiscal year of the plan.
(4)  Except for an annual information return required under subsection 
(5), a plan's annual information return must contain the information 
required under subsection (1) in respect of the preceding fiscal year.
(5)  If a pension plan is terminated, an annual information return must 
be filed for the plan as follows:
	(a)	if the plan text document of the plan contains no benefit 
formula provisions, the annual information return must be 
filed within 60 days after the effective date of the termination 
of the plan;
	(b)	if the plan text document of the plan contains one or more 
benefit formula provisions, the annual information return 
must be filed within 120 days after the effective date of the 
termination of the plan.
(6)  If a pension plan is terminated and the fiscal year of the plan is 
extended under section 11(2) of the Act to include the period between 
the date on which the plan's fiscal year would have ended had there 
been no extension and the effective date of the plan's termination, the 
plan's annual information return must contain the information required 
under subsection (1) in respect of the extended fiscal year.
(7)  If a pension plan is terminated and the fiscal year of the plan 
referred to in subsection (5) is not extended under section 11(2) of the 
Act in the manner referred to in subsection (6) of this section, the 
annual information return required under subsection (5) must contain 
the information required under subsection (1) in respect of the period 
starting on the date as at which the preceding annual information return 
was prepared and ending on the effective date of the plan's 
termination.
(8)  An annual information return required by section 121(b) of the Act 
must, until the solvency deficiency is eliminated, be filed within 60 
days after each anniversary of the effective date of the termination of 
the plan.
Review of plan
48(1)  This section applies to a pension plan of which the plan text 
document contains one or more benefit formula provisions.
(2)  The review of a plan must be prepared by a Fellow of the 
Canadian Institute of Actuaries.
(3)  The administrator of a pension plan must have the plan reviewed 
as follows:
	(a)	in the case of a new plan, as at the date specified in the plan 
text document as the effective date of the plan;
	(b)	in addition to the review required under clause (a), not more 
than 3 years after the last review date, and
	(i)	as at the end of a fiscal year, or
	(ii)	if, in accordance with subsection (4), the plan text 
document provides for a review date that is other than 
the end of a fiscal year, as at the review date provided 
for in the plan text document;
	(c)	in the case of a pension plan referred to in section 121 of the 
Act that has a solvency deficiency on the effective date of 
termination,
	(i)	as at the effective date of the termination, and
	(ii)	as at the earlier of
	(A)	the first date as at which the plan no longer has a 
solvency deficiency, and
	(B)	the 5th anniversary of the effective date of the 
termination.
(4)  Unless the plan text document of a pension plan specifies 
otherwise, the review date of the plan is the fiscal year end of the plan.
(5)  The plan text document of a pension plan may specify, as the 
plan's review date, a review date that is other than the fiscal year end 
of the plan, but if the plan text document of a pension plan is amended 
to provide for such a review date, the plan text document must not be 
amended to further change that review date within the 9-year period 
immediately following the effective date of the amendment.
(6)  If an amendment to a plan text document, a change in plan 
membership or a change in the contribution rate applicable to a target 
benefit component of a negotiated cost plan
	(a)	materially affects the cost of benefits provided by the plan, or
	(b)	creates an unfunded liability or a solvency deficiency,
the administrator must have an actuarial valuation report and a cost 
certificate prepared, or have the latest actuarial valuation report and 
cost certificate revised, as at the effective date of the amendment or 
change.
Actuarial valuation report or cost certificate
49(1)  In this section, "actuarial loss", in relation to a benefit formula 
component of a pension plan, means the amount that represents the 
decrease between the projected financial position of the plan 
component and the actual financial position of the plan component.
(2)  This section applies to a pension plan of which the plan text 
document contains one or more benefit formula provisions.
(3)  Each actuarial valuation report and cost certificate resulting from a 
review must be filed as follows:
	(a)	subject to clause (b), within 270 days after the review date;
	(b)	if the actuarial valuation report or cost certificate is required 
in relation to an amendment or change referred to in section 
48(6) on or within 60 days after the date of the filing of the 
amendment or the date the change occurs or, if this 
Regulation requires a different filing date, in accordance with 
that requirement. 
(4)  Each actuarial valuation report and cost certificate must be 
prepared in a manner that is consistent with the accepted standards of 
practice, issued by the Canadian Institute of Actuaries, for the 
preparation of actuarial valuation reports in connection with pension 
plans, and the reviewer must certify that the actuarial valuation report 
or cost certificate has been prepared in that manner.
(5)  Subject to this section, an actuarial valuation report and a cost 
certificate must include the following:
	(a)	the normal actuarial cost applicable to each benefit formula 
component, payable by the participating employer and active 
members, if applicable
	(i)	for the fiscal year following the review date if the 
review date falls on the last day of a fiscal year, or
	(ii)	for the fiscal year in which the review date falls if the 
review date falls on a day other than the last day of a 
fiscal year;
	(b)	the rules by which the following amounts were determined:
	(i)	in the case of a plan other than a jointly sponsored plan, 
	(A)	the amount of the contributions the participating 
employer must make in respect of the normal 
actuarial cost, or
	(B)	if applicable, the amount of the member-required 
contributions the active members must make in 
respect of the normal cost;
	(ii)	in the case of a jointly sponsored plan, 
	(A)	the amount of the contributions the participating 
employer must make, and the amount of the 
contributions the active members must make, in 
respect of the normal actuarial cost;
	(B)	the amount of any required special payments the 
participating employer and active members must 
make;
	(c)	subject to subsection (10), for each unfunded liability, if any,
	(i)	the date of its establishment,
	(ii)	its unamortized balance,
	(iii)	the special payments to be made by the participating 
employer, or, in the case of a jointly sponsored plan, by 
the participating employer and the active members, to 
amortize it, and
	(iv)	the date at which it will be amortized;
	(d)	if the plan text document contains a defined benefit 
provision, one of the following:
	(i)	a statement that in the opinion of the reviewer the 
defined benefit component does not have a solvency 
deficiency;
	(ii)	for each solvency deficiency, if any,
	(A)	the date of its establishment,
	(B)	its unamortized balance,
	(C)	the special payments to be made by the 
participating employer, or, in the case of a jointly 
sponsored plan, by the participating employer and 
the active members, to amortize it, and
	(D)	the date at which it will be amortized;
	(e)	if the plan text document contains a target benefit provision, 
one of the following:
	(i)	a statement that in the opinion of the reviewer the target 
benefit component does not have a solvency deficiency;
	(ii)	the total amount of the solvency deficiencies of the 
target benefit component; 
	(f)	one of the following:
	(i)	a statement that, in the opinion of the reviewer, the 
solvency ratio of each defined benefit component is not 
less than 1 and a description of the actuarial 
assumptions underlying the reviewer's opinion;
	(ii)	if the solvency ratio of a defined benefit component is 
less than 1, the solvency ratio in relation to each defined 
benefit component;
	(g)	one of the following:
	(i)	in the case of a plan that is not a divisional 
multi-employer plan, the plan's accessible going 
concern excess;
	(ii)	in the case of a divisional multi-employer plan, each 
participating employer's accessible going concern 
excess;
	(h)	if known to the reviewer, a description of how the amount 
referred to in clause (g) will be utilized;
	(i)	the fair value of the assets of each benefit formula 
component, as at the review date;
	(j)	subject to subsection (10), the going concern assets value in 
relation to each benefits formula component as at the review 
date and a description of the assumptions and valuation 
method used to determine those going concern assets values;
	(k)	the solvency assets value in relation to each benefit formula 
component as at the review date and a description of the 
assumptions and valuation method used to determine those 
solvency assets values;
	(l)	subject to subsection (10), the going concern liabilities value 
in relation to each benefits formula component as at the 
review date and a description of the assumptions and 
valuation methods used to determine those going concern 
liabilities values, with respect to each of the following:
	(i)	active members;
	(ii)	deferred members and all other persons entitled to 
benefits under the benefit formula component;
	(iii)	retired members and all other persons who are receiving 
benefits under the benefit formula component;
	(m)	the solvency liabilities value in relation to each benefit 
formula component as at the review date and a description of 
the assumptions and valuation methods used to determine 
those solvency liabilities values, with respect to each of the 
following:
	(i)	active members;
	(ii)	deferred members and all other persons entitled to 
benefits under the benefit formula component;
	(iii)	retired members and all other persons who are receiving 
benefits under the benefit formula component;
	(n)	in the case of an actuarial valuation report and a cost 
certificate other than those filed as part of the application for 
registration of the plan,
	(i)	an analysis of the actuarial gains and actuarial losses 
established by the review, and
	(ii)	the identification of the sources of actuarial gains and 
actuarial losses since the immediately preceding review 
date and the amount of the actuarial gain or actuarial 
loss attributable to each of those sources;
	(o)	in the case of a negotiated cost plan of which the plan text 
document contains a defined benefit provision, if 
contributions related to that defined benefit provision are 
based on a fixed amount per hour of employment, the 
following in respect of each defined benefit component in the 
plan:
	(i)	the average amount, per hour of employment, that, 
under the terms of the collective agreement, must be 
contributed in each fiscal year covered by the actuarial 
valuation report;
	(ii)	the average amount, per hour of employment, needed to 
fund the normal actuarial cost applicable to that defined 
benefit component;
	(iii)	the average amount, per hour of employment, needed to 
amortize each unfunded liability, if any, in that defined 
benefit component;
	(iv)	the average amount, per hour of employment, needed to 
amortize each solvency deficiency, if any, in that 
defined benefit component;
	(v)	the average amount, per hour of employment, if any, of 
the plan's accessible going concern excess being used to 
meet the funding requirements under section 60 
applicable to that defined benefit component;
	(vi)	the number of hours of employment in that fiscal year 
that, for the purposes of the review, is expected to be the 
total number of hours of employment for the active 
members accruing benefits under the applicable defined 
benefit provision;
	(vii)	the amount of expected contributions to be contributed 
by the participating employer and the active members, if 
applicable
	(A)	for the fiscal year following the review date if the 
review date falls on the last day of a fiscal year, or
	(B)	for the fiscal year in which the review date falls if 
the review date falls on a day other than the last 
day of a fiscal year;
	(p)	in the case of a negotiated cost plan of which the plan text 
document contains a target benefit provision, if contributions 
related to that target benefit provision are based on a fixed 
amount per hour of employment, the following in respect of 
each target benefit component in the plan:
	(i)	the average amount, per hour of employment, that, 
under the terms of the collective agreement, must be 
contributed in each fiscal year covered by the actuarial 
valuation report;
	(ii)	the average amount, per hour of employment, needed to 
fund the normal actuarial cost applicable to that target 
benefit component;
	(iii)	the average amount, per hour of employment, needed to 
amortize each unfunded liability, if any, in that target 
benefit component;
	(iv)	the amount referred to in subclause (ii) in relation to 
that target benefit component multiplied by the PfAD 
applicable to that target benefit component;
	(v)	the average amount, per hour of employment, if any, of 
the plan's accessible going concern excess being used to 
meet the funding requirements under section 61 
applicable to that target benefit component;
	(vi)	the number of hours of employment in that fiscal year 
that, for the purposes of the review, is expected to be the 
total number of hours of employment for the active 
members accruing benefits under the applicable target 
benefit provision;
	(vii)	the amount of expected contributions to be contributed 
by the participating employer and the active members, if 
applicable,
	(A)	for the fiscal year following the review date if the 
review date falls on the last day of a fiscal year, or
	(B)	for the fiscal year in which the review date falls if 
the review date falls on a day other than the last 
day of a fiscal year;
	(q)	if the plan text document contains a defined benefit 
provision, the solvency ratio of the defined benefit 
component, as at the review date;
	(r)	if the plan text document contains a target benefit provision, 
the target benefit funded ratio of the target benefit 
component, as at the review date;
	(s)	any other information that the Superintendent requests.
(6)  If a going concern valuation is made in respect of a component 
that provides a pension based on
	(a)	a rate of salary during a period immediately before the date 
of pension commencement, or
	(b)	average rates of salary over a specified and limited period,
a projection of the current salary of each member must be used to 
estimate the salary on which the pension payable at pension 
commencement will be based.
(7)  If the actuarial method used in a review may not reveal an 
unfunded liability or a solvency deficiency, the reviewer must
	(a)	perform whatever calculations are necessary to allow the 
reviewer to determine whether there is an unfunded liability 
or solvency deficiency and whether the funding requirements 
under section 60 or 61, as applicable, are being met, and
	(b)	certify that any unfunded liability or solvency deficiency is 
being amortized in accordance with the Act and this 
Regulation.
(8)  If the plan text document contains a defined benefit provision and 
if a solvency reserve account has been established for the defined 
benefit component, an actuarial valuation report and cost certificate for 
the plan must account separately for the solvency reserve account and 
the remainder of the plan's pension fund.
(9)  If the plan text document contains a target benefit provision, an 
actuarial valuation report and cost certificate for the plan must provide 
for the following in respect of each target benefit component in the 
plan, as at the review date,
	(a)	the benchmark discount rate,
	(b)	the equity allocation of the plan,
	(c)	the maximum equity risk premium,
	(d)	the non-equity allocation of the plan,
	(e)	the PfAD, 
	(f)	the PfAD offset, and
	(g)	the corporate bond yield.
(10)  Subsection (5)(c), (j) and (l) do not apply to a pension plan if
	(a)	the plan text document contains a defined benefit provision, 
and
	(b)	the Superintendent has consented under section 115(1) of the 
Act to the continuation of the pension plan.
Filing of financial statements
50(1)  The administrator of a pension plan must, within 180 days after 
the end of the plan's fiscal year, file audited financial statements for 
the plan referred to in section 38(1)(c) of the Act if
	(a)	the plan text document of the plan contains a benefit formula 
provision and the fair value of the benefit formula 
component's assets is at least $10 million as at the plan's 
fiscal year end, or
	(b)	the plan is a collectively bargained multi-employer plan.
(2)  Audited financial statements filed under subsection (1) must be 
prepared in accordance with the accounting standards contained in the 
Handbook of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants, as 
amended from time to time.
Division 4 
Payment or Transfer of Contributions
Payment or transfer of contributions
51   For the purposes of section 40 of the Act, if a person becomes 
entitled or obligated to receive a lump-sum payment or a transfer of 
benefits from a pension plan, the administrator of the plan must make 
the payment or transfer within 60 days after the later of
	(a)	the event giving rise to the entitlement or obligation, and
	(b)	the receipt by the administrator of all documents that are 
necessary to allow the administrator to make the payment or 
transfer, including evidence required under section 69 of the 
Act.
Division 5 
Assessment of Plans and Plan Policies
Assessment of plan
52   For the purposes of section 41(1) of the Act, an administrator of a 
pension plan must assess the administration of the plan as follows:
	(a)	for the first time, within 365 days after the end of the 2nd 
fiscal year of the plan;
	(b)	after that, within 365 days after the end of each subsequent 
fiscal year of the plan.
Governance policy
53   On or before one year after this section comes into force, an 
administrator of a pension plan must ensure that the governance policy 
established under section 42 of the Act does the following:
	(a)	sets out the structures and processes for overseeing, 
managing and administering the plan;
	(b)	explains what those structures and processes are intended to 
achieve;
	(c)	identifies all participants who have authority to make 
decisions in respect of those structures and processes, and 
describes the roles, responsibilities and accountabilities of 
those participants;
	(d)	sets performance measures and establishes a process for 
monitoring, against those performance measures, the 
performance of each of the participants identified in clause 
(c) in those structures and processes who has the authority to 
make decisions in relation to those structures and processes;
	(e)	establishes procedures to ensure that the plan administrator 
and, as necessary, any other participants in those structures 
and processes have access to relevant, timely and accurate 
information;
	(f)	establishes a code of conduct for the administrator and a 
procedure to disclose and address conflicts of interest;
	(g)	identifies the educational requirements and skills necessary 
to perform the duties associated with those structures and 
processes;
	(h)	identifies material risks that apply to the plan and establishes 
internal controls to manage those risks;
	(i)	establishes a process for the resolution of disputes involving 
members and other persons who are entitled to benefits under 
the plan.
Statement of investment policies and procedures
54(1)  Subject to subsection (4), the administrator of a pension plan 
must, before the plan is registered, ensure, on behalf of the plan, that a 
written statement of investment policies and procedures is established.
(2)  In establishing the statement referred to in subsection (1), the 
administrator must have regard to all factors that may affect the 
funding and solvency of the plan and the ability of the plan to meet its 
financial obligations, including, without limitation, the following:
	(a)	categories of investments, including derivatives;
	(b)	diversification of the investment portfolio;
	(c)	asset mix and the basis on which that mix was determined, 
including by reference to volatility and rate of return 
expectations;
	(d)	liquidity of investments;
	(e)	the lending of cash or securities;
	(f)	the retention or delegation of voting rights acquired through 
investments;
	(g)	the method of, and the basis for, the valuation of investments 
that are not regularly traded at a public exchange;
	(h)	related party transactions permitted under section 17 of 
federal Schedule III and the criteria to be used to establish 
whether a transaction is nominal or immaterial to the plan.
(3)  The statement referred to in subsection (1) must include
	(a)	a description of the factors to which the administrator had 
regard when establishing the statement, and
	(b)	how those factors were applied to establish the policies and 
procedures set out in the statement.
(4)  If investments are entirely directed by the members, a statement of 
investment policies and procedures is not required.
Funding policy
55   On or before one year after this section comes into force, an 
administrator of a pension plan must ensure that the funding policy 
established under section 44 of the Act does the following:
	(a)	sets out the funding objectives for the plan as it relates to the 
following items:
	(i)	benefit security;
	(ii)	benefit levels;
	(iii)	if applicable, stability of contributions;
	(iv)	if applicable, contribution levels;
	(b)	identifies the material risks that impact the plan's funding 
requirements, the tolerances for those risks, and establishes 
internal controls to manage those risks;
	(c)	sets out expectations for the going concern funded ratio and, 
if applicable, the solvency ratio of the plan;
	(d)	sets out the expectations for the amortization of unfunded 
liabilities and, if applicable, solvency deficiencies;
	(e)	sets out the expectations for the reduction of benefits under 
section 20(2) of the Act, in the event that the circumstances 
of the plan require a reduction of benefits for
	(i)	a jointly sponsored plan,
	(ii)	a negotiated cost plan, or
	(iii)	a target benefit provision;
	(f)	sets out the expectations for the utilization of actuarial excess 
and surplus;
	(g)	establishes a standard for the frequency of actuarial valuation 
reports, whether or not those actuarial valuation reports are 
filed with the Superintendent.
Division 6 
Participating Employers
Participation agreement
56   An employer must, within 60 days after becoming a participating 
employer in a non-collectively bargained multi-employer plan, enter 
into a participation agreement that complies with section 36(1) of the 
Act and section 29 of this Regulation.
Division 7 
Fundholders
Fundholders
57   A society established under the Pension Fund Societies Act 
(Canada) is prescribed for the purposes of section 50(2)(d) of the Act.
Responsibilities of fundholders
58(1)  For the purposes of section 51(a) of the Act, the fundholder of a 
pension plan must hold the assets of the pension fund 
	(a)	in a name that clearly indicates that the investment is held in 
trust for the plan and, where the investment is capable of 
being registered, registered in that name,
	(b)	in the name of a financial institution or insurance company, 
or a nominee of the financial institution or insurance 
company, in accordance with an insurance contract, custodial 
agreement or trust agreement, entered into on behalf of the 
plan with the financial institution or insurance company, that 
clearly indicates that the investment is held for the plan, or
	(c)	in the name of a clearing agency as defined in the Securities 
Transfer Act, or a nominee of it, in accordance with an 
insurance agreement, custodial agreement or trust agreement, 
entered into on behalf of the plan with a financial institution 
or insurance company, that clearly indicates that the 
investment is held for the plan.
(2)  If the fundholder is a trust of a pension fund referred to in section 
50(2)(b)(ii) of the Act, that fundholder must hold the pension fund in 
the name of a financial institution or insurance company, or a nominee 
of financial institution or insurance company, in accordance with a 
custodial agreement or trust agreement, entered into on behalf of the 
plan with the financial institution or insurance company, that clearly 
indicates that the investment is held for the plan.
(3)  For the purposes of subsections (1) and (2), "custodial agreement" 
means an agreement providing that
	(a)	an investment made or held on behalf of a plan pursuant to 
the agreement
	(i)	constitutes part of the plan's pension fund, and
	(ii)	does not at any time constitute an asset of the custodian 
or nominee, 
		and
	(b)	records must be maintained by the custodian that are 
sufficient to allow the ownership of any investment to be 
traced to the plan at any time.
(4)  If the plan text document of a pension plan does not contain a 
benefit formula provision, the Superintendent may request, in writing, 
the fundholder of the plan to file a pension fund statement for each 
defined contribution component of the plan, and, in that event, the 
fundholder must prepare the requested pension fund statements as at 
the plan's fiscal year end and file them within 60 days after the date of 
the Superintendent's request.
(5)  On a quarterly basis each fiscal year, the fundholder of a pension 
plan must monitor the remittance by the participating employer of 
member and participating employer contributions made under section 
56(1) of the Act and compare those amounts against the summary of 
contributions required to be made in respect of the plan under section 
56(5) of the Act. 
(6)  Where pursuant to a comparison made under subsection (5), the 
member and participating employer contributions actually remitted are 
less than 90% of the amounts expected to be remitted, the fundholder 
to whom the contributions ought to have been remitted must, within 45 
days after the end of the quarter referred to in subsection (5), provide 
to the Superintendent, whether or not the contributions were 
subsequently remitted, a written notice advising of the failure of the 
participating employer to remit, which must include the following:
	(a)	the name of the plan and its Canada Revenue Agency 
registration number;
	(b)	current contact information of the person who prepared the 
notice;
	(c)	the amount, if any, of the required contributions that have 
been remitted and the amount of required contributions 
which are outstanding or an estimate of them;
	(d)	the period or periods to which the contribution in clause (c) 
relate; 
	(e)	any other information necessary to allow the Superintendent 
to exercise his or her powers or perform his or her duties 
under this Act. 
Part 6 
Funding, Contributions and Assets
Division 1 
Funding of Plan
Definitions
59   In this Part,
	(a)	"establishment date", in the case of an unfunded liability or a 
solvency deficiency of a benefit formula component of a 
pension plan, means
	(i)	the review date as at which the existence of the 
unfunded liability or solvency deficiency was 
established, or
	(ii)	if the unfunded liability or solvency deficiency resulted 
from an amendment to the plan text document of the 
plan, the effective date of the amendment;
	(b)	"expected average remaining service life" means the 
expected average number of years or portions of years that 
the reviewer who prepared the current actuarial valuation 
report estimated to be worked by active members accruing 
benefits under the component from the review date of the 
current actuarial valuation until the anticipated date that each 
active member terminates active membership, based on the 
demographic assumptions used in the most recent actuarial 
valuation;
	(c)	"plan contributors", in relation to a pension plan,
	(i)	if the plan is not a jointly sponsored plan, means 
participating employers in the plan, or
	(ii)	if the plan is a jointly sponsored plan, means 
participating employers and the active members in the 
plan;
	(d)	"solvency deficiency payment period", in relation to a 
solvency deficiency, means 
	(i)	subject to subclause (ii), the 5-year period that begins 
on the establishment date of the solvency deficiency, or
	(ii)	in the case of a solvency deficiency in a jointly 
sponsored plan, the 5-year period that begins on the first 
anniversary of the establishment date of the solvency 
deficiency;
	(e)	"unfunded liability payment period", in relation to an 
unfunded liability of a benefit formula component of a 
pension plan, means
	(i)	subject to subclauses (ii), (iii) and (iv), the 15-year 
period that begins on the establishment date of the 
unfunded liability,
	(ii)	subject to subclause (iv), in the case of an unfunded 
liability in a jointly sponsored plan, the 15-year period 
that begins on the first anniversary of the establishment 
date of the unfunded liability,
	(iii)	subject to subclause (iv), in the case of a target benefit 
component, the shorter of
	(A)	the 15-year period that begins on the establishment 
date of the unfunded liability, and
	(B)	the expected average remaining service life that 
begins on the establishment date of the unfunded 
liability, 
			or
	(iv)	in the case of a jointly sponsored plan, the plan text 
document of which contains a target benefit component, 
the shorter of
	(A)	the 15-year period that begins on the first 
anniversary of the establishment date of the 
unfunded liability, and
	(B)	the expected average remaining service life that 
begins on the first anniversary of the establishment 
date of the unfunded liability.
Funding requirements applicable to defined benefit provisions
60(1)  This section applies to a pension plan of which the plan text 
document contains one or more defined benefit provisions.
(2)  Subject to subsection (3) and section 67, each plan contributor 
must, in accordance with this subsection, pay each of the following 
into the plan, or, if the plan contributor's share of the following has 
been determined under section 62, pay the plan contributor's share of 
each of the following into the plan:
	(a)	at least monthly, an amount that is equal to 1/12 of the 
defined benefit component's normal actuarial cost;
	(b)	without limiting any other obligation on the plan contributor 
to make payments under this section in relation to any 
previous unfunded liability of the defined benefit component, 
if the current actuarial valuation report establishes the 
existence of an unfunded liability for the defined benefit 
component, a series of equal payments that are made at least 
monthly, which series of payments must be sufficient, in the 
opinion of the reviewer who prepared that actuarial valuation 
report, to amortize the unfunded liability within the unfunded 
liability payment period applicable to it;
	(c)	without limiting any other obligation on the plan contributor 
to make payments under this section in relation to any 
previous solvency deficiency of the defined benefit 
component, if the current actuarial valuation report 
establishes the existence of a solvency deficiency for the 
defined benefit component, a series of equal payments that 
are made at least monthly, which series of payments must be 
sufficient, in the opinion of the reviewer who prepared that 
actuarial valuation report, to amortize the solvency 
deficiency within the solvency deficiency payment period 
applicable to it. 
(3)  Instead of making the payments referred to in subsection (2)(b), in 
the case of an unfunded liability, or the payments referred to in 
subsection (2)(c), in the case of a solvency deficiency, each plan 
contributor may elect to make payments into the plan under this 
subsection if
	(a)	the payments are made at least monthly over the unfunded 
liability payment period or solvency deficiency payment 
period, as the case may be, that is applicable to that unfunded 
liability or solvency deficiency,
	(b)	the payment amounts are identical and are calculated as a 
percentage of the payroll, or as an average amount per hour 
of employment, that, as at the review date of the actuarial 
valuation report by which the existence of the unfunded 
liability or solvency deficiency was established, was 
projected for the members, and
	(c)	the actuarial present value of the payments over the period 
referred to in clause (a), or any shorter period selected by the 
administrator for the purposes of this subsection, is equal to 
that unfunded liability or solvency deficiency.
(4)  Without limiting subsections (2) and (3), each unfunded liability 
and solvency deficiency must be funded by a separate series of 
payments under subsection (2)(b) or (c) or (3) and must not be 
combined for that purpose with any other unfunded liability or 
solvency deficiency. 
(5)  If the current actuarial valuation report establishes that the defined 
benefit component of the plan has no solvency deficiencies, the 
reviewer may, in that actuarial valuation report, recalculate the 
payments, if any, that are, under subsection (2) or (3), required to be 
made in relation to any remaining unfunded liability of the plan 
component and the plan contributors may pay into the plan the 
recalculated payments instead of the payments that were required 
before that recalculation.
(6)  If the current actuarial valuation report prepared on a going 
concern basis in relation to a pension plan establishes that the total 
amount of all unfunded liabilities of the plan component is less than 
the total amount of all unfunded liabilities projected for the plan 
component in the previously filed actuarial valuation report, the 
amount of that actuarial gain must be used 
	(a)	to eliminate every unfunded liability of that plan component, 
or
	(b)	if the amount of that actuarial gain is insufficient to eliminate 
every unfunded liability of the plan component, to reduce the 
unfunded liabilities of the plan component, with the oldest 
unfunded liability of the plan component being eliminated or 
reduced before more recent ones.
(7)  If the defined benefit component's actuarial gain is used in the 
manner referred to in subsection (6)(b) to reduce the amount of an 
unfunded liability, the payments that are, under subsection (2) or (3), 
required to be made in relation to that unfunded liability may be
	(a)	reduced, on a prorated basis, and paid over 
	(i)	the remainder of the applicable unfunded liability 
payment period, or 
	(ii)	a shorter period, 
		or 
	(b)	left unreduced and paid over a shorter period than the 
applicable unfunded liability payment period.
(8)  If the current actuarial valuation report prepared in relation to a 
pension plan establishes that the total amount of all solvency 
deficiencies of the plan component is less than the total amount of all 
solvency deficiencies projected for the plan component in the 
previously filed actuarial valuation report, the amount of that actuarial 
gain must be used to 
	(a)	eliminate every solvency deficiency of that plan component, 
or
	(b)	if the amount of that actuarial gain is insufficient to eliminate 
every solvency deficiency of the plan component, to reduce 
the solvency deficiencies of the plan component, with the 
oldest solvency deficiency of the plan component being 
eliminated or reduced before more recent ones.
(9)  If the defined benefit component's actuarial gain is used in the 
manner referred to in subsection (8)(b) to reduce the amount of a 
solvency deficiency, the payments that are, under subsection (2) or (3), 
required to be made in relation to that solvency deficiency may be
	(a)	reduced, on a prorated basis, and paid over 
	(i)	the applicable solvency deficiency payment period, or 
	(ii)	a shorter period, 
		or 
	(b)	left unreduced and paid over a shorter period than the 
applicable solvency deficiency payment period.
(10)  If a defined benefit component of a pension plan, or a 
participating employer's share of a defined benefit component of a 
pension plan, has accessible going concern excess, the accessible going 
concern excess may
	(a)	subject to section 23, be used to improve benefits under the 
defined benefit provision,
	(b)	be left in the plan component,
	(c)	subject to section 65 of the Act and section 75 of this 
Regulation, be applied to reduce or eliminate the 
contributions referred to in subsection (2)(a), or
	(d)	subject to section 64 of the Act and section 74 of this 
Regulation, be distributed to the persons referred to in section 
64(3)(a) of the Act. 
(11)  If a defined benefit component of a pension plan, or a 
participating employer's share of a defined benefit component of a 
pension plan, has accessible solvency excess, the accessible solvency 
excess may
	(a)	be left in the plan component,
	(b)	subject to section 54 of the Act and section 65 of this 
Regulation, be withdrawn by the person referred to in section 
54(5) of the Act.
(12)  If a plan contributor is required under subsection (2) or (3) to 
make payments in relation to an unfunded liability or a solvency 
deficiency, the plan contributor may make larger payments, more 
frequent payments or earlier payments than what is required, and, in 
that event, the plan contributor may, despite subsections (2) and (3), 
reduce or eliminate subsequent payments if
	(a)	the unfunded liability or solvency deficiency is eliminated 
within the applicable unfunded liability payment period or 
the applicable solvency deficiency payment period, as the 
case may be, and
	(b)	the balance of the unfunded liability or solvency deficiency 
never exceeds the amount of that unfunded liability or 
solvency deficiency that would have existed had the full 
amount of the payments required under subsection (2) or (3) 
been made.
(13)  The reviewer preparing an actuarial valuation report in relation to 
a negotiated cost plan must
	(a)	determine whether the expected contributions will be 
sufficient to meet the funding requirements applicable to the 
defined benefit component, and
	(b)	if the reviewer determines that the expected contributions are 
not sufficient to meet the funding requirements applicable to 
the defined benefit component,
	(i)	promptly advise the administrator, and
	(ii)	propose measures to the administrator that will ensure 
that contributions will be sufficient to meet the funding 
requirements applicable to the defined benefit 
component.
(14)  If the administrator receives the advice referred to in subsection 
(13)(b)(ii) in relation to the plan, the administrator of the plan must,
	(a)	promptly after receiving the advice, notify the Superintendent 
that the contributions to the plan required by the plan 
documents in relation to the defined benefit component are 
not sufficient to meet the funding requirements applicable to 
that defined benefit component, and
	(b)	concurrently with or before the filing of the actuarial 
valuation report,
	(i)	satisfy the Superintendent that a contribution increase, 
sufficient to allow the plan to meet the funding 
requirements applicable to the defined benefit 
component, has been incorporated into the applicable 
collective agreement, or
	(ii)	under section 20(2)(a) of the Act, amend the plan text 
document to reduce benefits.
(15)  This section applies to designated plans as defined in the Income 
Tax Regulations (Canada) but only to the extent allowed under those 
regulations.
Funding requirements applicable to target benefit
61(1)  This section applies to a pension plan of which the plan text 
document contains one or more target benefit provisions.
(2)  Subject to subsections (3) and (4), each plan contributor must, in 
accordance with this subsection, pay the following into the plan or, if 
the plan contributor's share of the following has been determined 
under section 62, pay the plan contributor's share of the following into 
the plan:
	(a)	at least monthly, an amount that is equal to 1/12 of the target 
benefit component's normal actuarial cost;
	(b)	at least monthly, an amount equal to the product of the PfAD 
multiplied by the amount in clause (a);
	(c)	without limiting any other obligation on the plan contributor 
to make payments under this section in relation to any 
previous unfunded liability of the target benefit component, 
if the current actuarial valuation report establishes the 
existence of an unfunded liability for the target benefit 
component, a series of equal payments that are made at least 
monthly, which series of payments must be sufficient, in the 
opinion of the reviewer who prepared that actuarial valuation 
report, to amortize the unfunded liability within the unfunded 
liability payment period applicable to it.
(3)  If, under section 112 of the Act, the plan text document of a 
pension plan is amended to convert a defined benefit provision to a 
target benefit provision, the payments required under subsection (2)(b) 
in relation to that target benefit provision need not begin until the third 
anniversary of the date on which the conversion occurred.
(4)  Instead of making the payments referred to in subsection (2)(c) in 
relation to an unfunded liability, each plan contributor may elect to 
make payments into the plan under this subsection if
	(a)	the payments are made at least monthly over the unfunded 
liability payment period applicable to the unfunded liability,
	(b)	the payment amounts are identical and are calculated as a 
percentage of the payroll, or as an average amount per hour 
of employment, that, as at the review date of the actuarial 
valuation report by which the existence of the unfunded 
liability was established, was projected for the members, and
	(c)	the actuarial present value of the payments over the period 
referred to in clause (a), or any shorter period selected by the 
administrator for the purposes of this subsection, is equal to 
the unfunded liability.
(5)  Without limiting subsections (2) and (4), each unfunded liability 
must be funded by a separate series of payments under subsection 
(2)(c) or (4) and must not be combined for that purpose with any other 
unfunded liability.
(6)  If the current actuarial valuation report in relation to a pension plan 
establishes that the total amount of all unfunded liabilities of the plan 
component is less than the total amount of all unfunded liabilities 
projected for the plan component in the previously filed actuarial 
valuation report, the amount of that actuarial gain must be used
	(a)	to eliminate every unfunded liability of that plan component, 
or
	(b)	if the amount of that actuarial gain is insufficient to eliminate 
every unfunded liability of the plan component, to reduce the 
unfunded liabilities of the plan component, with the oldest 
unfunded liability of the plan component being eliminated or 
reduced before more recent ones.
(7)  If the target benefit component's actuarial gain is used in the 
manner referred to in subsection (6)(b) to reduce the amount of an 
unfunded liability, the payments that are, under subsection (2) or (4), 
required to be made in relation to that unfunded liability may be
	(a)	reduced, on a prorated basis, and paid over,
	(i)	the remainder of the applicable unfunded liability 
payment period, or 
	(ii)	a shorter period, 
		or
	(b)	left unreduced and paid over a shorter period than the 
applicable unfunded liability payment period.
(8)  If a target benefit component of a pension plan, or a participating 
employer's share of a target benefit component of a pension plan, has 
accessible going concern excess, the accessible going concern excess 
may
	(a)	subject to sections 22 and 23, be used to improve benefits 
under the target benefit provision, or
	(b)	be left in the target benefit component.
(9)  If a plan contributor is required under subsection (2) or (4) to make 
payments in relation to an unfunded liability, the plan contributor may 
make larger payments, more frequent payments or earlier payments 
than what is required, and, in that event, the plan contributor may, 
despite subsections (2) and (4), reduce or eliminate subsequent 
payments if
	(a)	the unfunded liability is eliminated within the applicable 
unfunded liability payment period, and
	(b)	the balance of the unfunded liability never exceeds the 
amount of that unfunded liability that would have existed had 
the full amount of the payments required under subsection 
(2) or (4) been made.
(10)  The reviewer preparing an actuarial valuation report in relation to 
a negotiated cost plan must
	(a)	determine whether the expected contributions will be 
sufficient to meet the funding requirements applicable to the 
target benefit component, and
	(b)	if the reviewer determines that the expected contributions are 
not sufficient to meet the funding requirements applicable to 
the target benefit component, 
	(i)	promptly advise the administrator, and
	(ii)	propose measures to the administrator that will ensure 
that contributions will be sufficient to meet the funding 
requirements applicable to the target benefit component.
(11)  If the administrator receives the advice referred to in subsection 
(10)(b)(ii) in relation to the plan, the administrator of the plan must,
	(a)	promptly after receiving the advice, notify the Superintendent 
that the contributions to the plan required by the plan 
documents in relation to the target benefit component are not 
sufficient to meet the funding requirements applicable to that 
target benefit component, and
	(b)	concurrently with or before the filing of the actuarial 
valuation report,
	(i)	satisfy the Superintendent that a contribution increase, 
sufficient to allow the plan to meet the funding 
requirements applicable to the target benefit component, 
has been incorporated into the applicable collective 
agreement, or
	(ii)	under section 20(2)(a) or (b) of the Act, amend the plan 
text document to reduce benefits.
(12)  This section applies to designated plans as defined in the Income 
Tax Regulations (Canada) but only to the extent allowed under those 
regulations.
Plan contributor's share
62   For the purposes of sections 60 and 61, there must be determined, 
as at a review date, for each plan contributor to a non-collectively 
bargained multi-employer plan, and there may be determined, for each 
plan contributor to a collectively bargained multi-employer plan, his or 
her share of the following in relation to each benefit formula 
component of the plan:
	(a)	the normal actuarial cost applicable to the benefit formula 
component;
	(b)	the going concern asset value applicable to the benefit 
formula component; 
	(c)	the going concern liabilities value applicable to the benefit 
formula component;
	(d)	the solvency asset value applicable to the benefit formula 
component;
	(e)	the solvency liabilities value applicable to the benefit formula 
component;
	(f)	each unfunded liability, if any, of the benefit formula 
component;
	(g)	except in the case of a target benefit component, each 
solvency deficiency, if any, of the benefit formula 
component;
	(h)	the actuarial gains or losses, if any, applicable to the benefit 
formula component;
	(i)	the solvency reserve account, if any;
	(j)	the going concern actuarial excess, if any;
	(k)	solvency actuarial excess, if any.
Smoothing restrictions
63   If, in preparing an actuarial valuation report in relation to a 
pension plan of which the plan text document contains a benefit 
formula provision, the reviewer uses an averaging method that 
stabilizes short-term fluctuations in the market value of the assets of 
the benefit formula component when determining the going concern 
assets value of the component, the method by which and the period 
over which the averaging occurs must be satisfactory to the 
Superintendent.
Stress testing
64   When preparing an actuarial valuation report in relation to a 
pension plan of which the plan text document contains a target benefit 
provision, the reviewer must do the following in a manner satisfactory 
to the Superintendent:
	(a)	select the factors that, in the reviewer's opinion, pose a 
material risk to the plan's ability to meet the funding 
requirements under section 61;
	(b)	reflect, in the actuarial valuation report, for each of the 
selected risk factors, any material changes that would be 
necessitated in the report if a situation contemplated by that 
risk factor changed in a reasonably foreseeable way without 
any of the other situations contemplated by any of the other 
risk factors changing;
	(c)	explain the justification for selecting the risk factors referred 
to in clause (a) and the situational changes considered under 
clause (b).
Withdrawal of actuarial excess from a solvency reserve account  
before termination 
65(1)  For the purposes of section 54(5) of the Act, actuarial excess 
may, subject to subsection (3), be withdrawn from a plan's solvency 
reserve account as follows:
	(a)	the person who may apply to withdraw actuarial excess from 
the plan's solvency reserve account is the administrator of 
the plan, and
	(b)	the administrator may, 
	(i)	in the case of a plan that is not a divisional 
multi-employer plan, withdraw an amount that is not 
more than the plan's accessible solvency excess, or
	(ii)	in the case of a participating employer in a divisional 
multi-employer plan, withdraw an amount that is not 
more than the participating employer's accessible 
solvency excess.
(2)  Actuarial excess must not be withdrawn from the plan's solvency 
reserve account unless
	(a)	the administrator has made written application to the 
Superintendent for consent to withdraw 
	(i)	not more than 20% of the plan's accessible solvency 
excess or not more than 20% of the participating 
employer's accessible solvency excess, as the case may 
be, in the fiscal year in which the application is made, 
and 
	(ii)	not more than 20% of that accessible solvency excess in 
the following fiscal years, if any, to which the 
application applies, up to a maximum of the 2 following 
fiscal years, 
	(b)	the existence and amount of the accessible solvency excess 
that is to be withdrawn have been established by the current 
actuarial valuation report and that actuarial valuation report 
was prepared as at a date that is not more than one year 
before the date of the application,
	(c)	the administrator has provided to the Superintendent any 
information and documents the Superintendent requires in 
order to assess the application,
	(d)	the Superintendent has consented, in writing, to the 
withdrawals referred to in the application and that consent 
has not been revoked under subsection (3), 
	(e)	no withdrawals of actuarial excess are made other than 
withdrawals that have been consented to by the 
Superintendent and that are made before the earlier of
	(i)	the date on which a new actuarial valuation report is 
filed in relation to the plan, and
	(ii)	the date that, under section 49, is the date on which a 
new actuarial valuation report is required to be filed in 
relation to the plan, 
		and
	(f)	one of the following applies: 
	(i)	the plan is not a divisional multi-employer plan and no 
defined benefit components has an unfunded liability 
and the withdrawal will not result in any defined benefit 
component having an unfunded liability, or
	(ii)	the plan is a divisional multi-employer plan and the 
participating employer's share of any unfunded liability 
of a defined benefit component of the plan being funded 
by the participating employer is zero and the withdrawal 
will not result in the employer's share of any unfunded 
liability becoming greater than zero.
(3)  If the Superintendent is of the opinion that it is appropriate to do 
so, the Superintendent may revoke his or her consent to a withdrawal 
of actuarial excess and direct the administrator to cease withdrawing 
accessible solvency excess from a solvency reserve account.
(4)  After withdrawing actuarial excess from a plan's solvency reserve 
account, the administrator of the plan must, in accordance with 
subsection (5), disclose the withdrawal
	(a)	to the following active members, in the annual statement 
required under section 31:
	(i)	in the case of a plan that is not a divisional 
multi-employer plan, to active members accruing 
benefits from a defined benefit component of the plan;
	(ii)	in the case of a divisional multi-employer plan, to active 
members accruing benefits from a defined benefit 
component of the plan that are funded by the 
participating employer;
	(b)	to the following persons in receipt of a pension, in the annual 
statement required under section 32:
	(i)	in the case of a plan that is not a divisional 
multi-employer plan, to each person in receipt of a 
pension from a defined benefit component of the plan;
	(ii)	in the case of a divisional multi-employer plan, to each 
person in receipt of a pension from a defined benefit 
component of the plan that are funded by the 
participating employer.
(5)  The disclosure required under subsection (4) must contain the 
following information:
	(a)	the amount of the solvency reserve account as determined in 
the current actuarial valuation report applicable to the plan;
	(b)	the amount of the plan's accessible solvency excess or the 
participating employer's accessible solvency excess, as the 
case may be, as disclosed in the current actuarial valuation 
report and the amount of that accessible solvency excess that 
was withdrawn in the period to which the annual statement 
applies.
Withdrawal of surplus from a solvency reserve account after  
plan termination 
66(1)  This section applies if
	(a)	one of the following applies:
	(i)	the plan is not a divisional multi-employer plan and the 
plan terminates;
	(ii)	the plan is a divisional multi-employer plan and the plan 
terminates or a participating employer withdraws from 
the plan and does not join or establish a successor plan 
that assumes responsibility for the employer's liabilities 
under the plan, 
	(b)	the plan has a solvency reserve account, and
	(c)	the plan or a participating employer's share of the plan has 
surplus on the effective date of the termination of the plan or 
the withdrawal referred to in subsection (1)(a)(ii).
(2)  The surplus must not be withdrawn from the solvency reserve 
account until the following have been paid:
	(a)	in the case of a plan that is not a divisional multi-employer 
plan, all of the benefits to which members of the plan are 
entitled on termination of the plan;
	(b)	in the case of a divisional multi-employer plan, all of the 
benefits to which the participating employer's affected 
members are entitled on termination of the plan or the 
participating employer's withdrawal from the plan.
(3)  After all of the benefits referred to in subsection (2)(a) or (b), as 
the case may be, have been paid, the administrator may, subject to 
subsection (4), apply to withdraw the following:
	(a)	in the case of a plan that is not a divisional multi-employer 
plan, the money in the solvency reserve account; 
	(b)	in the case of a divisional multi-employer plan, the 
participating employer's share of the solvency reserve 
account.
(4)  The money referred to in subsection (3) must not be withdrawn 
under subsection (3) unless
	(a)	the administrator has, in accordance with subsection (5), 
made written application to the Superintendent for consent to 
withdraw that money,
	(b)	the existence and amount of the plan's surplus or the 
participating employer's share of surplus, as the case may be, 
has been established by the actuarial valuation report that 
was prepared as at the effective date of termination or the 
participating employer's withdrawal from the plan, and
	(c)	the Superintendent has consented to the withdrawal.
(5)  An application to the Superintendent for consent to withdraw the 
money referred to in subsection (3) must include the following:
	(a)	confirmation that all benefits referred to in subsection (2)(a) 
or (b), as the case may be, have been paid;
	(b)	the amount of the money referred to in subsection (3);
	(c)	any other information or records required by the 
Superintendent.
Use of letters of credit for meeting solvency deficiencies
67(1)  In this section,
	(a)	"acceptable rating", in relation to a bank or credit union, 
means a current rating of 
	(i)	A or better given to the bank or credit union by DBRS 
Limited, Fitch Ratings Ltd or Standard & Poor's 
Ratings Services, or
	(ii)	A2 or better given to the bank or credit union by 
Moody's Investors Service;
	(b)	"holder", in relation to a letter of credit, means the 
fundholder to whose benefit the letter of credit is made out or 
that fundholder's successor;
	(c)	"issuer" means a bank or credit union that has an acceptable 
rating and is a member of the Canadian Payments 
Association;
	(d)	"obligated issuer", in relation to a letter of credit used for the 
purposes of section 55 of the Act, means an issuer that is 
contractually liable to pay money under the letter of credit if 
that payment is demanded under the letter of credit;
	(e)	"prescribed letter of credit" means a letter of credit that
	(i)	is an irrevocable and unconditional standby letter of 
credit,
	(ii)	was issued by an issuer that is not a participating 
employer in the plan for which the letter of credit has 
been issued or an affiliate of that employer as that term 
is defined in section 2 of the Business Corporations Act,
	(iii)	is issued to a fundholder in trust for the benefit of the 
pension plan,
	(iv)	specifies the date on which it becomes effective and the 
date on which it expires,
	(v)	expires no later than one year after the date on which it 
becomes effective,
	(vi)	makes the issuer that issued it contractually liable to pay 
money under it if that payment is demanded under the 
letter of credit,
	(vii)	is issued in Canadian currency, and
	(viii)	provides that
	(A)	on demand for payment under the letter of credit, 
the obligated issuer will, immediately after that 
demand, pay the lesser of the face amount or the 
amount demanded,
	(B)	the insolvency or bankruptcy of the participating 
employer in the plan for which the letter of credit 
has been issued has no effect on the rights or 
obligations of the obligated issuer or the holder 
under the letter of credit,
	(C)	immediately after the date on which the letter of 
credit expires, it will, in accordance with this 
section, be renewed, replaced or allowed to expire 
without renewal or replacement,
	(D)	if the obligated issuer decides not to renew the 
letter of credit, the obligated issuer will notify the 
administrator of the plan for which the letter of 
credit has been issued, the holder and the 
Superintendent of that decision at least 90 days 
before the expiry of the letter of credit,
	(E)	the letter of credit may not be assigned unless it is 
assigned to another issuer,
	(F)	the letter of credit may not be amended, except
	(I)	on renewal, or
	(II)	if there is a change of holder, to reflect that 
change,
				and
	(G)	is in accordance with the rules of International 
Standby Practices ISP98 (publication No. 590) of 
the International Chamber of Commerce, as those 
rules are amended or replaced from time to time;
	(f)	"solvency deficiency payments", in relation to a pension 
plan, means the special payments referred to in section 
60(2)(c) or (3).
(2)  This section applies to a pension plan of which the plan text 
document contains one or more defined benefit provisions.
(3)  A letter of credit may not be used in relation to a defined benefit 
component of the plan for the purposes of section 55 of the Act unless 
it a prescribed letter of credit.
(4)  If a letter of credit is issued in relation to a defined benefit 
component of the plan for the purpose of section 55 of the Act and is 
not a renewal of or a replacement for a letter of credit previously 
issued for that purpose, the administrator must, at least 30 days before 
the date on which the next solvency deficiency payment applicable to 
that plan component falls due, file both of the following:
	(a)	the executed letter of credit or a certified copy of it;
	(b)	a written statement from the administrator that the letter of 
credit is a prescribed letter of credit.
(5)  If a letter of credit is to be issued in relation to a defined benefit 
component of the plan for the purpose of section 55 of the Act as a 
renewal of or replacement for a letter of credit previously issued for 
that purpose, the administrator must, at least 30 days before the expiry 
of the letter of credit to be renewed or replaced,
	(a)	file both of the following:
	(i)	the executed renewal or replacement letter of credit or a 
certified copy of it;
	(ii)	a written statement from the administrator that the 
renewal or replacement letter of credit is a prescribed 
letter of credit,
	(b)	notify the holder that the renewal or replacement letter of 
credit was filed under clause (a), and
	(c)	follow the process set out in subsection (6), if applicable.
(6)  Subject to subsection (12)(b), the amount covered by a renewal or 
replacement letter of credit may be reduced from the amount covered 
by the letter of credit being renewed or replaced as follows:
	(a)	if the administrator files, with the documents filed under 
subsection (5)(a), a current actuarial valuation report showing 
that, despite the reduction, the funding requirements under 
section 60 will continue to be met, the amount covered by the 
renewal or replacement letter of credit may be reduced from 
the amount covered by the letter of credit being renewed or 
replaced to the extent indicated in the actuarial valuation 
report;
	(b)	if the administrator files, with the documents filed under 
subsection (5)(a), proof that the participating employers who 
provided the letter of credit have remitted to the plan for 
application to a defined benefit component all or a portion of 
the amount covered by the letter of credit to be renewed or 
replaced, the amount covered by the renewal or replacement 
letter of credit may be reduced from the amount covered by 
the letter of credit being renewed or replaced by the amount 
of the employer's remittance;
	(c)	if the administrator files, with the documents filed under 
subsection (5)(a),
	(i)	proof that the participating employer has remitted to the 
plan for application to the defined benefit component a 
portion of the amount covered by the letter of credit to 
be renewed or replaced, and
	(ii)	a current actuarial valuation report showing that, after 
taking into account both the remittance referred to in 
subclause (i) and the reduction, the funding 
requirements under section 60 will continue to be met,
		the amount covered by the renewal or replacement letter of 
credit may be reduced from the amount covered by the letter 
of credit being renewed or replaced by the combination of the 
reduction contemplated by subclause (i) and the reduction 
contemplated by subclause (ii).
(7)  If a letter of credit issued in relation to a defined benefit 
component of the plan for the purposes of section 55 of the Act is to be 
allowed to expire without being renewed or replaced, the administrator 
must, at least 30 days before the letter of credit expires,
	(a)	notify the Superintendent and the holder of that fact, and
	(b)	at the same time that that notice is provided to the 
Superintendent, file
	(i)	a current actuarial valuation report showing that, despite 
the expiry, the funding requirements under section 60 
will continue to be met, or
	(ii)	proof that the participating employers who provided the 
letter of credit to the holder have remitted to the plan for 
application to the defined benefit component all of the 
amount covered by the letter of credit.
(8)  As soon as practicable after receiving an executed letter of credit 
under subsection (4), (5)(a) or (9)(c), or a certified copy of it, as the 
case may be, the Superintendent must provide to the administrator a 
notice acknowledging that receipt.
(9)  If the Superintendent notifies the administrator that an executed 
letter of credit is not a prescribed letter of credit, the following must 
occur within 30 days after that notification:
	(a)	the administrator must notify the participating employers 
who provided the letter of credit of that fact;
	(b)	the participating employers who provided the letter of credit 
must
	(i)	provide to the administrator a letter of credit that is a 
prescribed letter of credit, or
	(ii)	make solvency deficiency payments in accordance with 
section 60;
	(c)	the administrator must, if a letter of credit is provided to the 
administrator under clause (b)(i), file that executed letter of 
credit, or a certified copy of it, together with a written 
statement referred to in subsection (4)(b) that relates to that 
letter of credit.
(10)  If the Superintendent provides to the administrator a notice of 
receipt under subsection (8) in relation to a letter of credit, the 
administrator must forward the original of the executed letter of credit 
to the holder, together with a copy of the Superintendent's 
acknowledgement of receipt, within the following time periods:
	(a)	if the letter of credit is not a renewal or replacement letter of 
credit, on or before the day when the first of the solvency 
deficiency payments to which the letter of credit relates falls 
due; 
	(b)	if the letter of credit is a renewal or replacement letter of 
credit, at least 15 days before the expiry of the letter of credit 
being renewed or replaced.
(11)  If, 14 days before the expiry of a letter of credit, the holder
	(a)	has not received any document that the administrator is 
required to send to the holder under subsection (5)(b) or (10), 
and
	(b)	has not received notice that the plan is or is about to be 
terminated,
the holder must, on the next business day, demand payment from the 
obligated issuer of the full amount of the letter of credit.
(12)  If a defined benefit component to which the letter of credit 
relates, or the plan, is or is about to be terminated, the administrator 
must
	(a)	maintain the letter of credit in force, and
	(b)	if necessary, renew or replace the letter of credit, without the 
amount covered by the renewal or replacement letter of credit 
being reduced from the amount covered by the letter of credit 
being renewed or replaced, and maintain the renewal or 
replacement letter of credit in force,
until 
	(c)	the Superintendent has provided notice of acceptance of the 
termination report and the administrator has received 
permission to cancel the letter of credit under subsection 
(13)(a),
	(d)	the solvency assets value of the defined benefit component to 
which the letter of credit relates is equal to or greater than the 
solvency liabilities value of that plan component, or
	(e)	the demand for payment under subsection (14) has been 
made.
(13)  At the time of notifying the administrator that the termination 
report has been accepted, the Superintendent must also notify the 
administrator, with a copy to the holder, that, based on that termination 
report,
	(a)	the letter of credit may be cancelled because the solvency 
assets value of the defined benefit component to which the 
letter of credit relates is at least equal to the solvency 
liabilities value of that plan component, or
	(b)	the solvency assets value of the defined benefit component to 
which the letter of credit relates is less than the solvency 
liabilities value of that plan component.
(14)  If subsection (13)(b) applies,
	(a)	the Superintendent must, in both the notice to the 
administrator and the copy to the holder, identify the amount 
by which the solvency liabilities value of the defined benefit 
component to which the letter of credit relates exceeds the 
solvency assets value of that plan component, and
	(b)	one of the following must occur:
	(i)	the administrator must, within 14 days after receiving 
that notice, ensure that the holder has received the 
amount by which the solvency liabilities value of the 
defined benefit component to which the letter of credit 
relates exceeds the solvency assets value of that plan 
component;
	(ii)	if the holder does not receive that amount within that 
14-day period, the holder must, on the next business day 
after that 14-day period ends, demand payment from the 
obligated issuer of the letter of credit for the lesser of
	(A)	the full amount of the letter of credit, and
	(B)	the amount by which the solvency liabilities value 
of the defined benefit component to which the 
letter of credit relates exceeds the solvency assets 
value of that plan component.
(15)  A notice that is to be given under this section must be given in 
writing, and a demand under a letter of credit must be in writing or in 
any other manner provided for under the letter of credit.
(16)  If a participating employer arranges a letter of credit in relation to 
a defined benefit component of the plan for the purposes of section 55 
of the Act,
	(a)	the fees related to the issue and maintenance of the letter of 
credit must not be included in the letter of credit or charged 
as a cost to the plan, and
	(b)	the participating employer who arranged the letter of credit 
must either
	(i)	make monthly payments to the plan, each of which must 
be
	(A)	equal to the interest that would have accrued on 
the amount of the solvency deficiency covered by 
the letter of credit in the previous month had that 
interest been calculated at the interest rate used to 
establish that solvency deficiency, and
	(B)	made within 30 days after the end of the month to 
which the interest payment relates,
			or
	(ii)	ensure that the interest payments referred to in 
subclause (i) are included in the amount covered by the 
letter of credit.
(17)  If a participating employer has arranged a letter of credit in 
relation to a defined benefit component of the plan for the purposes of 
section 55 of the Act, when a person becomes entitled to a transfer, 
within the meaning of section 90 of this Regulation, from the plan, the 
participating employer must
	(a)	make a lump sum payment to the plan, in an amount equal to 
the transfer deficiency, before making the transfer, or
	(b)	include an amount equal to the transfer deficiency in the 
participating employer's next remittance of contributions.
(18)  References in this Regulation to the issuing of a letter of credit 
are to be taken to mean,
	(a)	where the letter of credit is or was renewed (whether with or 
without an increase or decrease in the amount covered), to 
the renewal or the latest renewal of it or to the letter of credit 
as renewed, and
	(b)	where the letter of credit is or was confirmed, to the 
confirmation or the latest confirmation of it or to the letter of 
credit as confirmed,
as the case may be, and, for the avoidance of any doubt, to include the 
replacement of an existing letter of credit.
(19)  References in this Regulation to confirmation, in the context of a 
letter of credit, mean the assumption, whether by force of law or of 
contract, by a Canadian banking subsidiary of a foreign bank of 
liability for any payments under the letter of credit for which that 
foreign parent bank is liable but does not pay.
Division 2 
Contributions to Plan
Remittance of contributions
68(1)  A participating employer in a pension plan must remit 
contributions due to the pension fund of the plan as follows:
	(a)	in the case of contributions made by active members, within 
30 days after the end of the month in which the contributions 
were received by the participating employer or were 
deducted from the active members' remuneration;
	(b)	in the case of participating employer contributions required 
in relation to a defined contribution provision,
	(i)	subject to subclause (ii), within 30 days after the end of 
the month for which those contributions are payable, or
	(ii)	for a contribution of which the amount relates to profits 
of the participating employer, within 90 days after the 
end of the fiscal year to which the profits relate;
	(c)	in the case of participating employer contributions under a 
plan of which the plan text document contains a benefit 
formula provision, within 30 days after the end of the month 
for which those contributions are payable.
(2)  The contribution amounts being remitted by a participating 
employer under a plan of which the plan text document contains a 
benefit formula provision must be determined on the basis of the 
current actuarial valuation report or cost certificate.
(3)  In the case of a plan other than a jointly sponsored plan, within 30 
days after the filing of a new actuarial valuation report or cost 
certificate, the participating employer must, in addition to remitting the 
contributions required under section 56(1) of the Act in accordance 
with this section, remit a payment equal to the amount determined by 
the following formula, if that amount is a positive number:
(contribution requirement - amount remitted) + applicable interest 
 
where
"amount remitted" means the amount of the contributions, 
attributable to the preparation period, that had actually been 
remitted by the participating employer in accordance with section 
56(1) of the Act;
"applicable interest" means interest calculated
	(a)	on the positive difference, if any, obtained by 
subtracting the amount remitted from the contribution 
requirement, and
	(b)	at the same rate of interest as was used in the current 
actuarial valuation report to calculate the amount of the 
contributions referred to in subsection (1)(c);
"contribution requirement" means the amount of the contributions 
that the participating employer would have been required to remit 
for the preparation period had the new actuarial valuation report or 
cost certificate been filed on the review date;
"preparation period", in relation to a filed actuarial valuation 
report, means the period between the review date for the actuarial 
valuation report and the date on which the actuarial valuation 
report was filed.
(4)  In the case of a jointly sponsored plan, the requirement for the 
participating employers and active members to make contributions in 
accordance with the rule for calculating the normal actuarial cost under 
section 49(5)(a) commences at the beginning of the 2nd fiscal year of 
the plan following the review date.
(5)  Nothing in this section prevents a participating employer from 
meeting any obligation under this section or section 56 of the Act in a 
manner contemplated by section 67 or 75 of this Regulation.
Notice of failure to remit
69   A notice of failure to remit contributions required under section 
56(3) of the Act must include the following:
	(a)	the name of the plan and its Canada Revenue Agency 
registration number;
	(b)	current contact information of the person who prepared the 
notice; 
	(c)	a statement that no contributions were remitted;
	(d)	the amount of required contributions which are outstanding 
or an estimate of them;
	(e)	the period or periods to which the contribution in clause (c) 
relate;
Summary of contributions
70(1)  An administrator referred to in section 56(5) of the Act must, at 
the following times, provide to the fundholder a summary of the 
contributions required to be made in respect of the plan:
	(a)	within 30 days after the registration of the plan;
	(b)	within 30 days after the beginning of each fiscal year of the 
plan;
	(c)	within 30 days after the occurrence of an event that 
materially changes the amount of the contributions that must 
be made to the plan.
(2)  An administrator referred to in subsection (1) who administers a 
plan that was registered before the coming into force of this section 
must, within 30 days after the coming into force of this section, 
provide to the fundholder a summary of the contributions required to 
be made in respect of the plan.
Allocation or distribution of excess member contributions
71(1)  Subject to section 57(5) to (7) of the Act, if, in relation to a 
pension plan of which the plan text document contains a benefit 
formula provision, the contributions of a member of the plan result in 
there being an excess referred to in section 57(2) of the Act, the excess 
must be allocated or distributed under section 57(4) of the Act at the 
earliest of the following:
	(a)	the date on which the member terminates active membership 
in the plan;
	(b)	the date on which the member reaches his or her pension 
commencement date;
	(c)	the date on which the benefit formula provision is converted 
under section 112 of the Act to a defined contribution 
provision and that conversion results in the benefits that have 
accrued to the date of the conversion being converted.
(2)  The lump sum payment to which a member referred to in section 
57(7) of the Act is entitled under section 57(4) of the Act must be 
reduced by multiplying the amount calculated under section 57(2) of 
the Act by the lesser of
	(a)	one, and
	(b)	the target benefit funded ratio that is set out in the current 
actuarial valuation report for the plan.
Division 3 
Investing Plan Assets
Investment requirements 
72(1)  In this section,
	(a)	"investment" means the investment of the assets of a pension 
plan and includes loans and deposits of those assets;
	(b)	"permitted investment" means an investment permitted under 
this section and federal Schedule III, and "permitted" is to be 
construed accordingly.
(2)  Despite the provisions of any pension plan or of any instrument 
governing a plan, the assets of a plan must be invested, and the 
investments must be made, in accordance with federal Schedule III.
(3)  When interpreting federal Schedule III for the purposes of this 
section, "Canadian resource property" has the meaning assigned to it 
by paragraph 66(15)(c) of the Income Tax Act (Canada) and 
"Superintendent" means the person appointed as the Superintendent of 
Pensions under section 4 of the Act.
(4)  If the plan text document provides that a member must provide 
direction regarding investments, 
	(a)	the administrator must offer a sufficient number of 
investment options of varying degrees of risk and expected 
return that would allow a reasonable and prudent person to 
create a portfolio of investments that is appropriate for 
retirement savings, and
	(b)	the administrator must, on or before December 31, 2014, 
ensure that one of the following default investment options 
will apply to the account of a member who fails to provide 
direction regarding the investments:
	(i)	a balanced fund;
	(ii)	a portfolio of investments that takes into account a 
member's age.
(5)  The administrator must ensure that a current record is maintained 
that clearly identifies every investment held on behalf of the plan, the 
name in which the investment is made and, where appropriate, the 
name in which the investment is registered.
Interest, gains and losses on contributions
73(1)  In this section,
	(a)	"calculation period", in relation to a pension plan, means the 
period at the end of which, under the plan text document of 
the plan, interest is to be calculated
	(i)	in relation to contributions to the plan, or
	(ii)	on the commuted value of benefits under the plan;
	(b)	"CANSIM rate", in relation to a period of not more than 12 
months for which interest is payable, means the rate of 
interest calculated on the basis of the average of the yields of 
5-year personal fixed term chartered bank deposit rates, 
determined by reference to the Canadian Socio-Economic 
Information Management System (CANSIM) Series 
V 122515 compiled by Statistics Canada and available on the 
website maintained by the Bank of Canada, which average is 
determined in relation to the most recent period of that length 
for which the rates are available;
	(c)	"contribution account" means,
	(i)	in relation to member-required contributions made to a 
plan under a benefit formula provision, the total of 
	(A)	the member-required contributions made by the 
member under that benefit formula provision, and 
	(B)	the interest, if any, that is attributable to those 
contributions and any related interest,
	(ii)	in relation to member-required contributions made by 
the member and contributions made by participating 
employers to a plan under a defined contribution 
provision, the total of 
	(A)	the member-required contributions made by the 
member and contributions made by participating 
employers under that defined contribution 
provision, and 
	(B)	the interest, if any, that is attributable to those 
contributions and any related interest,
			and
	(iii)	in relation to additional voluntary contributions and 
optional ancillary contributions made to a plan and 
transferred contributions transferred to the plan by or on 
behalf of the member, the total of
	(A)	the additional voluntary contributions and optional 
ancillary contributions made by the member and 
transferred contributions transferred to the plan by 
or on behalf of the member under the provision of 
the plan text document that authorizes those 
contributions or that transfer, and
	(B)	the interest, if any, that is attributable to those 
contributions and any related interest;
	(d)	"fund rate of return" means the return, expressed as a 
percentage, earned by the pension fund.
(2)  Interest that is to be calculated on contributions to a pension plan 
that are attributable to an active member, or to a deferred member who 
has not elected a transfer under section 99 of the Act, must be 
calculated as follows:
	(a)	in relation to member-required contributions made to the plan 
by the member under a benefit formula provision, in the case 
of a plan other than a jointly sponsored plan,
	(i)	on the balance in the member's contribution account 
related to those member-required contributions as at the 
end of the previous calculation period at the CANSIM 
rate or the fund rate of return, as specified in the plan 
text document, and
	(ii)	on the contributions made by the member under the 
benefit formula provision in the current calculation 
period, at 1/2 of the rate referred to in subclause (i);
	(b)	in relation to member-required contributions made to the plan 
by the member and contributions made to the plan by the 
participating employers under a defined contribution 
provision,
	(i)	on the balance in the member's contribution account 
related to those contributions as at the end of the 
previous calculation period at the fund rate of return, 
and
	(ii)	on the member-required contributions and participating 
employer contributions made in the current calculation 
period, at 1/2 of the rate referred to in subclause (i);
	(c)	in relation to additional voluntary contributions, optional 
ancillary contributions, and transferred contributions,
	(i)	on the balance in the member's contribution account 
related to those additional voluntary contributions, 
optional ancillary contributions and transferred 
contributions as at the end of the previous calculation 
period at the fund rate of return, and
	(ii)	on the additional voluntary contributions, optional 
ancillary contributions made by the member and the 
transferred contributions transferred in the current 
calculation period, at 1/2 of the rate referred to in 
subclause (i).
(3)  Subject to subsection (5), if termination of active membership has 
occurred and the individual entitled to a benefit elects a transfer under 
section 99 of the Act, interest that is to be calculated on the commuted 
value of benefits under the plan must be calculated to the end of the 
month preceding the month in which the transfer is made as follows:
	(a)	if the benefits are under a benefit formula provision, at the 
interest rate used to determine the commuted value;
	(b)	if the benefits are under a defined contribution provision, at 
the fund rate of return.
(4)  If a member is entitled to a refund of additional voluntary 
contributions and optional ancillary contributions or to payment or 
transfer of the member's excess contributions determined under 
section 57 of the Act, interest that is to be calculated on the additional 
voluntary contributions and optional ancillary contributions or on the 
member's excess contributions must be calculated to the end of the 
month preceding the month of refund, payment or transfer at the fund 
rate of return.
(5)  If, on the effective date of termination of a pension plan, a member 
is entitled to a refund, payment or transfer, interest that is to be 
calculated on that refund, payment or transfer, must, unless the 
member is a deferred or retired member on whose behalf the plan is to 
purchase an annuity, be calculated from the effective date of 
termination to the end of the month preceding the month in which the 
refund, payment or transfer is made at the fund rate of return.
(6)  The calculation period applicable to a plan must be no longer than 
one year.
(7)  Interest on contributions to a pension plan that are attributable to a 
member must be calculated and credited to the member's contribution 
account at the end of each calculation period.
(8)  If the plan text document of a pension plan provides for interest to 
be calculated in another manner and at other rates, that provision 
applies to the plan despite any provision of this section if the 
Superintendent
	(a)	considers that that manner and those rates are reasonable and 
appropriate, and
	(b)	consents in writing to the provision.
Division 4 
Use of Actuarial Excess and Surplus
Distribution of actuarial excess or surplus
74(1)  For the purposes of section 64 of the Act as it relates to a plan 
of which the plan text document contains a defined benefit provision, 
the actuarial excess that may be distributed is
	(a)	in the case of a plan that is not a divisional multi-employer 
plan, the plan's accessible going concern excess, or
	(b)	in the case of a divisional multi-employer plan, the 
participating employer's accessible going concern excess.
(2)  Despite subsection (1), actuarial excess must not be distributed 
unless
	(a)	the administrator has, in accordance with subsection (9), 
made written application to the Superintendent for consent to 
distribute actuarial excess,
	(b)	the existence and amount of the plan's accessible going 
concern excess or the participating employer's accessible 
going concern excess, as the case may be, have been 
established by the current actuarial valuation report and that 
actuarial valuation report was prepared as at a date that is not 
more than one year before the date of the application,
	(c)	the administrator has provided to the Superintendent any 
information and documents the Superintendent requires in 
order to assess the application,
	(d)	the Superintendent's consent, referred to in section 64(1)(c) 
of the Act, to the distributions of actuarial excess has not 
been revoked under subsection (5) of this section, 
	(e)	the distribution is made before the earlier of
	(i)	the date on which a new actuarial valuation report is 
filed in relation to the plan, and
	(ii)	the date that, under section 49, is the date on which a 
new actuarial valuation report is required to be filed in 
relation to the plan, 
		and
	(f)	one of the following applies: 
	(i)	the plan is not a divisional multi-employer plan and no 
defined benefit components has a solvency deficiency 
and the withdrawal will not result in any defined benefit 
component having a solvency deficiency;
	(ii)	the plan is a divisional multi-employer plan and the 
participating employer's share of the solvency 
deficiencies of any defined benefit component of the 
plan being funded by the participating employer is zero 
and the withdrawal will not result in the employer's 
share of the solvency deficiencies becoming greater 
than zero.
(3)  For the purposes of section 64 of the Act as it relates to a plan of 
which the plan text document contains a defined benefit provision, the 
surplus that may be distributed is,
	(a)	in the case of a plan that is not a divisional multi-employer 
plan, the surplus applicable to the defined benefit component, 
and 
	(b)	in the case of a divisional multi-employer plan, the 
participating employer's share of surplus.
(4)  Despite subsection (3), surplus must not be distributed unless
	(a)	the administrator has, in accordance with subsection (9), 
made written application to the Superintendent for consent to 
distribute surplus,
	(b)	the existence and amount of the surplus or the participating 
employer's share of surplus has been established by the 
actuarial valuation report that was prepared as at the effective 
date of termination or the participating employer's 
withdrawal from the plan, and
	(c)	one of the following applies;
	(i)	the plan is not a divisional multi-employer plan and no 
distributions of surplus are made other than distributions 
that have been consented to by the Superintendent;
	(ii)	the plan is a divisional multi-employer plan and no 
distribution of the participating employer's share of 
surplus are made other than distributions that have been 
consented to by the Superintendent.
(5)  If the Superintendent is of the opinion that it is appropriate to do 
so, the Superintendent may revoke his or her consent to a distribution 
of accessible going concern excess or surplus and direct the 
administrator to cease distributing accessible going concern excess or 
surplus. 
(6)  At least 30 days before submitting an application to the 
Superintendent under this section in relation to a distribution of 
actuarial excess or surplus, the administrator of the plan must provide a 
written notice that meets the requirements of subsection (7) to
	(a)	the following members:
	(i)	in the case of a plan that is not a divisional 
multi-employer plan, the active members and deferred 
members of the plan who have an entitlement to 
benefits from a defined benefit component of the plan;
	(ii)	in the case of a divisional multi-employer plan, the 
active members and deferred members of the plan who 
have an entitlement to benefits from a defined benefit 
component of the plan that is being funded by the 
participating employer,
	(b)	the following persons in receipt of a pension:
	(i)	in the case of a plan that is not a divisional 
multi-employer plan, to each person in receipt of a 
pension from a defined benefit component of the plan;
	(ii)	in the case of a divisional multi-employer plan, to each 
person in receipt of a pension from a defined benefit 
component of the plan that are being funded by the 
participating employer,
	(c)	a trade union that is a certified bargaining agent within the 
meaning of the Labour Relations Code and that represents,
	(i)	in the case of a plan that is not a divisional 
multi-employer plan, members of the plan who have an 
entitlement to benefits under the defined benefit 
provision, or
	(ii)	in the case of a divisional multi-employer plan, the 
participating employer's affected members who have an 
entitlement to benefits from a defined benefit 
component that are being funded by the participating 
employer,
		and
	(d)	any other person designated by the Superintendent.
(7)  The notice required under subsection (6) must be consented to by 
the Superintendent, must accord with any terms and conditions 
imposed by the Superintendent under section 6 of the Act and must 
include the following information:
	(a)	a statement that the administrator intends to distribute 
accessible going concern excess or surplus and to whom it is 
to be distributed;
	(b)	the following:
	(i)	if the administrator intends to distribute accessible 
going concern excess, the amount of the plan's 
accessible going concern excess or the amount of the 
participating employer's accessible going concern 
excess, as the case may be, as established by the current 
actuarial valuation report;
	(ii)	if the administrator intends to distribute surplus, the 
amount of the plan's surplus or the amount of the 
surplus applicable to the participating employer's share 
of a defined benefit component of the plan, as the case 
may be, as established by the filed termination report 
applicable to the plan;
	(c)	the amount of accessible going concern excess or surplus that 
the administrator intends to distribute;
	(d)	a statement of the right, under section 37(2) or (3) of the Act, 
of a person referred to in subsection (6)(a), (b) or (c) of this 
section to examine, or to obtain from the administrator, 
additional information and records referred to in sections 43 
and 46 of this Regulation;
	(e)	if the plan text document does not clearly provide for the 
distribution of the actuarial excess or surplus to be distributed 
or to whom it may be distributed, 
	(i)	a proposal referred to in section 64(3) of the Act 
directed to the persons referred to in subsection (6)(a) 
and (b) of this section indicating how and to whom the 
distribution is to be made,
	(ii)	a means by which the persons referred to in subsection 
(6)(a) and (b) can indicate whether or not they consent 
to the proposal, and
	(iii)	a statement that unless the proposal receives the consent 
required under section 64(4) of the Act within 180 days 
after the proposal was provided, the proposed 
distribution will not proceed unless a new proposal is 
provided and a new consent is sought and obtained.
(8)  If the plan text document does not clearly provide for the 
distribution of the actuarial excess or surplus to be distributed or to 
whom it may be distributed, the administrator must, promptly after 
determining whether the consent required under section 64(4) of the 
Act to the proposal referred to in subsection (7)(e) of this section had 
been received, provide notice of that result to the persons referred to in 
subsection (6)(a) or (b) of this section by the same method of 
communication as was used to provide the proposal to them.
(9)  An application to the Superintendent for consent to distribute 
actuarial excess or surplus must include the following:
	(a)	a statement of the administrator that the notice required under 
subsection (6) was provided to the persons referred to in 
subsection (6) at least 30 days before the date on which the 
application was filed;
	(b)	a copy of the notice required under subsection (6);
	(c)	in the case of an application to distribute actuarial excess in 
relation to a plan that is not a divisional multi-employer plan, 
	(i)	a request for consent to distribute 
	(A)	not more than 20% of the plan's accessible going 
concern excess in the fiscal year in which the 
application is made, and 
	(B)	not more than 20% of that accessible going 
concern excess in each of the following fiscal 
years, if any, to which the application applies, up 
to a maximum of the 2 following fiscal years, 
			and 
	(ii)	a statement that, in the administrator's opinion, 
subsection (2)(f)(i) applies;
	(d)	in the case of an application to distribute actuarial excess in 
relation to a divisional multi-employer plan, 
	(i)	a request for consent to distribute 
	(A)	not more than 20% of the participating employer's 
accessible going concern excess in the fiscal year 
in which the application is made, and 
	(B)	not more than 20% of that accessible going 
concern excess in each of the following fiscal 
years, if any, to which the application applies, up 
to a maximum of the 2 following fiscal years, 
			and 
	(ii)	a statement that, in the administrator's opinion, 
subsection (2)(f)(ii) applies;
	(e)	in the case of an application to distribute surplus, a request 
for consent to distribute the surplus;
	(f)	if the plan text document does not clearly provide for the 
distribution of the actuarial excess or surplus to be distributed 
or to whom it may be distributed, a statement of the 
administrator that 
	(i)	the proposal materials referred to in subsection (7)(e) 
were provided to the persons referred to in subsection 
(6)(a) and (b), and 
	(ii)	the proposal received the consent required under section 
64(4) of the Act;
	(g)	any other information or records required by the 
Superintendent.
Use of actuarial excess to reduce or eliminate contributions
75(1)  This section applies to a pension plan of which the plan text 
document contains a defined benefit provision.
(2)  For the purposes of section 65(1) of the Act, the actuarial excess 
that may be used to reduce or eliminate contributions required in 
relation to the plan is, subject to clause (b) and subsection (3),
	(a)	in the case of a plan that is not a divisional multi-employer 
plan, the plan's accessible going concern excess, or
	(b)	in the case of a divisional multi-employer plan, the 
participating employer's accessible going concern excess.
(3)  Despite subsection (2), actuarial excess must not be used to reduce 
or eliminate contributions unless
	(a)	the existence and amounts of the following have been 
established by the current actuarial valuation report,
	(i)	in the case of a plan that is not divisional 
multi-employer plan, the plan's accessible going 
concern excess, and
	(ii)	in the case of a divisional multi-employer plan, the 
participating employer's accessible going concern 
excess,
	(b)	the actuarial excess is used for that purpose before the earlier 
of
	(i)	the date on which a new actuarial valuation report is 
filed in relation to the plan, and
	(ii)	the date that, under section 49 of this Regulation, is the 
date on which a new actuarial valuation report is 
required to be filed in relation to the plan, 
	(c)	one of the following applies:
	(i)	the plan is not a divisional multi-employer plan and no 
defined benefit component has a solvency deficiency 
and the use of actuarial excess to reduce or eliminate 
contributions will not result in a defined benefit 
component having a solvency deficiency;
	(ii)	the plan is a divisional multi-employer plan and the 
participating employer's share of any solvency 
deficiency of a defined benefit component being funded 
by the participating employer is zero and the use of 
actuarial excess to reduce or eliminate contributions will 
not result in the participating employer's share of any 
solvency deficiency becoming greater than zero,
		and
	(d)	in relation to the use of the actuarial excess for that purpose 
in any fiscal year, the use in that year does not exceed the 
amount referred to in subsection (4).
(4)  The following limits apply to the use of actuarial excess to reduce 
or eliminate contributions:
	(a)	in the case of a plan that is not a divisional multi-employer 
plan,
	(i)	not more than 20% of the plan's accessible going 
concern excess may be used to reduce or eliminate 
contributions in the first fiscal year to which the current 
actuarial valuation report applies, and
	(ii)	not more than 20% of the plan's accessible going 
concern excess may be used for that purpose in each of 
the 2 following fiscal years;
	(b)	in the case of a divisional multi-employer plan,
	(i)	not more than 20% of the participating employer's 
accessible going concern excess may be used to reduce 
or eliminate contributions in the first fiscal year to 
which the current actuarial valuation report applies, and
	(ii)	not more than 20% of the participating employer's 
accessible going concern excess may be used for that 
purpose in each of the 2 following fiscal years.
(5)  After using actuarial excess to reduce or eliminate contributions, 
the administrator of the plan must disclose the withdrawal in 
accordance with subsection (6).
(6)  The disclosure required under subsection (5) must
	(a)	to the following active members, in the annual statement 
required under section 31:
	(i)	in the case of a plan that is not a divisional 
multi-employer plan, to active members accruing 
benefits from a defined benefit component of the plan; 
	(ii)	in the case of a divisional multi-employer plan, to active 
members accruing benefits from a defined benefit 
component of the plan that are being funded by the 
participating employer,
	(b)	to the following persons in receipt of a pension, in the annual 
statement required under section 32:
	(i)	in the case of a plan that is not a divisional 
multi-employer plan, to each person in receipt of a 
pension from a defined benefit component of the plan;
	(ii)	in the case of a divisional multi-employer plan, to each 
person in receipt of a pension from a defined benefit 
component of the plan that is being funded by the 
participating employer,
		and
	(c)	must contain the following information:
	(i)	a statement that the pension plan provides for reduction 
or elimination of contributions;
	(ii)	the amount of the following as established by the 
current actuarial valuation report;
	(A)	in the case of a plan that is not a divisional 
multi-employer plan, the amount of the plans' 
accessible going concern excess;
	(B)	in the case of a divisional multi-employer plan, the 
amount of the participating employer's accessible 
going concern excess;
	(iii)	the amount of the accessible going concern excess that 
was used by the employer to reduce or eliminate 
contributions during the fiscal year which the annual 
statement applies.
Part 7 
Benefit and Transfers
Division 1 
Restrictions on Access to Benefits
Exceptions to locking in
76(1)  The amount prescribed for the purposes of section 71(1) of the 
Act is 20% of the Year's Maximum Pensionable Earnings for the 
calendar year in which the most recent determination of the commuted 
values referred to in that section was made.
(2)  The total amount of the series of payments referred to in section 
71(3)(a)(i) of the Act, or the lump sum payment referred to in section 
71(3)(a)(ii) of the Act, that a member may elect under that provision 
must be the commuted value of the benefits to which the member is 
entitled under the plan as that commuted value is determined without 
taking into consideration the shortened life expectancy of the member.
(3)  For the purposes of section 71(3)(b) of the Act as it applies to a 
pension plan, a person referred to in that provision must not make a 
withdrawal from the plan under that provision unless the person is 
considered a non-resident for the purposes of the Income Tax Act 
(Canada).
(4)  The statement that a pension partner must file under section 71(6) 
of the Act in relation to an election under section 71(3) of the Act must 
be in Form 6.
(5)  The statement that a pension partner must file under section 71(6) 
of the Act in relation to an election under section 71(5) of the Act must 
be in Form 7.
(6)  The prescribed conditions for the purpose of section 71(5)(a) of 
the Act are set out in Schedule 3.
Adjustments in pension for statutory payments
77(1)  The period that a member may elect to have his or her pension 
payments increased for the purpose of section 76(1) of the Act is the 
period of time, if any, commencing with the member's pension 
commencement date and ending on the date the member is entitled to 
receive an unreduced pension under the CPP Act or the QPP Act.
(2)  The amount prescribed for the purposes of section 76(1)(b) of the 
Act is 20% of the Year's Maximum Pensionable Earnings for the 
calendar year in which the most recent determination of the commuted 
value referred to in that provision has been made.
(3)  The maximum amount of a reduction allowed to a member of a 
pension plan under section 76(4) of the Act, because of a member's 
entitlement to any payments under one or more of the CPP Act and the 
QPP Act, must be determined in accordance with the following 
formula:
(CPP pension x contribution period) + (QPP pension x contribution period)  
                                            420                                               
 
where
"CPP pension" means the amount of pension payable to the 
member under the CPP Act, as that amount is calculated as at the 
date of the member's termination of active membership in the 
plan;
"contribution period" means the lesser of
	(a)	the number of months during which the member is 
accruing benefits under the plan, and 
	(b)	420;
"QPP pension" means the amount of pension payable to the 
member under the QPP Act, as that amount is calculated as at the 
date of the member's termination of active membership in the 
plan.
(4)  The maximum amount of a reduction allowed to a member of a 
pension plan under section 76(4) of the Act because of a member's 
entitlement to any payments under the OAS Act must be determined in 
accordance with the following formula:
(OAS pension x contribution period) 
                      420 
 
where
"contribution period" means the lesser of
	(a)	the number of months, up to January 1, 1987, during 
which the member is accruing benefits under the plan, 
and 
	(b)	420;
"OAS pension" means the amount of pension payable to the 
member under the OAS Act, as that amount is calculated as at 
the date of the member's termination of active membership in the 
plan.
Division 2 
Benefits may be Affected
Life income type benefits
78(1)  This section applies to a pension plan of which the plan text 
document authorizes payment of life income type benefits.
(2)  The plan text document must not authorize payment of life income 
type benefits from any component of the plan other than a defined 
contribution component.
(3)  The administrator must not establish a life income type benefits 
account for a member unless
	(a)	subject to clause (b)(ii), the member has made an election for 
unlocking under section 71(5)(a) of the Act that meets the 
conditions set out in Schedule 3 and the amount unlocked, if 
any,  has been paid to the member, and
	(b)	if the member has a pension partner, 
	(i)	a waiver in Form 8 has been signed by the member's 
pension partner and provided to the administrator, and
	(ii)	if the member has elected the unlocking option, a 
waiver in Form 7 has been signed by the member's 
pension partner and provided to the administrator.
(4)  If, in a calendar year, life income type benefits are to be paid out 
of a life income type benefits account, the amount of those life income 
type benefits in that year must be
	(a)	not less than the life income type benefits minimum amount 
applicable to that account for that year, and
	(b)	not more than the life income type benefits maximum 
amount applicable to that account for that year.
(5)  The plan text document may provide that a member may elect, 
effective on the member's pension commencement date, to have the 
member's defined contribution account used to establish a life income 
type benefits account.
(6)  If a member makes an election referred to in subsection (5), there 
is established in the plan, effective on the member's pension 
commencement date, a life income type benefits account for the 
member that consists of the defined contribution account referred to in 
the election.
(7)  After a member establishes a life income type benefits account 
under subsection (5), the member may, if authorized to do so by the 
plan text document and subject to subsection (8), make a transfer into 
that account from one or more of the following:
	(a)	his or her locked-in retirement account;
	(b)	his or her life income fund;
	(c)	another pension plan.
(8)  The administrator must not accept a transfer of money under 
subsection (7) to a life income type benefits account 
	(a)	if the transfer is from another pension plan, other than 
another life income type benefits account or if the transfer is 
from a locked-in retirement account, unless 
	(i)	subject to subclause (ii), the member has made an 
election for unlocking under section 71(5)(a) of the Act 
that meets the conditions set out in Schedule 3 and the 
amount unlocked, if any,  has been paid to the member, 
and
	(ii)	if the member has a pension partner, 
	(A)	a waiver in Form 8 has been signed by the 
member's pension partner and provided to the 
administrator, and
	(B)	if the member has elected the unlocking option, a 
waiver in Form 7 has been signed by the member's 
pension partner and provided to the administrator;
	(b)	if the transfer is from a life income fund or another life 
income type benefits account and the member has a pension 
partner, unless the original or a certified copy of the signed 
Form 7 and, if applicable Form 8 has been provided to the 
administrator.
(9)  The administrator must not transfer money in a life income type 
benefits account to a locked-in retirement account.
(10)  The administrator must not transfer money in a life income type 
benefits account to a life income fund unless the transfer is made in 
accordance with the requirements of section 132(1)(b).
(11)  The administrator must not transfer money in a life income type 
benefits account to an insurance company to purchase a life annuity 
unless
	(a)	payments under the annuity must commence on or before the 
last date on which a person is allowed under the Income Tax 
Act (Canada) to start receiving a pension from a registered 
pension plan, 
	(b)	there is no differentiation among the annuitants on the basis 
of gender, and 
	(c)	if the member has a pension partner, 
	(i)	the life annuity is in the form of a joint and survivor 
pension as described in section 90(2) of the Act, or
	(ii)	in the case of a life annuity that is in a form that is 
different from the form of pension described in 
subclause (i), a waiver in Form 4 has been signed by the 
pension partner and provided to the administrator not 
more than 90 days before the transfer.
(12)  If a member who is receiving life income type benefits under a 
pension plan dies, the administrator must pay, as a lump-sum payment, 
the member's life income type benefits balance
	(a)	to the deceased member's surviving pension partner, or
	(b)	if the deceased member has no surviving pension partner at 
the time of death, or if the deceased member's surviving 
pension partner has signed a waiver in Form 9 and provided 
the signed form to the administrator, to the deceased 
member's designated beneficiary.
(13)  In each calendar year, a member receiving life income type 
benefits must, within 30 days after receipt of a retirement statement 
under section 37, or an annual statement under section 32, notify the 
administrator in writing of the amount of life income type benefits to 
be paid to the member during that year, which amount must accord 
with subsection (4) of this section.
(14)  If a member fails to comply with subsection (13) in any calendar 
year, the administrator must, subject to subsection (17), pay to the 
member, in that year, the life income type benefits minimum amount 
applicable to the member's life income type benefits account for that 
year.
(15)  Subject to subsection (16) and without limiting subsection (17), a 
member receiving life income type benefits must, within 30 days after 
receipt of a transfer statement for life income type benefits account 
referred to in section 33(2), notify the administrator in writing of the 
additional amount of life income type benefits to be paid to the 
member during that year, which amount must accord with subsection 
(5) of this section. 
(16)  The additional payment or transfer under subsection (15) does not 
apply if the amount deposited into the life income type benefit account 
was previously held in another life income fund or life income type 
benefits account.
(17)  A member receiving life income type benefits may, at any time 
during a calendar year, change the amount of life income type benefits 
to be paid to the member during the year to a different amount that 
accords with subsection (5). 
Division 3 
Marriage Breakdown
Definitions
79(1)  Definitions in section 78 of the Act apply with respect to the 
interpretation of this Division.
(2)  In this Division, 
	(a)	"date of marriage breakdown" means the date on which the 
period of joint accrual ended, as specified in the matrimonial 
property order or agreement;
	(b)	"single life pension" means a pension payable during the life 
of the member pension partner or non-member pension 
partner, as applicable;
	(c)	"total entitlement" means the total benefit, or the value of 
that benefit, accrued to the member pension partner 
immediately before the division under Division 4 of Part 8 of 
the Act and on which that division is to be based under that 
Part, before applying
	(i)	the Matrimonial Property Act, 
	(ii)	Part 8, Division 4 of the Act, or 
	(iii)	this Division, except section 82(3); 
	(d)	"total pre-division benefit" means the amount determined 
under section 82(12).
Matrimonial property orders and agreements
80   A matrimonial property order or agreement must specify 
	(a)	the dates when the period of joint accrual began and the date 
of marriage breakdown for the purposes of the Matrimonial 
Property Act, and
	(b)	the non-member pension partner's share, having regard to 
section 82(1) of the Act or, where distribution is to be 
delayed under section 81(3)(b) or (c) of this Regulation, how 
the amount of that share is to be calculated at that future date.
Conditions and distribution
81(1)  The conditions prescribed for the purposes of sections 81 and 
83(3) of the Act, and the manner in which benefits are to be divided 
and the non-member pension partner's share are to be distributed for 
the purposes of section 81 of the Act, are as set out in this section.
(2)  The non-member pension partner's share, at that person's option, 
may be transferred in a manner specified in, and subject to, section 
99(1) of the Act if, at the date of the marriage breakdown, the member 
pension partner 
	(a)	earned a benefit under a defined contribution provision, or
	(b)	earned a benefit under a defined benefit or target benefit 
provision and the member pension partner is more than 10 
years from his or her pension eligibility date.
(3)  If the member pension partner earned a benefit under a defined 
benefit or target benefit provision, and if that person is within 10 years 
of the plan's pension eligibility date but that person has not yet reached 
his or her pension commencement date, the non-member pension 
partner's share, at that person's option, may 
	(a)	be transferred in accordance with subsection (2), 
	(b)	be transferred
	(i)	when the member pension partner 
	(A)	terminates active membership or reaches his or her 
pension commencement date, or
	(B)	dies,
			or 
	(ii)	when the plan terminates, 
		or
	(c)	if the plan so provides, be paid as a deferred or immediate 
pension from the plan to the non-member pension partner.
(4)  Notwithstanding subsection (3), if any of the circumstances 
described in section 71 of the Act apply with respect to the 
non-member pension partner's share, the share may, at the option of 
the non-member pension partner, be paid to the non-member pension 
partner as a lump sum.
(5)  Where a pension has already commenced to be paid to a member 
pension partner, the non-member pension partner's share is to be paid 
in the form of a pension calculated in accordance with section 82(12) 
or, if the plan text document so provides, the value of that share may 
be transferred in accordance with an option referred to in subsection 
(2).
(6)  Where the non-member pension partner's share is payable from a 
life income type benefit under section 77 of the Act, the share must be 
transferred in accordance with section 99(1)(a)(i) and (iii) and (b) of 
the Act.
(7)  If a member pension partner earned a benefit under a target benefit 
provision, and the non-member pension partner's share is to be paid in 
accordance with subsections (2) and (3)(a) or (b), the non-member 
pension partner's share must be multiplied by the target benefit funded 
ratio, calculated in accordance with section 89.
Calculation of benefits
82(1)  The total entitlement, total pre-division benefit and 
non-member pension partner's share are to be calculated in the manner 
set out in this section.
(2)  The proportion prescribed for the purpose of section 82(3) of the 
Act is that proportion of the total period for which the benefit was 
accruing that is represented by the period between the beginning and 
end dates referred to in section 80(a).
(3)  The total entitlement is to be calculated at the same time as the 
total pre-division benefit. 
(4)  In the case of a benefit earned under a defined benefit or target 
benefit provision, and subject to subsection (14), if the member 
pension partner has not yet commenced to receive a pension and the 
non-member pension partner does not make the choice, if applicable, 
under subsection (6), the total entitlement is equal to the commuted 
value of the member pension partner's pension, calculated as if the 
member pension partner had terminated membership on the date of 
marriage breakdown.
(5)  In the case of a benefit earned under a defined contribution 
provision, the total entitlement is equal to the commuted value of the 
benefit calculated as of the end of the month preceding the date of 
payment.
(6)  Where the non-member pension partner is entitled to choose and 
chooses the method of distribution set out in section 81(3)(b), the total 
entitlement is the commuted value of the member pension partner's 
pension or the value of any other benefit as at the date when it is to be 
received or commence to be received by the member pension partner.
(7)  Where the non-member pension partner is entitled to choose and 
chooses the method of distribution set out in section 81(3)(c), the total 
entitlement is the pension itself.
(8)  Where the member pension partner has already commenced to 
receive a pension, the total entitlement is the pension itself.
(9)  For the avoidance of any doubt, the total entitlement is to exclude 
any value deriving from the member pension partner's having made 
any additional voluntary contributions or optional ancillary 
contributions where no pension has yet commenced to be paid.
(10)  For the purpose of section 82(1) of the Act the value of the total 
pre-division benefit is to be calculated in accordance with the 
following formula:
A = B ž  C  
               D 
 
where
	A	is the total pre-division benefit
	B	is the total entitlement
	C	is	the period between the beginning and end dates referred to 
in subsection (2)
	D	is the period during which the total entitlement accrued.
(11)  For the purpose of section 82(1) of the Act, the non-member 
pension partner's share is to be calculated as the total pre-division 
benefit multiplied by the fractional proportion of it awarded or given to 
the non-member pension partner in the matrimonial property order or 
agreement.
(12)  The pension payable to the non-member pension partner under 
subsections (7) and (8) must
	(a)	be in the form of a pension payable during the life of the 
non-member pension partner,
	(b)	be based on the non-member pension partner's age, and 
	(c)	the actuarial present value of the pension payable to the 
non-member pension partner, when added to the actuarial 
present value of the pension payable to the member pension 
partner in accordance with section 83(1) or (2), as applicable, 
must be equal to the actuarial present value of the member 
pension partner's pension, as it existed on the date of 
marriage breakdown.
(13)  Subject to subsection (14), the commuted value of the 
non-member pension partner's share must be determined as of the date 
of marriage breakdown.
(14)  If the non-member pension partner's share is a benefit determined 
with reference to a benefit formula provision of the plan text 
document, and if the payment or transfer of the non-member pension 
partner's share occurs more than 180 days after the date on which the 
commuted value of the benefit was determined, the commuted value of 
the benefit must be redetermined as at a date not more than 30 days 
before the date of the payment or transfer of that benefit.
Adjustment of member pension partner's share
83(1)  Subject to subsection (2), the manner in which the administrator 
must adjust the member pension partner's share, after the division, for 
the purposes of section 85 of the Act, is that the adjustment calculation 
follows generally accepted actuarial principles.
(2)  Where 
	(a)	the member pension partner's pension is divided in 
accordance with section 81(3)(c) or (5), 
	(b)	the form of the member-pension partner's pension selected at 
the member-pension partner's pension commencement date 
was a joint and survivor pension described in section 88 of 
the Act, and
	(c)	the non-member pension partner is the joint annuitant of the 
joint and survivor pension,
the member pension partner's pension must be adjusted to be in the 
form of a pension payable during the life of the member-pension 
partner and be based on the member pension partner's age.
(3)  Despite subsection (2), the plan text document may, at its option, 
provide for a different form of pension to the member pension partner.
Fees
84(1)  The maximum amount prescribed for the purposes of section 87 
of the Act is
	(a)	in the case of a member who is entitled to a benefit under a 
defined benefit component of a pension plan, $1000, 
	(b)	in the case of a member who is entitled to a benefit under a 
target benefit component of a pension plan, $1000, 
	(c)	in the case of a member who is entitled to a benefit under the 
defined contribution component of a pension plan, $300, and 
	(d)	in the case of a member who is entitled to a benefit under 
more than one plan component, the sum of clause (a), (b) or 
(c) as applicable. 
(2)  The fee under section 87 of the Act is payable in equal proportions 
by the pension partners.
(3)  The administrator may deduct a member pension partner's or 
non-member pension partner's share of the fee from any benefit 
payment that is to be made to or on behalf of that person.
Division 4 
Death Benefits
Waiver of pension partner entitlement if member dies before pension 
commencement
85   The statement referred to in section 89(1)(b) of the Act must be in 
Form 5.
Waiver of pension partner entitlement if member dies after pension 
commencement
86(1)  The statement required under section 90(4)(a) of the Act must 
be in Form 4.
(2)  The statement required under section 90(6) of the Act must be in 
Form 9.
Division 5 
Ancillary and Phased 
Retirement Benefits
Phased retirement benefits
87(1)  A phased retirement benefit must not be paid from a pension 
plan to an eligible person under section 93 of the Act unless all of the 
following conditions have been met:
	(a)	the plan text document of the pension plan provides for the 
payment of a phased retirement benefit;
	(b)	the plan has not been terminated;
	(c)	the eligible person has entered into a written agreement with 
a participating employer in the plan for payment of the 
benefit;
	(d)	if the plan is administered by a board of trustees, the 
participating employer referred to in clause (c) has made 
arrangements approved by the board of trustees to fund 
payment of the benefit;
	(e)	during the phased retirement period, the eligible person is 
accruing a pension under the plan and the conditions 
described in section 8503(19) of the Income Tax Regulations 
(Canada) are satisfied.
(2)  The portion prescribed for the purposes of section 93(4) of the Act 
is the portion referred to in section 8503(19)(b) of the Income Tax 
Regulations (Canada). 
(3)  During a phased retirement period,
	(a)	the eligible person must continue membership in the pension 
plan from which the phased retirement benefit is being paid,
	(b)	the administrator of the plan must not pay the pension to 
which the eligible person would otherwise be entitled under 
section 66(1) of the Act or which he or she would otherwise 
be eligible to receive under section 67(1) of the Act,
	(c)	if the eligible person had commenced receiving a pension 
from the pension plan referred to in clause (a) before the 
phased retirement period began, the administrator of the plan 
must suspend the payment of that pension to the eligible 
person, and
	(d)	if, in a case to which subsection (1)(e) applies, the 
administrator of the plan had agreed to continue payment of 
the proportionate share of benefits other than the proposed 
phased retirement benefit to the eligible person's pension 
partner or former pension partner, the administrator must 
continue those payments.
Lump-sum payments
88(1)  An active member of a pension plan of which the plan text 
document contains a defined contribution provision may, in any fiscal 
year in which the following conditions are met, exercise any 
entitlement that he or she may have under section 94(1) of the Act to 
receive from the defined contribution component of the plan a lump 
sum payment, provided that:
	(a)	in the fiscal year, there is provided to the administrator an 
application for the lump sum payment that complies with 
subsection (2);
	(b)	in the fiscal year, no other applications for a lump sum 
payment have been provided to the administrator.
(2)  An application referred to in subsection (1)(a) must 
	(a)	be provided in a form and manner acceptable to the 
administrator, and
	(b)	if the active member has a pension partner, include or be 
accompanied with the pension partner's written consent, in a 
form acceptable to the administrator, to the lump sum 
payment.
(3)  The amount of a lump sum payment that may be paid under 
section 94(1) of the Act in a fiscal year must be no greater than the 
lowest of
	(a)	70% of the amount by which the active member's 
remuneration was reduced during the fiscal year as a result of 
the reduction in his or her working time during that year,
	(b)	40% of the Year's Maximum Pensionable Earnings for the 
fiscal year,
	(c)	if the agreement referred to in section 94(1)(a) of the Act 
does not cover the full fiscal year, 40% of the Year's 
Maximum Pensionable Earnings for that year prorated to 
reflect the portion of that year that is covered by the 
agreement, and
	(d)	the commuted value of what would have been the active 
member's benefits if he or she had ceased to be an active 
member on the date of his or her application for payment of 
the lump sum.
(4)  The date of an active member's receipt of a lump-sum payment 
under section 94(1) of the Act is not to be construed as the active 
member's pension commencement date.
Division 6 
Transfer of Commuted Value by Member
Target benefit funded ratio
89   For the purposes of section 97(b)(ii) of the Act, the target benefit 
funded ratio means, in relation to a target benefit component of a 
pension plan, the amount calculated in accordance with the following 
formula: 
 A  
 B  
 
where
	A	is the going concern assets value of the target benefit 
component,
	B	is the going concern liabilities value of the target benefit 
component.
Manner and extent of transfers
90(1)  In this section, "transfer" means a transfer out of a defined 
benefit component of a pension plan under Divisions 4 and 8 of Part 8 
of the Act or under section 89(1) or 110 of the Act.
(2)  If, when a transfer is to be made in relation to a benefit, the 
solvency ratio of the defined benefit component is less than 1, 
	(a)	the amount that may be transferred is the commuted value of 
the benefit multiplied by the solvency ratio of the defined 
benefit component, and 
	(b)	the balance of the commuted value of the benefit, with 
interest calculated under section 73(3), must be transferred in 
accordance with subsection (3).
(3)  The amount referred to in subsection (2)(b) must be transferred as 
follows:
	(a)	if, at the time of the transfer referred to in subsection (2)(a) 
or at any time in the 5 years after that date, 
	(i)	the solvency ratio of the defined benefit component is 1 
or more, or 
	(ii)	the participating employer remits a contribution to the 
administrator or fundholder as required by section 56(1) 
of the Act, the amount of which is at least equal to the 
amount referred to in subsection (2)(b),
		the whole of the amount referred to in subsection (2)(b) must 
be transferred at that time;
	(b)	if clause (a) does not apply in that 5-year period, the amount 
referred to in subsection (2)(b) must be transferred on the 5th 
anniversary of the transfer referred to in subsection (2)(a). 
(4)  Despite this section, the administrator need not effect a transfer 
referred to in subsection (3)(b) out of a defined benefit component if 
	(a)	the administrator provides a written request to the 
Superintendent for consent to delay making the transfer and 
includes in that request his or her assessment that the transfer 
would in fact materially impair the solvency of the defined 
benefit component, and
	(b)	the Superintendent consents in writing to the delay. 
Required transfer
91   The amount prescribed for the purposes of section 100(2) of the 
Act is 20% of the Year's Maximum Pensionable Earnings for the 
calendar year in which the most recent determination of the commuted 
value in question was made. 
Election of options
92(1)  If a person is entitled to exercise an option under section 57(4) 
or (6), 89(1)(a)(i), (2) or (3), 96, or 100 of the Act, the person must 
exercise the option within 90 days of the receipt of the information 
required by section 34, 36, 37, 40, 41 or 42 of this Regulation, as the 
case may be.
(2)  If the option is not exercised within the 90-day period, the person 
is then limited to the options, if any, provided by the plan text 
document.
Division 7 
Missing Persons
Information to Superintendent
93   For the purpose of section 101(2) of the Act, in order to satisfy the 
Superintendent that a person is missing, the administrator must provide 
to the Superintendent written confirmation and any supporting 
documents, satisfactory to the Superintendent, that the following has 
been carried out:
	(a)	a firm, experienced in conducting skip traces and locate 
services and licensed under the Collection and Debt 
Repayment Practices Regulation (AR 194/99) under the Fair 
Trading Act, has conducted a search for the missing person;
	(b)	that the National Search Unit of Service Canada (Department 
of Human Resources and Skills Development Canada) has 
been contacted to conduct a search for the missing person 
and a search has been conducted; 
	(c)	a search the registrations of death under the Vital Statistics 
Act if the missing individual's last known residence was in 
Alberta;
	(d)	any other requirement determined by the Superintendent.
Consent of Superintendent
94(1)  Before transferring an amount under section 102 or 103 of the 
Act in respect of a person who is missing, the administrator must, on 
application to the Superintendent, obtain the Superintendent's written 
consent to the transfer.
(2)  An application under subsection (1) must include, in respect of a 
person who is missing, the following:
	(a)	the name of the missing person; 
	(b)	if the missing person is a surviving pension partner of a 
deceased member,
	(i)	the name of the deceased member, and
	(ii)	the relationship of the missing person to the member;
	(c)	if the missing person is a former pension partner of a 
member,
	(i)	the name of the member, and
	(ii)	the relationship of the missing person to the member;
	(d)	if the missing person is a member,
	(i)	the date when the member's employment initially 
commenced,
	(ii)	the date when the member joined the plan, and
	(iii)	the date, as applicable, when the member
	(A)	terminated membership in the plan,
	(B)	died, or
	(C)	reached his or her pension commencement date;
	(e)	if applicable, the date, when the plan terminated;
	(f)	if applicable, the date when the statement referred to in 
subsection (3)(a)(i) was issued;
	(g)	the commuted value of the benefit the missing person is 
entitled to under the plan;
	(h)	the written confirmation and supporting documents referred 
to in section 93 to satisfy the Superintendent that the person 
is a missing person;
	(i)	to the extent the information is available in respect of the 
missing person, the missing person's
	(i)	last known address,
	(ii)	last known telephone number or other contact 
information, and
	(iii)	social insurance number.
(3)  An application under subsection (1) may be made no earlier than, 
	(a)	in the case of a transfer under section 102 of the Act, the 
earlier of
	(i)	90 days after the member has been sent a statement 
under section 33, 34, 37, 40, 41, or 42, as the case may 
be, and
	(ii)	90 days before December 31 of the year in which the 
member turns 71 years of age,
		and
	(b)	in the case of a transfer under section 103 of the Act, 90 days 
after the administrator has obtained, under section 122(c) of 
the Act, the notice of acceptance of the termination report 
filed in relation to the pension plan.
(4)  The administrator must, within 60 days following a transfer under 
section 102 or 103 of the Act, notify the Superintendent of the name of 
the missing member, the date of the transfer and the amount 
transferred.
Part 8 
Changes in Plan Benefit Type or  
Plan Structure
Division 1 
Predecessor and Successor Plans
Definitions
95   In this Division,
	(a)	"predecessor employer" means a participating employer in 
the predecessor plan;
	(b)	"predecessor plan" means the first pension plan referred to in 
section 96;
	(c)	"successor employer" means a participating employer in the 
successor plan;
	(d)	"successor plan" means the second pension plan referred to 
in section 96;
	(e)	"transferred members" means the members referred to in 
section 96.
Application
96   This Division applies if all or an identifiable group of members of 
one pension plan become members of another plan due to an event or 
transaction referred to in section 97.
Prescribed events or transactions
97   This Division applies if
	(a)	all or part of an employer's business, undertaking or assets is 
to be disposed of; 
	(b)	pension plans of the same or different employers are to be 
merged; 
	(c)	assets and liabilities of a pension plan applicable to an 
identifiable group of members of the plan are to be 
transferred out of a plan to establish a new plan of the same 
or different employers;
	(d)	another event is to occur that the Superintendent considers 
may result in an identifiable group of members of one 
pension plan becoming members of another pension plan.
Transfer of assets and liabilities between predecessor and successor 
plans
98(1)  The administrator of a pension plan to which an event or 
transaction referred to in section 97 applies may transfer assets or 
liabilities of the predecessor plan to the successor plan if 
	(a)	the administrator files a written application for consent to the 
transfer, 
	(b)	the administrator provides to the Superintendent, with the 
application, 
	(i)	an actuarial valuation report and cost certificate required 
under section 48(6), completed as at the effective date 
of the event or transaction, or a certification by the 
reviewer that the event or transaction does not 
materially affect the cost of benefits provided by the 
plan,
	(ii)	a statement identifying the assets and liabilities of the 
predecessor plan that are to be transferred to the 
successor plan,
	(iii)	a statement indicating the number of members of the 
predecessor plan who are to become members of the 
successor plan, and
	(iv)	any other record or information required by the 
Superintendent, 
		and
	(c)	the Superintendent has consented in writing to the transfer.
(2)  If, in conjunction with an event or transaction referred to in section 
97, the assets and liabilities of a predecessor plan are to be transferred 
to a successor plan, the administrator of the predecessor plan may, but 
is not required to, transfer any actuarial excess in the predecessor plan 
to the successor plan. 
Required filings
99   If an event or transaction referred to in section 97 would result in 
an identifiable group of members entitled to receive benefits from a 
predecessor plan becoming members entitled to receive benefits from a 
successor plan, the administrator of the successor plan must file in 
relation to the successor plan the following:
	(a)	if the successor plan has been registered under section 14 of 
the Act, 
	(i)	an actuarial valuation report and cost certificate required 
under section 48(6) of this Regulation, completed as at 
the effective date of the event or transaction, or 
	(ii)	a certification by the reviewer that the event or 
transaction does not materially affect the cost of 
benefits provided by the plan;
	(b)	any other record or information required by the 
Superintendent.
Disclosure
100(1)  If, in conjunction with an event or transaction referred to in 
section 97, the assets and liabilities of a predecessor plan are 
transferred to a successor plan, the administrator of the successor plan 
must, within 30 days after receiving the Superintendent's consent 
under section 98(1)(c), disclose the following to each of the members 
referred to in section 98(1)(b)(iii):
	(a)	a summary of the event or transaction;
	(b)	a description of the effect of the event or transaction on the 
member's benefits and entitlements.
(2)  If, in conjunction with an event or transaction referred to in section 
97, the successor employer acquires all or part of a predecessor 
employer's business, undertaking or assets but no assets and liabilities 
of the predecessor plan are transferred to the successor plan, the 
administrator of the predecessor plan must, within 30 days after the 
effective date of the event or transaction, disclose the following to each 
member of the predecessor plan who has become a member of the 
successor plan:
	(a)	a summary of the event or transaction;
	(b)	a description of the impact that the event or transaction has 
on the member's benefits and entitlements.
Membership rights on occurrence of event or transaction 
101(1)  If an event or transaction referred to in section 97 occurs that 
does not result in the transfer of an active member's membership in the 
successor plan, the member is, if he or she becomes an employee of the 
successor employer as a result of that event or transaction, immediately 
entitled to become an active member of the successor plan.
(2)  If an event or transaction referred to in section 97 occurs as a result 
of which an employee of the predecessor employer becomes an 
employee of the successor employer, the employee's years of 
employment with the predecessor employer are deemed to be years of 
employment with the successor employer for the purposes of 
determining his or her entitlement under section 29 of the Act to 
become a member of the successor plan.
Division 2 
Other Changes in Benefit Type 
or Plan Structure
Rules for conversion of plan provisions
102(1)  This section applies if the plan text document of a pension 
plan is amended to convert a plan provision of one type to a plan 
provision of another type under section 112 of the Act.
(2)  The Superintendent may refuse to register an amendment to the 
plan text document of a pension plan to convert a plan provision of one 
type to a plan provision of another type if the Superintendent considers 
that the amendment, or any matter relating to it, including, without 
limitation, any actuarial valuation report filed in relation to the 
conversion and any notice to members relating to the conversion, is 
unsatisfactory.
(3)  A pension plan of which the plan text document contains a defined 
benefit provision must not be amended to convert the defined benefit 
provision to a target benefit provision on a retroactive basis.
(4)  If the plan text document of a pension plan is amended to convert a 
plan provision of one type to a plan provision of another type, other 
than in a manner referred to in subsection (3), the administrator of the 
plan must, at least 30 days before filing the records referred to in 
section 19 that apply to the amendment, provide to members affected 
by the conversion notice of the conversion, along with the information 
required by the Superintendent, in the form and manner required by the 
Superintendent.
Participating employer's withdrawal from non-collectively bargained 
multi-employer plan
103(1)  Sections 119 to 127 of the Act are prescribed for the purposes 
of section 114(a) of the Act.
(2)  Section 117 of the Act applies to a participating employer referred 
to in section 114 of the Act as if a reference in section 117 of the Act 
to a responsible person were a reference to the participating employer.
(3)  In the case of a plan other than a jointly sponsored plan, if a 
participating employer has withdrawn from a non-collectively 
bargained multi-employer plan and there is an outstanding solvency 
deficiency with respect to that participating employer's share in 
relation to the defined benefit component of the plan, that participating 
employer must make solvency deficiency payments to the plan in 
accordance with section 143.
(4)  In the case of a jointly sponsored plan, if a participating employer 
has withdrawn from a non-collectively bargained multi-employer plan 
and there is an outstanding solvency deficiency with respect to that 
participating employer's share in relation to the defined benefit 
component of the plan, the allocation and distribution of assets with 
respect to that participating employer's share in relation to the defined 
benefit component of the plan must be made in accordance with 
section 146.
Part 9 
Locked-in Retirement Accounts 
and Life Income Funds
Division 1 
Interpretation
Definitions
104   In this Part,
	(a)	"authorized", in relation to a locked-in retirement account 
issuer or a life income fund issuer, has the meaning set out in 
section 105(4);
	(b)	"dependant" means a person who is dependent on the owner 
or the pension partner for support;
	(c)	"issuer" has the same meaning as in section 146(1) of the 
Income Tax Act (Canada);
	(d)	"medical expenses" means 
	(i)	expenses for goods and services of a medical or dental 
nature, and 
	(ii)	expenses incurred or to be incurred for renovations or 
alterations to the applicant's, or the pension partner's or 
dependant's, principal residence, including any 
additional expenses, incurred in the construction of a 
residence, made necessary by the illness or physical 
disability of the applicant or his or her pension partner 
or dependant;
	(e)	"member owner" means an owner of a locked-in vehicle if 
	(i)	the owner was a member of a pension plan, and 
	(ii)	the locked-in vehicle contains locked-in money from 
that plan;
	(f)	"owner", in relation to a locked-in vehicle, means 
	(i)	a member owner of the locked-in vehicle, or
	(ii)	a pension partner owner of the locked-in vehicle;
	(g)	"pension partner owner" means an owner of a locked-in 
vehicle if
	(i)	the owner is a pension partner, former pension partner 
or surviving pension partner of a member of a pension 
plan or member owner,
	(ii)	the locked-in vehicle contains locked-in money from 
that plan, and
	(iii)	the pension partner owner's entitlement to the locked-in 
money in the locked-in vehicle arose by virtue of 
	(A)	the death of a member of a pension plan or a 
member owner, or
	(B)	a breakdown of the marriage between the pension 
partner owner and the member of a pension plan, 
or a member owner.
Authorized entities
105(1)  The Superintendent must establish and maintain one or more 
of the following lists:
	(a)	a list of issuers that are authorized to issue locked-in 
retirement accounts;
	(b)	a list of issuers that are authorized to issue life income funds;
	(c)	a list of issuers that are authorized to issue both locked-in 
retirement accounts and life income funds.
(2)  The Superintendent must establish the criteria that must be met by 
an issuer in order for it to be added to a list referred to in subsection (1) 
and may remove from a list any issuer that does not meet, or has 
ceased to meet, the criteria applicable to that list.
(3)  To be added to a list referred to in subsection (1), an issuer must 
apply to the Superintendent and satisfy the Superintendent that the 
issuer meets the criteria established under subsection (2).
(4)  An issuer is
	(a)	authorized to issue locked-in retirement accounts if the issuer 
is listed on the list referred to in subsection (1)(a) or (c), and 
	(b)	authorized to issue life income funds if the issuer is listed on 
the list referred to in subsection (1)(b) or (c). 
(5)  If an issuer is removed under subsection (2) from a list referred to 
in subsection (1), the obligations and liabilities of the issuer in relation 
to any locked-in retirement account or life income fund are not 
affected by that removal.
Division 2 
Locked-in Retirement Accounts
Locked-in retirement accounts
106   For the purposes of the Act and this Regulation, an RRSP is a 
locked-in retirement account if the RRSP includes locked-in money, 
and any interest on that money.
Application to issuer doing internal transfer
107   If an issuer transfers money from a locked-in retirement account 
held by that issuer to another locked-in vehicle held by that issuer, this 
Division applies to the issuer in the same way that this Division would 
have applied to the issuer had the transfer been made to a locked-in 
vehicle held by another issuer. 
Duties of issuer
108   A locked-in retirement account issuer must ensure that 
	(a)	the locked-in retirement account is administered in 
accordance with the Act and this Regulation, 
	(b)	the locked-in retirement account is and continues to be 
registered under the Income Tax Act (Canada), 
	(c)	the money in the locked-in retirement account is invested in a 
manner that complies with the rules in the Income Tax Act 
(Canada) for the investment of RRSP money,
	(d)	money is not paid or transferred from the locked-in 
retirement account other than in accordance with section 71 
of the Act or sections section 117 to 121 of this Regulation, 
	(e)	any money transferred from the locked-in retirement account 
is, subject to section 71 of the Act and section 117 of this 
Regulation, transferred 
	(i)	to a pension plan if the plan text document of the plan 
allows the transfer,
	(ii)	to another locked-in retirement account, 
	(iii)	to a life income fund in accordance with Division 3, or
	(iv)	to an insurance company to purchase a life annuity in 
accordance with section 114(3), 
	(f)	any statement referred to in section 89(1)(b) of the Act 
signed by the pension partner of a member owner forms parts 
of the contract, and
	(g)	a copy of the locked-in retirement account contract, including 
the addendum under section 109, is provided to the owner at 
the time the contract is established.
Contract for locked-in retirement account must include addendum
109(1)  The contract for a locked-in retirement account must include 
the addendum set out in Schedule 1.
(2)  A locked-in retirement account contract that does not contain the 
addendum is deemed to include the addendum.
(3)  The addendum must be attached to the copy of the locked-in 
retirement account contract when that copy is provided by the issuer to 
the person signing the contract. 
(4) If the addendum in Schedule 1 is amended, the addendum to each 
locked-in retirement account contract is amended in a corresponding 
way, and each issuer must provide to each owner of a locked-in 
retirement account held by that issuer notice of that amendment in any 
form or manner the Superintendent considers appropriate. 
(5)  In the event of a conflict between a provision of a locked-in 
retirement account contract and a provision of the addendum, the 
provision of the addendum prevails.
(6)  This section applies to a contract for a locked-in retirement 
account established before or after the coming into force of this 
section.
Issuers must comply with addendum
110   A locked-in retirement account issuer must, in relation to the 
locked-in retirement account, comply with the obligations set out in the 
addendum or ensure that those obligations are complied with.
Issuers must provide information
111   An issuer of a locked-in retirement account must, within 30 days 
after the beginning of each calendar year, provide to the owner of the 
locked-in retirement account information respecting
	(a)	the amounts of any transfers made to the locked-in retirement 
account in the most recently completed calendar year,
	(b)	the preceding year's investment returns for the person's 
locked-in retirement account,
	(c)	any administration expenses deducted, and any other 
payments or withdrawals made, since the end of the most 
recently completed calendar year, and
	(d)	the value of the locked-in retirement account as at the end of 
the most recently completed calendar year.
Expenses may be paid from locked-in retirement account
112   The payment from a locked-in retirement account of 
administration expenses applicable to the administration of the 
locked-in retirement account does not constitute an assignment, 
charge, alienation or anticipation of the money in the locked-in 
retirement account for the purposes of section 72 of the Act.
Restrictions on accepting transfer
113(1)  An issuer must not accept a transfer of locked-in money to an 
RRSP unless the issuer is authorized to issue locked-in retirement 
accounts.
(2)  A locked-in retirement account issuer must not accept a transfer of 
money to the locked-in retirement account unless that money is 
locked-in money.
Restrictions on making transfers
114(1)  An administrator of a pension plan or a locked-in retirement 
account issuer must not transfer money from the plan or locked-in 
retirement account, respectively, to an RRSP unless
	(a)	the issuer to which the transfer is to be made (the "transferee 
issuer") is authorized to issue locked-in retirement accounts,
	(b)	the transferring administrator or issuer has advised the 
transferee issuer in writing that the money is locked-in 
money, and
	(c)	the transferee issuer provides to the transferring administrator 
or issuer written confirmation that
	(i)	the transferee issuer has received the advice referred to 
in clause (b), and
	(ii)	the transferee issuer will administer the transferred 
money in accordance with the Act and this Regulation.
(2)  A locked-in retirement account issuer must not transfer money in 
the locked-in retirement account to a life income fund unless
	(a)	the issuer to which the transfer is to be made (the "transferee 
issuer") is authorized to issue life income funds,
	(b)	the transferring issuer has advised the transferee issuer in 
writing that the money is locked-in money,
	(c)	the transferee issuer provides to the transferring administrator 
or issuer written confirmation that
	(i)	the transferee issuer has received the advice referred to 
in clause (b), and
	(ii)	the transferee issuer will administer the transferred 
money in accordance with the Act and this Regulation, 
	(d)	the owner has reached 50 years of age,
	(e)	subject to clause (f)(ii), the owner has made an election for 
unlocking under section 71(5)(b) of the Act that meets the 
conditions set out in Schedule 3 and the amount unlocked, if 
any, has been paid to the owner, and
	(f)	if the owner is a member owner who has a pension partner,
	(i)	a waiver in Form 10 has been signed by the owner's 
pension partner and provided to the locked-in retirement 
account issuer, and
	(ii)	if the owner has elected the unlocking option, a waiver 
in Form 14 has been signed by the owner's pension 
partner and provided to the locked-in retirement account 
issuer.
(3)  A locked-in retirement account issuer must not transfer money in 
the locked-in retirement account to an insurance company to purchase 
a life annuity unless
	(a)	payments under the annuity cannot commence before the 
owner of the locked-in retirement account reaches 50 years 
of age,
	(b)	payments under the annuity must commence on or before the 
last date on which a person is allowed under the Income Tax 
Act (Canada) to start receiving a pension from a registered 
pension plan,
	(c)	there is no differentiation amongst the annuitants on the basis 
of gender, and
	(d)	if the owner is a member owner and if the member owner has 
a pension partner,
	(i)	the life annuity is in the form of a joint and survivor 
pension as described in section 90(2) of the Act, or
	(ii)	in the case of a life annuity that is in a form that is 
different from the form of pension described in 
subclause (i), a waiver in Form 11 signed by the 
member owner's pension partner has been provided to 
the locked-in retirement account issuer not more than 90 
days before the transfer.
(4)  A locked-in retirement account issuer making a transfer under 
subsection (2) or (3) must, if a waiver referred to in subsection (2)(f) or 
(3)(d)(ii) has been provided to the issuer under that provision, provide 
a an original or certified copy of that waiver to the insurance company 
at or before the time of making the transfer.
Remittance of securities
115(1)  If a locked-in retirement account holds identifiable and 
transferable securities, the transfers referred to in this Part may be 
effected, at the option of the locked-in retirement account issuer and 
with the consent of the owner, by the transfer of any such securities.
(2)  Subject to section 113, there may be transferred to a locked-in 
retirement account identifiable and transferable securities, if that 
transfer is approved by the locked-in retirement account issuer and 
consented to by the owner.
Liabilities for inappropriate payment or transfer 
116(1)  If a locked-in retirement account issuer pays or transfers 
money from the locked-in retirement account contrary to the Act or 
this Regulation, the issuer must, except in a situation referred to in 
subsection (2), do the following:
	(a)	if less than all of the money in the locked-in retirement 
account is improperly paid or transferred, the issuer must 
deposit into the locked-in retirement account an amount of 
money equal to the amount of money that had been 
improperly paid or transferred;
	(b)	if all of the money in the locked-in retirement account is 
improperly paid or transferred, the issuer must establish a 
new locked-in retirement account for the owner and deposit 
into that new locked-in retirement account an amount of 
money equal to the amount of money that had been 
improperly paid or transferred. 
(2)  If
	(a)	a locked-in retirement account issuer transfers money from 
the locked-in retirement account to an issuer authorized to 
issue locked-in retirement accounts,
	(b)	the transferring issuer fails to advise the transferee issuer that 
the money is locked-in money, and
	(c)	the transferee issuer deals with the money in a manner that is 
contrary to the manner in which locked-in money is to be 
dealt with under the Act or this Regulation,
the transferring issuer must pay to the transferee issuer, in accordance 
with the requirements of the Act and this Regulation relating to 
transfers of locked-in money, an amount equal to the amount dealt 
with in the manner referred to in clause (c).
(3)  If a member of a pension plan or the surviving pension partner of 
the member or the former pension partner of the member elects to 
transfer from the plan to a locked-in retirement account money to 
which the member or surviving pension partner or former pension 
partner is entitled and the administrator of the plan pays or transfers 
that money out of the plan contrary to the Act or this Regulation,
	(a)	the administrator, except in a situation referred to in clause 
(b), remains liable to ensure that the member or surviving 
pension partner or former pension partner receives a pension 
equal in value to the pension that would have been provided 
had the payment or transfer not been made, or
	(b)	if 
	(i)	the administrator of the plan transfers that money to an 
issuer authorized to issue locked-in retirement accounts,
	(ii)	the administrator fails to advise the transferee issuer that 
the money is locked-in money, and
	(iii)	the transferee issuer deals with the money in a manner 
that is contrary to the manner in which locked-in money 
is to be dealt with under the Act or this Regulation,
		the administrator must pay to the transferee issuer, in 
accordance with the requirements of the Act and this 
Regulation relating to transfers of money from pension plans, 
an amount equal to the amount dealt with in the manner 
referred to in subclause (iii).
(4)  If money is paid to a transferee issuer under subsection (2) or 
(3)(b), the transferee issuer must ensure that that money is deposited 
into a locked-in retirement account for the benefit of the owner of the 
locked-in retirement account from which the improper payment or 
transfer was made.
Transfers on death of owner
117(1)  Subject to subsections (2) and (3), if a member owner of a 
locked-in retirement account dies and he or she is survived by a 
pension partner, the locked-in retirement account issuer must transfer 
any money that remains in the locked-in retirement account, within 60 
days after the delivery to the locked-in retirement account issuer of the 
documents required to effect the transfer, to whichever of the 
following the surviving pension partner elects:
	(a)	a pension plan if the plan text document of the plan allows 
the transfer;
	(b)	another locked-in retirement account in accordance with this 
Division;
	(c)	a life income fund in accordance with Division 3;
	(d)	an insurance company to purchase a life annuity in 
accordance with section 114(3).
(2)  If the surviving pension partner is a non-resident, any money that 
remains in the locked-in retirement account must be paid to the 
surviving pension partner as a lump sum.
(3)  If a member owner of a locked-in retirement account dies and
	(a)	he or she is not survived by a pension partner, or
	(b)	he or she has a surviving pension partner and a waiver in 
Form 12 signed by the surviving  pension partner is provided 
to the locked-in retirement account issuer,
the locked-in retirement account issuer must pay, as a lump sum, any 
money that remains in the locked-in retirement account, within 60 days 
after the delivery to the issuer of the documents required to effect the 
payment, to the designated beneficiary or, if there is no living 
designated beneficiary, to the personal representative of the member 
owner's estate.
(4)  Where a waiver in Form 12 is signed by the surviving pension 
partner and provided to the locked-in account issuer, that pension 
partner is not entitled to receive money in the locked-in retirement 
account under subsection (3) as the member owner's designated 
beneficiary.
(5)  If a pension partner owner of a locked-in retirement account dies, 
the locked-in retirement account issuer must pay the money, as a lump 
sum, in the locked-in retirement account, within 60 days after the 
delivery to the issuer of the documents required to effect the payment,
	(a)	to the pension partner owner's designated beneficiary, or
	(b)	if there is no living designated beneficiary, to the personal 
representative of the pension partner owner's estate.
Conditions under which lump sum payment may be made
118(1)  For the purposes of section 71(2) of the Act as it applies to a 
locked-in retirement account, a locked-in retirement account contract 
must provide that the owner of the locked-in retirement account is 
entitled to the lump-sum amount referred to in that section if
	(a)	the owner makes application to the locked-in retirement 
account issuer for the lump-sum amount, and
	(b)	on the date of the application,
	(i)	the balance of the locked-in retirement account does not 
exceed 20% of the Year's Maximum Pensionable 
Earnings for the calendar year in which the application 
is made, or
	(ii)	both of the following apply:
	(A)	the owner is at least 65 years of age, and 
	(B)	the balance of the locked-in retirement account 
does not exceed 40% of the Year's Maximum 
Pensionable Earnings for the calendar year in 
which the application is made.
(2)  Money in a locked-in retirement account that is not eligible for the 
payment option referred to in subsection (1) must not be transferred to 
2 or more locked-in retirement accounts, life income funds, pension 
plans or annuities, or any combination of them, if that transfer would 
make any one or more of them eligible for a payment option referred to 
in subsection (1).
Conditions under which withdrawals for shortened life expectancy may be 
made
119   For the purposes of section 71(4)(a) of the Act as it applies to a 
locked in retirement account, a locked in retirement account contract 
must provide that the owner of the locked in retirement account is 
entitled to the lump sum payment, or series of payments, referred to in 
that section if
	(a)	the owner makes application to the locked in retirement 
account issuer for the lump sum payment or series of 
payment, and
	(b)	the owner has an illness or a disability that is certified by a 
medical practitioner to be terminal or to likely shorten the 
owner's life considerably.
Conditions under which withdrawals for non-residency  
may be made
120   For the purposes of section 71(4)(b) of the Act as it applies to a 
locked in retirement account, a locked-in retirement account contract 
must provide that the owner of the locked-in retirement account is 
entitled to the lump sum referred to in that section if
	(a)	the owner makes application to the locked in retirement 
account issuer for the lump sum payment or series of 
payment, and
	(b)	the owner is considered a non-resident for the purposes of the 
Income Tax Act (Canada).
Conditions under which withdrawals for financial hardship may be made
121(1)  An owner wishing to make a withdrawal under section 
71(4)(c) of the Act must, in accordance with this section, apply for that 
withdrawal to the locked-in retirement account issuer.
(2)  Only one application for a withdrawal under subsection (1), for 
each of the grounds listed under subsection (4), may be made in any 
calendar year in respect of each locked-in retirement account.
(3)  An application under subsection (1) must be made in the form and 
manner required by the Superintendent.
(4)  For the purposes of section 71(4)(c) of the Act, an owner seeking 
to make a withdrawal under that provision is suffering financial 
hardship if
	(a)	the owner's expected total income for the one-year period 
following the date on which the application for the 
withdrawal was signed, from all sources other than the 
withdrawal amount is not more than 66 2/3 per cent of the 
Year's Maximum Pensionable Earnings for the calendar year 
in which the application is signed, 
	(b)	the owner is not, without the withdrawal, able to pay for 
medical expenses incurred or to be incurred by the owner, or 
by the owner's pension partner or dependant, and those 
medical expenses are not paid by, and are not subject to 
reimbursement from, any other source,
	(c)	the owner or his or her pension partner has received a written 
demand in respect of arrears in the payment of rent for the 
owner's or pension partner's principal residence, and the 
owner or pension partner is facing eviction if the arrears 
remain unpaid,
	(d)	the owner or his or her pension partner has received a written 
demand in respect of default on a mortgage that is secured 
against the owner's principal residence or the pension 
partner's principal residence, and the owner or pension 
partner is facing foreclosure if the default is not rectified, or
	(e)	the owner requires the withdrawal to be able to pay the first 
month's rent and the security deposit required to be paid to 
obtain a principal residence for the owner or his or her 
pension partner.
(5)  An owner referred to in subsection (4) must not withdraw under 
section 71(4)(c) of the Act in any application an amount that is more 
than the total of
	(a)	whichever of the following applies to the owner:
	(i)	for an owner referred to in subsection (4)(a), the amount 
determined by subtracting 75% of the expected total 
income amount referred to in subsection (4)(a) from 
50% of the Year's Maximum Pensionable Earnings for 
the calendar year in which the application for the 
withdrawal is signed;
	(ii)	for an owner referred to in subsection (4)(b), the amount 
required to pay the required medical expenses incurred 
and to be incurred in the one-year period following the 
date on which the application for the withdrawal was 
signed;
	(iii)	for an owner referred to in subsection (4)(c), the amount 
required to pay the arrears;
	(iv)	for an owner referred to in subsection (4)(d), the amount 
required to rectify the default;
	(v)	for an owner referred to in subsection (4)(e), the amount 
required to pay the first month's rent and security 
deposit,
		and
	(b)	the tax payable on the withdrawal.
(6)  If an owner is seeking a withdrawal under section 71(4)(c) of the 
Act on the basis of financial hardship within the meaning of subsection 
(4)(a) of this section, the owner seeking the withdrawal must include in 
the application for the withdrawal a statement, signed by the owner, 
setting out the amount of his or her expected total income from all 
sources, before taxes, for the 12 months after the date on which the 
application is signed.
(7)  If an owner is seeking a withdrawal under section 71(4)(c) of the 
Act on the basis of financial hardship within the meaning of subsection 
(4)(b) of this section, the following conditions must be met:
	(a)	a medical practitioner must certify that the medical treatment 
for which the withdrawal is sought is required;
	(b)	the owner seeking the withdrawal must include in the 
application for the withdrawal 
	(i)	the medical certificate referred to in clause (a), and
	(ii)	a copy of receipts for, or the estimate of, the medical 
expenses being claimed. 
(8)  If an owner is seeking a withdrawal under section 71(4)(c) of the 
Act on the basis of financial hardship within the meaning of subsection 
(4)(c) of this section, the owner seeking the withdrawal must in the 
application for the withdrawal provide a copy of the written demand 
referred to in subsection (4)(c).
(9)  If an owner is seeking a withdrawal under section 71(4)(c) of the 
Act on the basis of financial hardship within the meaning of subsection 
(4)(d) of this section, the owner seeking the withdrawal must in the 
application for the withdrawal provide a copy of the written demand 
referred to in subsection (4)(d). 
(10)  If an owner is seeking a withdrawal under section 71(4)(c) of the 
Act on the basis of financial hardship within the meaning of subsection 
(4)(e) of this section, the owner seeking the withdrawal must include in 
the application for the withdrawal a copy of the rental agreement, if 
any. 
(11)  A document submitted for the purposes of subsections (7)(b), (8), 
(9), and (10) is void if signed more than 12 months before the date of 
the application referred to in subsection (1).
(12)  An application referred to in subsection (1) is void if it is signed 
by an owner and, if applicable, an owner's pension partner, more than 
90 days before the application date.
(13)  A locked in retirement account issuer may only collect, use and 
disclose the owner's personal information that is identified on the 
application under subsection (1) for the purposes of section 71(4)(c) of 
the Act or as required by law.
Form of pension partner waiver for unlocking
122(1)  If an owner who is eligible to make an election under 
section 71(4) or (5) of the Act has a pension partner, the owner must 
not make that election unless the locked-in retirement  account issuer 
has received a statement from the pension partner that
	(a)	states that the pension partner is aware of the pension 
partner's entitlements under the locked-in account,
	(b)	waives those entitlements, and
	(c)	was signed by the pension partner in the presence of a 
witness and outside the presence of the owner.
(2)  The statement that a pension partner must file under section 71(6) 
of the Act in relation to an election under section 71(4)(a) or (b) of the 
Act must be in Form 13.
(3)  The statement that a pension partner must file under section 71(6) 
of the Act in relation to an election under section 71(5) of the Act must 
be in Form 14.
(4)  The prescribed conditions for the purpose of section 71(5)(a) of 
the Act are set out in Schedule 3.
Division 3 
Life Income Funds
Definitions
123   In this Division,
	(a)	"life income fund maximum amount", in relation to the 
income that may be paid out of a life income fund to an 
owner in a calendar year, means the greatest of
	(i)	the investment returns for the most recently completed 
year for the person's life income fund, 
	(ii)	the life income type benefits minimum amount for that 
year, and
	(iii)	the amount determined by the following formula:
life income fund balance 
withdrawal factor
where
		"life income fund balance", in relation to a life income 
fund, means 
	(i)	in the calendar year in which the fund is 
established, the balance of the fund as at the date 
on which the fund is established, and
	(ii)	in every subsequent calendar year, the balance of 
the fund as at January 1 of the calendar year in 
which the calculation is made;
		"withdrawal factor" means the actuarial present value, 
on January 1 of the year in which the calculation is 
made, of an annuity of $1 payable at the beginning of 
each year between that date and December 31 of the 
year during which the owner reaches the age of 90 years 
and calculated by using
	(i)	for the first 15 years in relation to which the 
actuarial present value is determined, the greater of 
the following:
	(A)	6% per year;
	(B)	the CANSIM rate;
	(ii)	for each year after the first 15 years, 6% per year;
	(b)	"life income fund minimum amount", in relation to the 
income that may be paid out of a life income fund to an 
owner in a calendar year, means the minimum amount of 
income that, under the Income Tax Regulations (Canada), is 
required to be paid out of the member's life income fund in 
that year.
Life income funds
124   For the purposes of the Act and this Regulation, a RRIF is a life 
income fund if the RRIF includes locked-in money, and any interest on 
that money.
Application to issuer doing internal transfer
125   If an issuer transfers money from a life income fund held by that 
issuer to another locked-in vehicle held by that issuer, this Division 
applies to the issuer in the same way that this Division would have 
applied to the issuer had the transfer been made to a locked-in vehicle 
held by another issuer. 
Duties of issuer
126   A life income fund issuer must ensure that 
	(a)	the life income fund is administered in accordance with the 
Act and this Regulation, 
	(b)	the life income fund is and continues to be registered under 
the Income Tax Act (Canada), 
	(c)	the money in the life income fund is invested in a manner 
that complies with the rules in the Income Tax Act (Canada) 
for the investment of RRIF money, 
	(d)	money is not paid or transferred from the life income fund 
other than in accordance with section 71 of the Act or 
sections 134 and 136 of this Regulation,
	(e)	any money transferred from the life income fund is, subject 
to section 71 of the Act or sections 134 and 136 of this 
Regulation, transferred 
	(i)	to a pension plan if the plan text document of the plan 
allows the transfer,
	(ii)	to another life income fund in accordance with this 
Division, or
	(iii)	to an insurance company to purchase a life annuity in 
accordance with section 132(3),
	(f)	any statement referred to in section 90(4)(a) or 90(6) of the 
Act signed by the pension partner of a member owner forms 
parts of the contract, and
	(g)	a copy of the life income fund contract, including the 
addendum under section 127, is provided to the owner at the 
time the contract is established.
Contract for life income fund must include addendum
127(1)  The contract for a life income fund must include the 
addendum set out in Schedule 2.
(2)  A life income fund contract that does not contain the addendum is 
deemed to include the addendum.
(3)  The addendum must be attached to the copy of the life income 
fund contract when that copy is provided by the issuer to the person 
signing the contract. 
(4)  If the addendum set out in Schedule 2 is amended, the addendum 
to each life income fund contract is amended in a corresponding way, 
and each issuer must provide to each owner of a life income fund held 
by that issuer notice of that amendment in any form or manner the 
Superintendent considers appropriate. 
(5)  In the event of a conflict between a provision of a life income fund 
contract and a provision of the addendum, the provision of the 
addendum prevails.
(6)  This section applies to a life income fund contract established 
before or after the coming into force of this section.
Issuers must comply with addendum
128   A life income fund issuer must, in relation to the life income 
fund, comply with the obligations set out in the addendum or ensure 
that those obligations are complied with. 
Issuers must provide information
129(1)  A life income fund issuer must, within 30 days after the 
beginning of each calendar year, provide to the owner of the life 
income fund information respecting
	(a)	the amounts of any transfers made to the life income fund in 
the most recently completed calendar year,
	(b)	the investment returns for the most recently completed year 
for the person's life income fund,
	(c)	any administration expenses deducted, and any other 
payments or withdrawals made, in the most recently 
completed calendar year,
	(d)	the value of the life income fund as at the end of the most 
recently completed calendar year,
	(e)	the life income fund minimum amount for the calendar year 
in which the statement is provided,
	(f)	the life income fund maximum amount for the calendar year 
in which the statement is provided, and
	(g)	a statement indicating that the owner must advise the issuer 
as to the amount the owner wishes to receive in the calendar 
year in which the statement is provided and indicating that, 
unless the owner provides that advice, the issuer will pay the 
life income fund minimum amount for the calendar year in 
which the statement is provided.
(2)  Without limiting subsection (1), a life income fund issuer must, 
within 30 days after an amount is deposited into the life income fund, 
provide to the owner of the life income fund information respecting
	(a)	the amount deposited into the life income fund,
	(b)	the value of the life income fund immediately after the 
deposit, and
	(c)	if the deposit is not a transfer from another life income fund, 
or a life income type benefits account, the maximum 
additional amount, if any, that under section 134(2) may be 
paid or transferred from the life income fund in that calendar 
year, calculated with respect to the amount referred to in 
clause (a).
(3)  A life income fund issuer must, 
	(a)	if the owner of the life income fund transfers money out of 
the life income fund to another life income fund or to a 
pension plan or life annuity, provide to the owner, within 30 
days after the date of the transfer, a statement showing
	(i)	the value of the life income fund at the end of the most 
recently completed calendar year, 
	(ii)	the value of the life income fund immediately before the 
transfer, and
	(iii)	the amounts transferred into, the investment returns 
earned by, the administration expenses deducted from, 
and any other payments or withdrawals made out of, the 
life income fund between the beginning of the current 
calendar year and the time of the transfer,
	(b)	if the owner of the life income fund receives a payment under 
section 71(4)(a), (b) or (c) of the Act, provide to the owner, 
within 30 days after the date of the payment, a statement 
showing
	(i)	the value of the life income fund at the end of the most 
recently completed calendar year, 
	(ii)	the value of the life income fund immediately before the 
payment, and
	(iii)	the amounts transferred into, the interest earned by, the 
payments made out of and the fees charged against, the 
life income fund between the beginning of the current 
calendar year and the time of the payment, 
		and
	(c)	if the owner of the life income fund dies and the surviving 
pension partner, designated beneficiary or estate receives a 
payment under section 136, provide to the surviving pension 
partner, designated beneficiary or estate, within 60 days after 
receipt of proof of the owner's death a statement showing
	(i)	the value of the life income fund at the end of the most 
recently completed calendar year,
	(ii)	the value of the life income fund immediately before the 
payment, and
	(iii)	the amounts transferred into, the investment returns 
earned by, the administration expenses deducted from, 
and any other payments or withdrawals made out of, the 
life income fund between the beginning of the current 
calendar year and the date of the owner's death.
Expenses may be paid from life income fund
130   The payment from a life income fund of administration expenses 
applicable to the administration of the life income fund does not 
constitute an assignment, charge, alienation or anticipation of the 
money in the life income fund for the purposes of section 72 of the 
Act.
Restrictions on accepting transfer
131(1)  An issuer must not accept a transfer of locked-in money to a 
RRIF unless the issuer is authorized to issue life income funds.
(2)  A life income fund issuer must not accept a transfer of money to 
the life income fund unless 
	(a)	the transferred money is locked-in money,
	(b)	the original or a certified copy of the signed waiver in Form 
7, 10, 14 or 15, as applicable, has been provided to the life 
income fund issuer.
Restrictions on making transfers 
132(1)  An administrator of a pension plan or a life income fund issuer 
must not transfer money from the plan or life income fund, 
respectively, to a RRIF unless 
	(a)	the issuer to which the transfer is to be made (the "transferee 
issuer") is authorized to issue life income funds;
	(b)	if the transferor is the administrator of a pension plan, 
	(i)	the transferor advises the transferee that the money is 
locked-in money, and
	(ii)	if the plan authorizes payment of life income type 
benefits in accordance with section 77 of the Act, the 
transferor advises the transferee as to the following:
	(A)	the amount, if any, that has been paid from the 
plan by way of life income type benefits in the 
calendar year in which the transfer is being made;
	(B)	the life income type benefits minimum amount 
that, under the Income Tax Act (Canada) or the 
regulations under the Income Tax Act (Canada), 
must be paid or transferred from the life income 
type benefits account or life income fund, as 
applicable, in that calendar year;
	(C)	the life income type benefits maximum amount 
that under section 78 the member was entitled to 
receive in that calendar year from the plan;
	(c)	if the transferor is a life income fund issuer,
	(i)	the transferor advises the transferee that the money is 
locked-in money that is being transferred from a life 
income fund, and
	(ii)	the transferor advises the transferee as to the following:
	(A)	the amount, if any, that has been paid or 
transferred from the life income fund in the 
calendar year in which the transfer is being made; 
	(B)	the life income fund minimum amount that, under 
the Income Tax Act (Canada) or the regulations 
under the Income Tax Act (Canada), must be paid 
or transferred from the life income fund in that 
calendar year;
	(C)	the life income fund maximum amount that under 
section 134(2) may be paid or transferred in that 
calendar year; 
	(d)	the transferee issuer provides to the transferring administrator 
or issuer written confirmation that the transferee issuer has 
received originals or copies of the pension partner waiver 
form. 
(2)  A life income fund issuer must not transfer money in the life 
income fund to a locked-in retirement account.
(3)  A life income fund issuer must not transfer money in the life 
income fund to an insurance company to purchase a life annuity unless 
	(a)	payments under the annuity must commence on or before the 
last date on which a person is allowed under the Income Tax 
Act (Canada) to start receiving a pension from a registered 
pension plan,
	(b)	there is no differentiation among the annuitants on the basis 
of gender, and
	(c)	if the member owner has a pension partner, 
	(i)	the life annuity is in the form of a joint and survivor 
pension as described in section 90(2) of the Act, or
	(ii)	in the case of a life annuity that is different from the 
form of annuity described in subclause (i), a waiver in 
Form 11 signed by the member owner's pension partner 
has been provided to the life income fund issuer not 
more than 90 days before the transfer.
(4)  A life income fund issuer making a transfer under subsection (3) 
must, if a waiver referred to in subsection (3)(c)(ii) has been provided 
to the issuer under that provision, provide an original or certified copy 
of that waiver to the insurance company at or before the time of 
making the transfer.
Remittance of securities
133(1)  If a life income fund holds identifiable and transferable 
securities, the transfers referred to in this Part may be effected, at the 
option of the life income fund issuer and with the consent of the 
owner, by the transfer of any such securities.
(2)  Subject to section 131, there may be transferred to a life income 
fund identifiable and transferable securities, if that transfer is approved 
by the life income fund issuer and consented to by the owner.
Payments out of a life income fund
134(1)  There must be paid from a life income fund in each calendar 
year an amount of income that is
	(a)	not less than the life income fund minimum amount 
applicable to the owner for that year, and
	(b)	not more than the life income fund maximum amount 
applicable to the owner for that year. 
(2)  The owner of a life income fund must, at the beginning of each 
calendar year and, subject to section 129(2)(c), at any time that money 
is transferred to the life income fund other than from another life 
income fund or a life income type benefits account, notify the life 
income fund issuer in writing of the amount of income that is to be 
paid out of the life income fund during that year, which amount must 
accord with subsection (1).
(3)  If the owner of a life income fund fails to comply with subsection 
(2) in any calendar year, the life income fund issuer must subject to 
subsection (4) pay to the owner, in that year, the owner's life income 
fund minimum amount for that year.
(4)  The owner of a life income fund may, at any time during a 
calendar year, change the amount of income that is to be paid out of 
the life income fund during that year to a different amount that accords 
with subsection (1).
Liabilities for inappropriate payment or transfer
135(1)  If a life income fund issuer pays or transfers money from the a 
life income fund contrary to the Act or this Regulation, the issuer must, 
except in a situation referred to in subsection (2), do the following:
	(a)	if less than all of the money in the life income fund is 
improperly paid or transferred, the issuer must deposit into 
the life income fund an amount of money equal to the 
amount of money that had been improperly paid or 
transferred;
	(b)	if all of the money in the life income fund is improperly paid 
or transferred, the issuer must establish a new life income 
fund for the owner and deposit into that new life income fund 
an amount of money equal to the amount of money that had 
been improperly paid or transferred.
(2)  If
	(a)	a life income fund issuer transfers money from the life 
income fund to an issuer authorized to issue life income 
funds,
	(b)	the transferring issuer fails to advise the transferee issuer that 
the money is locked-in money, and
	(c)	the transferee issuer deals with the money in a manner that is 
contrary to the manner in which locked-in money is to be 
dealt with under the Act or this Regulation,
the transferring issuer must pay to the transferee issuer, in accordance 
with the requirements of the Act and this Regulation relating to 
transfers of locked-in money, an amount equal to the amount dealt 
with in the manner referred to in clause (c). 
(3)  If a member of a pension plan or the surviving pension partner of 
the member or the former pension partner of the member elects to 
transfer from the plan to a life income fund money to which the 
member or surviving pension partner or former pension partner is 
entitled and the administrator of the plan pays or transfers that money 
out of the plan contrary to the Act or this Regulation,
	(a)	the administrator, except in a situation referred to in clause 
(b), remains liable to ensure that the member or surviving 
pension partner or former pension partner receives a pension 
equal in value to the pension that would have been provided 
had the payment or transfer not been made, or
	(b)	if 
	(i)	the administrator of the plan transfers that money to an 
issuer authorized to issue life income funds,
	(ii)	the administrator fails to advise the transferee issuer that 
the money is locked-in money, and
	(iii)	the transferee issuer deals with the money in a manner 
that is contrary to the manner in which locked-in money 
is to be dealt with under the Act or this Regulation,
		the administrator must pay to the transferee issuer, in 
accordance with the requirements of the Act and this 
Regulation relating to transfers of money from pension plans, 
an amount equal to the amount dealt with in the manner 
referred to in subclause (iii).
(4)  If money is paid to a transferee issuer under subsection (1)(b) or 
(2), the transferee issuer must ensure that that money is deposited into 
a life income fund for the benefit of the owner of the life income fund 
from which the improper payment or transfer was made.
Transfers on death of owner
136(1)  If a member owner of a life income fund dies, the life income 
fund issuer must pay, as a lump-sum payment, the money in the life 
income fund
	(a)	to the deceased member owner's surviving pension partner, 
or
	(b)	if the deceased member owner has no pension partner at the 
time of death, or if the deceased member owner has a 
surviving pension partner and a waiver in Form 16, signed by 
the surviving pension partner has been provided to the life 
income fund issuer,
	(i)	to the deceased member owner's designated beneficiary, 
or
	(ii)	if there is no living designated beneficiary, to the 
personal representative of the deceased member 
owner's estate.
(2)  If a pension partner owner of a life income fund dies, the life 
income fund issuer must pay, as a lump-sum, the money in the life 
income fund,
	(a)	to the pension partner owner's designated beneficiary, or
	(b)	if there is no living designated beneficiary, to the personal 
representative of the pension partner owner's estate.
(3)  A payment under subsection (1) or (2) must be made within 60 
days after the delivery to the issuer of the documents required to effect 
the payment.
Conditions under which lump sum payment may be made
137(1)  For the purposes of section 71(2) of the Act as it applies to a 
life income fund, the life income fund contract must provide that the 
owner of the life income fund is entitled to the lump-sum amount 
referred to in that section if 
	(a)	the owner makes application to the life income fund issuer 
for the lump-sum amount, and
	(b)	on the date of the application,
	(i)	the balance of the life income fund does not exceed 
20% of the Year's Maximum Pensionable Earnings for 
the calendar year in which the application is made, or
	(ii)	both of the following apply:
	(A)	the owner is at least 65 years of age, and 
	(B)	the balance of the life income fund does not 
exceed 40% of the Year's Maximum Pensionable 
Earnings for the calendar year in which the 
application is made. 
(2)  Money in a life income fund that is not eligible for the payment 
option referred to in subsection (1) must not be transferred to 2 or more 
life income funds, pension plans or annuities, or any combination of 
them, if that transfer would make any one or more of them eligible for 
a payment option referred to in subsection (1). 
Conditions under which withdrawals for shortened life expectancy may be 
made
138   For the purposes of section 71(4)(a) of the Act as it applies to a 
life income fund, a life income fund contract must provide that the 
owner of the life income fund is entitled to the lump sum payment, or 
series of payments, referred to in that section if
	(a)	the owner makes application to the life income fund issuer 
for the lump sum payment or series of payment, and
	(b)	the owner has an illness or a disability that is certified by a 
medical practitioner to be terminal or to likely shorten the 
owner's life considerably.
Conditions under which withdrawals for non-residency 
may be made
139   For the purposes of section 71(4)(b) of the Act as it applies to a 
life income fund, a life income fund contract must provide that the 
owner of the life income fund is entitled to the lump sum referred to in 
that section if
	(a)	the owner makes application to the life income fund issuer 
for the lump sum payment or series of payment, and
	(b)	the owner is considered a non-resident for the purposes of the 
Income Tax Act (Canada).
Conditions under which withdrawals for financial hardship 
may be made
140(1)   An owner wishing to make a withdrawal under section 
71(4)(c) of the Act must, in accordance with this section, apply for that 
withdrawal to the life income fund issuer.
(2)  Only one application for a withdrawal under subsection (1), for 
each of the grounds listed under subsection (4), may be made in any 
calendar year in respect of each life income fund.
(3)  An application under subsection (1) must be made in the form and 
manner required by the Superintendent.
(4)  For the purposes of section 71(4)(c) of the Act, an owner seeking 
to make a withdrawal under that provision is suffering financial 
hardship if
	(a)	the owner's expected total income for the one-year period 
following the date on which the application for the 
withdrawal was signed, from all sources other than the 
withdrawal amount is not more than 66 2/3 per cent of the 
Year's Maximum Pensionable Earnings for the calendar year 
in which the application is signed, 
	(b)	the owner is not, without the withdrawal, able to pay for 
medical expenses incurred or to be incurred by the owner, or 
by the owner's pension partner or dependant, and those 
medical expenses are not paid by, and are not subject to 
reimbursement from, any other source,
	(c)	the owner or his or her pension partner has received a written 
demand in respect of arrears in the payment of rent for the 
owner's or pension partner's principal residence, and the 
owner or pension partner is facing eviction if the arrears 
remain unpaid,
	(d)	the owner or his or her pension partner has received a written 
demand in respect of default on a mortgage that is secured 
against the owner's principal residence or the pension 
partner's principal residence, and the owner or pension 
partner is facing foreclosure if the default is not rectified, or
	(e)	the owner requires the withdrawal to be able to pay the first 
month's rent and the security deposit required to be paid to 
obtain a principal residence for the owner or his or her 
pension partner.
(5)  An owner referred to in subsection (4) of this section must not 
withdraw under section 71(4)(c) of the Act in any application an 
amount that is more than the total of
	(a)	whichever of the following applies to the owner:
	(i)	for an owner referred to in subsection (4)(a), the amount 
determined by subtracting 75% of the expected total 
income amount referred to in subsection (4)(a) from 
50% of the Year's Maximum Pensionable Earnings for 
the calendar year in which the application for the 
withdrawal is signed;
	(ii)	for an owner referred to in subsection (4)(b) of this 
section, the amount required to pay the required medical 
expenses incurred and to be incurred in the one-year 
period following the date on which the application for 
the withdrawal was signed;
	(iii)	for an owner referred to in subsection (4)(c), the amount 
required to pay the arrears;
	(iv)	for an owner referred to in subsection (4)(d), the amount 
required to rectify the default;
	(v)	for an owner referred to in subsection (4)(e), the amount 
required to pay the first month's rent and the security 
deposit,
		and
	(b)	the tax payable on the withdrawal.
(6)  If an owner is seeking a withdrawal under section 71(4)(c) of the 
Act on the basis of financial hardship within the meaning of subsection 
(4)(a) of this section, the owner seeking the withdrawal must include in 
the application for the withdrawal a statement, signed by the owner, 
setting out the amount of his or her expected total income from all 
sources, before taxes, for the 12 months after the date on which the 
application is signed.
(7)  If an owner is seeking a withdrawal under section 71(4)(c) of the 
Act on the basis of financial hardship within the meaning of subsection 
(4)(b) of this section, the following conditions must be met:
	(a)	a medical practitioner must certify that the medical treatment 
for which the withdrawal is sought is required;
	(b)	the owner seeking the withdrawal must include in the 
application for the withdrawal 
	(i)	the medical certificate referred to in clause (a), and
	(ii)	a copy of receipts for, or the estimate of, the medical 
expenses being claimed. 
(8)  If an owner is seeking a withdrawal under section 71(4)(c) of the 
Act on the basis of financial hardship within the meaning of subsection 
(4)(c) of this section, the owner seeking the withdrawal must in the 
application for the withdrawal provide a copy of the written demand 
referred to in subsection (4)(c).
(9)  If an owner is seeking a withdrawal under section 71(4)(c) of the 
Act on the basis of financial hardship within the meaning of subsection 
(4)(d) of this section, the owner seeking the withdrawal must in the 
application for the withdrawal provide a copy of the written demand 
referred to in subsection (4)(d). 
(10)  If an owner is seeking a withdrawal under section 71(4)(c) of the 
Act on the basis of financial hardship within the meaning of subsection 
(4)(e) of this section, the owner seeking the withdrawal must include in 
the application for the withdrawal a copy of the rental agreement, if 
any. 
(11)  A document submitted for the purposes of subsections (7)(b), (8), 
(9), and (10) is void if signed more than 12 months before the date of 
the application referred to in subsection (1).
(12)  An application referred to in subsection (1) is void if it is signed 
by an owner and, if applicable, an owner's pension partner, more than 
90 days before the application date.
(13)  A life income fund issuer may only collect, use and disclose the 
owner's personal information that is identified on the application under 
subsection (1) for the purposes of section 71(4)(c) of the Act or as 
required by law.
Form of pension partner waiver for unlocking
141(1)  If an owner who is eligible to make an election under section 
71(4) of the Act has a pension partner, the owner must not make that 
election unless the life income fund issuer has received a statement 
from the pension partner that
	(a)	states that the pension partner is aware of the pension 
partner's entitlements under the life income fund,
	(b)	waives those entitlements, and
	(c)	was signed by the pension partner in the presence of a 
witness and outside the presence of the owner. 
(2)  The statement that a pension partner must file under subsection (1) 
in relation to an election under section 71(4)(a) or (b) of the Act must 
be in Form 13.
Part 10 
Termination and Winding-up of Plan
Voluntary termination
142   A responsible person must provide a copy of the notice referred 
to in section 117(2)(a) of the Act to the following persons:
	(a)	the Superintendent;
	(b)	each member of the plan;
	(c)	if a member who is entitled to a benefit is deceased, to 
whichever of the following is entitled to receive the benefit:
	(i)	the deceased member's surviving pension partner;
	(ii)	if the deceased member has no pension partner at the 
time of death, or if the deceased member's pension 
partner has signed a waiver in Form 5 or Form 9, as 
applicable, the deceased member's designated 
beneficiary,
		or, if no person referred to in subclause (i) or (ii) is entitled to 
the benefit, the personal representative of the deceased 
member's estate;
	(d)	former pension partners of members if those former pension 
partners have an entitlement to benefits under the provision;
	(e)	each trade union that is a certified bargaining agent within 
the meaning of the Labour Relations Code and that 
represents members of the plan.
Elimination of solvency deficiency on termination
143   Subject to section 146, participating employers of a pension plan 
to which section 121 of the Act applies must eliminate the solvency 
deficiency referred to in that section by ensuring that a series of equal 
payments are made at least monthly, which series of payments must be 
sufficient, in the opinion of the reviewer who prepared the termination 
report by which the solvency deficiency was revealed, to amortize the 
solvency deficiency within 5 years after the effective date of the 
termination of the plan.
Termination reports
144(1)  A termination report referred to in section 122(a) of the Act in 
relation to a pension plan must be prepared by the following:
	(a)	subject to clause (c), to the extent that the report relates to the 
benefit formula component of the plan, by a Fellow of the 
Canadian Institute of Actuaries;
	(b)	to the extent that the report relates to the defined contribution 
component of the plan, by a Fellow of the Canadian Institute 
of Actuaries or by
	(i)	a representative of the fundholder who is authorized by 
the fundholder to prepare that portion of the report,
	(ii)	the administrator of the plan, or
	(iii)	any person acceptable to the Superintendent;
	(c)	if the plan is a fully insured plan that is underwritten by an 
insurance company through a group annuity contract and the 
plan text document of the plan does not require members to 
make any contributions to the plan, by a Fellow of the 
Canadian Institute of Actuaries or by a person who is 
authorized by the insurance company to prepare the report.
(2)  A termination report referred to in section 122(a) of the Act must 
be filed,
	(a)	if the plan text document of the plan does not contain any 
benefit formula provisions, within 60 days after the effective 
date of the termination of the plan, or
	(b)	if the plan text document of the plan does contain one or 
more benefit formula provisions, within 120 days after the 
effective date of the termination of the plan.
Transfer rights on winding-up
145   For the purpose of section 125(b) of the Act, as part of the 
winding-up of a pension plan, a retired member may elect a transfer 
under Division 8 of Part 8 of the Act if
	(a)	the Superintendent consents, in writing, to the transfer, and
	(b)	one of the following circumstances applies:
	(i)	there is a solvency deficiency in the plan and the 
participating employer responsible for funding that 
solvency deficiency is insolvent;
	(ii)	the administrator is not reasonably able to purchase an 
annuity that provides the same type of benefit and the 
same income that the retired member is receiving from 
the plan;
	(iii)	the plan is a jointly sponsored plan or a negotiated cost 
plan and, at the effective date of the termination, the 
assets of the plan are not sufficient to pay all benefits;
	(iv)	the plan text document contains a target benefit 
provision and, at the effective date of the termination, 
the assets of the plan are not sufficient to pay all 
benefits;
	(v)	at the effective date of the termination, the persons who 
are receiving life income type benefits from the defined 
contribution component of the plan.
Allocation and distribution of assets if assets are insufficient
146(1)  At the time that the assets of the defined benefit component of 
the plan are to be distributed as a result of the winding-up of the plan, 
subsections (2) to (8) apply if
	(a)	at the effective date of the termination of the plan, the 
defined benefit component of the plan has a solvency 
deficiency, and
	(b)	special payments are required to be made under section 121 
of the Act to eliminate that solvency deficiency.
(2)  Assets of the defined benefit component must be allocated to each 
member of the plan who is entitled to receive benefits out of the 
defined benefit component and each other person entitled to receive 
benefits out of the defined benefit component so that there is allocated 
to each of those persons an amount equal to the product of the 
commuted value of the benefit from the defined benefit component to 
which the person is entitled and the solvency ratio of the defined 
benefit component, both calculated as at the effective date of the 
termination of the plan.
(3)  The assets of the defined benefit component allocated under 
subsection (2) to
	(a)	active members,
	(b)	deferred members, and
	(c)	other persons, other than persons in receipt of a pension, 
entitled to benefits,
must be distributed to those persons in accordance with section 124 of 
the Act.
(4)  Promptly after the elimination of the solvency deficiency of the 
defined benefit component, the balance of the commuted value of the 
benefit to which a person is entitled under subsection (3), calculated as 
at the effective date of plan termination, plus interest, at the fund rate 
of return, must be paid to the person.
(5)  If, at the time that the assets of the defined benefit component of 
the plan are to be distributed as a result of the winding-up of the plan, 
special payments are required to be made to eliminate the solvency 
deficiency of the defined benefit component and there are
	(a)	persons in receipt of a pension from the defined benefit 
component, or
	(b)	active or deferred members who are eligible for and elect to 
receive a pension from the defined benefit component with a 
pension commencement date that is the effective date of the 
termination of the plan,
the pension payable to the persons referred to in clause (a) or (b) is to 
be paid from the defined benefit component until the solvency 
deficiency has been eliminated.
(6)  In respect of a person in receipt of a pension referred to in 
subsection (5), the participating employer must remit a contribution, to 
the person referred to in section 56(1) of the Act, the amount of which 
is sufficient to ensure that the payment of the monthly pension to the 
retired member does not materially impair the solvency of the defined 
benefit component. 
(7)  Subject to section 145(b)(ii), after the elimination of the solvency 
deficiency of the defined benefit component, the administrator must 
purchase an annuity for each of the persons referred to in subsection 
(5).
(8)  If
	(a)	some but not all of the special payments required under 
section 121 of the Act are made as a result of a participating 
employer's bankruptcy after the effective date of termination 
of the plan, and
	(b)	on the date of bankruptcy the plan's assets are not sufficient 
to pay all the benefits,
the amount of the special payments that had been made must be 
allocated and distributed to persons entitled to benefits under the 
defined benefit component in accordance with the requirements set out 
in subsection (2).
(9)  At the time that the assets of the defined benefit component of the 
plan are to be distributed as a result of the winding-up of the plan, 
subsections (10) to (13) apply if , at the effective date of the 
termination of the plan, the defined benefit component of the plan has 
a solvency deficiency, and either of the following apply:
	(a)	the plan is a jointly sponsored plan;
	(b)	no special payments are required to be made to eliminate that 
solvency deficiency as a result of the bankruptcy of the 
participating employer at the effective date of termination of 
the plan.
(10)  Assets of the defined benefit component must be allocated to 
each member of the plan who is entitled to receive benefits out of the 
defined benefit component and to each other person entitled to receive 
benefits out of the defined benefit component in accordance with the 
following conditions:
	(a)	in the case of a plan other than a jointly sponsored plan, there 
must be allocated to each of those persons,
	(i)	the amount of the contributions made by a member that 
led to the benefit entitlement plus the interest that has 
been earned on those contributions, and
	(ii)	the balance of the member's transferred contributions 
account;
	(b)	in the case of a jointly sponsored plan, there must be 
allocated to each of those persons, the balance of any 
additional voluntary contributions account, optional ancillary 
contributions account and transferred contributions account 
out of which the person is entitled to receive benefits;
	(c)	after an allocation under clause (a) or (b), that, any 
unallocated assets must be allocated to those persons to 
provide for 
	(i)	benefits that have accrued to those persons out of a plan 
component in respect of which there is no unfunded 
liability as at the effective date of the termination, and
	(ii)	if a benefit improvement results in the component 
having an unfunded liability, the benefits that would 
have been payable without the benefit improvement 
may be paid in full;
	(d)	to the extent that assets remain after the application of clause 
(c), any unallocated assets must be allocated to those persons 
to provide for benefits that have accrued to those persons out 
of a plan component in respect of which there is one or more 
unfunded liabilities as at the effective date of the termination,
and, if under any of the foregoing clauses, there are insufficient 
unallocated assets to fully provide for the benefits referred to in that 
clause, the unallocated assets must be allocated proportionately 
amongst the persons.
(11)  Promptly after the allocation is completed under subsection (10), 
the assets must be distributed as allocated.
(12)  An unfunded liability that is the result of a benefit improvement 
that has not been amortized at the date of the winding-up has the effect 
of reducing the benefits for employment which led to the establishment 
of the unfunded liability in proportion to the extent to which those 
benefits remain unfunded.
(13)  Each unfunded liability is to be dealt with separately and applied 
only to the benefits in respect of which it was established.
(14)  At the time that the assets of the target benefit component of the 
plan are to be distributed as a result of the winding-up of the plan, 
subsections (15) and (16) apply if, at the effective date of the 
termination of the plan, the target benefit component of the plan has an 
unfunded liability.
(15)  Assets of the target benefit component must be allocated to each 
member of the plan who is entitled to receive benefits out of the target 
benefit component and to each other person entitled to receive benefits 
out of the target benefit component in accordance with the following 
conditions
	(a)	allocate to each of those persons the balance of the member's 
additional voluntary contributions account and the balance of 
the member's transferred contribution account;
	(b)	after that, the balance of the assets in the target benefit 
component must be allocated to each person entitled to other 
benefits out of that target benefit component the product of
	(i)	the commuted value of that benefit, and
	(ii)	the target benefit funded ratio, as set out in the 
termination report.
(16)  Promptly after the allocation is done under subsection (15), the 
assets must be distributed as allocated.
Part 11 
Administrative Penalties
Administrative penalties
147(1)  Sections 12, 13, 17, 18, 19, 25, 26, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 
41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 48, 51, 53, 55(3), 56, 64, 70, 74(3), 85, 103, 
107, 120, 121, 122, 128(4), 130, 134(9) and 143(1)(b) of the Act are 
prescribed for the purposes of section 136(1)(a) of the Act.
(2)  Sections 21, 26(1), 60(2) and (13), 61(2) and (11), 65(4), 67 72(4) 
and (5), 78, 93, 94, 98, 99, 100, 102(5), 103(3) 108, 110, 111, 113, 
114, 116, 117 126, 127(4), 128, 129, 131, 132, 135, 136, 146(6) and 
(7) and 151 and 152 are prescribed for the purposes of section 
136(1)(b) of the Act..
(3)  An administrative penalty for a contravention must not exceed 
	(a)	$250 000, in the case of a corporation or administrator, and
	(b) 	$50 000, in the case of an individual other than an 
administrator.
Part 12 
Alberta Employment Pension 
Tribunal
Notice of appeal
148 (1)  The form of notice of appeal for the purpose of section 147(4) 
of the Act is set out in Form 17.
(2)  The notice of appeal, including the information and fee required by 
section 147(4) of the Act must be filed with the Tribunal by sending 
the documents and fee by personal service, courier or registered mail 
to the office of the Alberta Employment Pension Tribunal.
Tribunal qualifications
149   In appointing members to the Tribunal under section 148(1) of 
the Act, the Lieutenant Governor in Council and the Minister must, to 
the extent practicable, appoint members who have experience and 
expertise in the pension industry.
Part 13 
Assessment for Administration 
of Act
Definition
150   In this Part, "government fiscal year" means the period April 1 
to March 31. 
Filing fee
151   On the registration of a pension plan, the administrator of the 
plan must pay a filing fee calculated in accordance with the following 
formula:
A x B 
 
where 
	A  	is the number of members in the plan on the effective date of 
registration of the plan;
	B  	is the fee rate determined under section 153 in effect on the 
effective date of registration of the plan.
Administration fee
152(1)  An administrator must each year pay an administration fee, 
calculated in accordance with subsection (2), to be paid at the 
following times:
	(a)	subject to clause (b), within 180 days after the end of the 
fiscal year of the plan, or
	(b)	if a pension plan is terminated, 
	(i)	in the case of a plan text document of the pension plan 
that contains no benefit formula provision, within 60 
days after the effective date of the termination of the 
plan, or
	(ii)	in the case of a plan text document of the plan that 
contains one or more benefit formula provisions, within 
120 days after the effective date of the termination of 
the plan.
(2)  The administration fee referred to in subsection (1) is calculated in 
accordance with the following formula:
A x B 
 
where 
	A  	is the number of members in the plan at the end of the 
previous fiscal year of the plan for which the administration 
fee is payable;
	B  	is the fee rate determined under section 153 in effect on the 
last day of the fiscal year of the plan for which the 
administration fee is payable.
Calculation of fee rate
153(1)  The Superintendent must in each government fiscal year 
commencing in the 2014-15 government fiscal year,
	(a)	estimate the total amount of expenses to be incurred by the 
Superintendent during the following government fiscal year 
for or in connection with the administration of the Act, and
	(b)	determine the total amount of expenses incurred by the 
Superintendent during the preceding government fiscal year 
for or in connection with the administration of the Act.
(2)  The amounts estimated and the amounts determined by the 
Superintendent under subsection (1) are final.
(3)  The fee rate for a government fiscal year is the rate determined in 
accordance with the following formula rounded up to the nearest 
$0.25:
(A + B) 
    C 
 
where
	A  	is the estimated total of expenses to be incurred by the 
Superintendent under subsection (1)(a) during the 
government fiscal year for or in connection with the 
administration of the Act, 
	B  	is 25% of the difference between
	(a)	the aggregate amount of expenses incurred by the 
Superintendent under subsection (1)(b) in the second to 
fifth preceding government fiscal years, and
	(b)	the aggregate amount of fees  received by the 
Superintendent, in the second to 5th preceding 
government fiscal years; 
	C  	is the estimated total amount of the number of members of all 
plans at the time of calculation of the rate.
(4)  The fee rate in respect of a year must be published in a form and 
manner determined by the Superintendent no later than September 30 
of that year.
(5)  The fee rate is effective October 1 of a year.
Minimum and maximum fee
154  The minimum amount of the registration fee payable by an 
administrator under section 153 is $250 and the maximum amount is 
$75 000.
Part 14 
Miscellaneous, Transitional, 
Consequential, Repeal and Coming into 
force
Division 1 
Miscellaneous
Fees
155(1)  Fees that may be imposed on administrators for the purpose of 
section 158 of the Act are set out in Schedule 5
(2)  The prescribed matters and prescribed amounts for the purpose of 
section 138(3) of the Act are set out in sections 4(1) and (2) of 
Schedule 5.
Notice requirements
156(1)  Subject to section 156 of the Act, any statement, information 
or notice that must or may be provided to a person under the Act may, 
be sent by ordinary mail to the last known postal address of the person.
(2)  If a statement, information or notice is returned because the 
intended recipient is not at his or her last known postal address, the 
requirement under the Act that an administrator provide the statement, 
information or notice does not apply to that intended recipient unless a 
subsequent written request is received for the statement, information or 
notice.
Collection of personal information 
157   The Superintendent may collect personal information about 
persons entitled to benefits under a pension plan if the information is 
necessary to determine whether the plan is in full compliance with the 
Act and this Regulation. 
Division 2 
Transitional Matters
Transitional items
158   In this Division,
	(a)	"current Act" means the Employment Pension Plans Act (SA 
2012 cE-8.1);
	(b)	"former Act" means the Employment Pension Plans Act 
(RSA 2000 cE-8).
Pension plan documents
159(1)  Pension plan documents filed under the former Act are 
deemed to have been filed in accordance with this Act.
(2)  Where on the coming into force of this section, a pension plan or a 
pension plan text has been filed under the former Act but not yet 
registered, the current Act applies with respect to registration.
(3)  Where a pension plan referred to in subsection (1), including the 
plan text document or any supporting plan document is not in 
compliance with this Act or the regulations, the administrator must 
apply for the registration of any required amendments to the plan text 
document or any supporting plan documents on or before December 
31, 2014.
Participation agreements
160   A participation agreement under the former Act in effect on the 
coming into force of this section is deemed to  meet the requirements 
of section 36 of the Act, but if the agreement does not meet the 
requirements of section 36 of the Act, the parties to the agreement 
must on or before June 1, 2015 enter into an agreement that meets 
those requirements.
Disclosure statements
161(1)  In accordance with the guidelines issued by the 
Superintendent, a disclosure statement required under section 15 of the 
former Act may, until December 31, 2014, be used instead of the 
disclosure statement that meets the requirements of section 37 of the 
current Act.
(2)  A requirement to provide a disclosure statement under section 31, 
35 or 36 does not apply until December 31, 2014.
LIRAs and LIFs
162(1)  The list of the financial institutions that are acknowledged 
under section 38 of the former Regulation is deemed to be the list for 
the purposes of section 105 of the current Regulation, until such time 
as the Superintendent establishes one or more new lists.
(2)  Despite the repeal of the Employment Pension Plans Regulation 
(AR 35/2000), sections 39 and 40 of that Regulation continue to apply 
until sections 104 to 120, sections 122 to 139 and section 141 come 
into force.
Division 3 
Consequential, Repeal and Coming into 
Force
Amends AR 366/93
163(1)  The Local Authorities Pension Plan (AR 366/93) is 
amended by this section.
(2)  Section 2(1)(x) is amended by striking out "section 1(1)(x) 
of the Employment Pension Plans Act" and substituting "section 
1(1)(ff) of the Employment Pension Plans Act (SA 2012 cE-8.1)".
(3)  Section 34 is amended 
	(a)	In subsection (1) by striking out "section 39, 40 or 41 
of the Employment Pension Plans Regulation (AR 35/2000)" 
and substituting "Part 9 of the Employment Pension Plans 
Regulation".
	(b)	in subsection (3) by striking out "Employment Pension 
Plans Act" and substituting "Employment Pension Plans 
Act (SA 2012 cE-8.1)".
(4)  Section 76(1) is repealed and the following is 
substituted:
Increase by Board of normal COLA
76(1)  The Board may establish a higher rate of increase for the 
purposes of section 75(1) and (2), but only if the Plan meets the 
minimum funding and solvency requirements set by section 48(2) 
and (3), and the regulations made with reference to section 48(2), of 
the Employment Pension Plans Act (RSA 2000 cE 8), as that 
legislation was in force immediately before the commencement of 
section 160(3) of the Employment Pension Plans Act 
(SA 2012 cE 8.1).
(5)  Section 78(1)(a) is repealed and the following is 
substituted:
	(a)	the Plan meets the minimum funding and solvency 
requirements set by section 48(2) and (3), and the regulations 
made with reference to section 48(2), of the Employment 
Pension Plans Act (RSA 2000 cE-8) , as that legislation was 
in force immediately before the commencement of section 
160(3) of the Employment Pension Plans Act 
(SA 2012 cE-8.1), and
Amends AR 367/93
164(1)  The Management Employees Pension Plan 
(AR 367/93) is amended by this section.
(2)  Section 2(1)(x) is amended by striking out "section 1(1)(x) 
of the Employment Pension Plans Act" and substituting "section 
1(1)(ff) of the Employment Pension Plans Act (SA 2012 cE-8.1)".
(3)  Section 34 is amended
	(a)	In subsection (1) by striking out "section 39, 40 or 41 
of the Employment Pension Plans Regulation (AR 35/2000)" 
and substituting "Part 9 of the Employment Pension Plans 
Regulation".
	(b)	in subsection (3) by striking out "Employment Pension 
Plans Act" and substituting "Employment Pension Plans 
Act (SA 2012 cE-8.1)".
(4)  Section 76(1) is repealed and the following is 
substituted:
Increase by Minister of normal COLA
76(1)  The Minister may establish a higher rate of increase for the 
purposes of section 75(1) and (2), but only if the Plan meets the 
minimum funding and solvency requirements set by section 48(2) 
and (3), and the regulations made with reference to section 48(2), of 
the Employment Pension Plans Act (RSA 2000 cE-8), as that 
legislation was in force immediately before the commencement of 
section 160(3) of the Employment Pension Plans Act 
(SA 2012 cE-8.1).
(5)  Section 78(1)(a) is repealed and the following is 
substituted:
	(a)	the Plan meets the minimum funding and solvency 
requirements set by section 48(2) and (3), and the regulations 
made with reference to section 48(2), of the Employment 
Pension Plans Act (RSA 2000 cE-8), as that legislation was 
in force immediately before the commencement of section 
160(3) of the Employment Pension Plans Act 
(SA 2012 cE-8.1), and
Amends AR 368/93
165(1)  The Public Service Pension Plan (AR 368/93) is 
amended by this section.
(2)  Section 2(1)(x) is amended by striking out "section 1(1)(x) 
of the Employment Pension Plans Act " and substituting "section 
1(1)(ff) of the Employment Pension Plans Act (SA 2012 cE-8.1)".
(3)  Section 34 is amended
	(a)	In subsection (1) by striking out "section 39, 40 or 41 
of the Employment Pension Plans Regulation (AR 35/2000)" 
and substituting "Part 9 of the Employment Pension Plans 
Regulation".
	(b)	in subsection (3) by striking out "Employment Pension 
Plans Act" and substituting "Employment Pension Plans 
Act (SA 2012 cE-8.1)".
(4)  Section 76(1) is repealed and the following is 
substituted:
Increase by Board of normal COLA
76(1)  The Board may establish a higher rate of increase for the 
purposes of section 75(1) and (2), but only if the Plan meets the 
minimum funding and solvency requirements set by section 48(2) 
and (3), and the regulations made with reference to section 48(2), of 
the Employment Pension Plans Act (RSA 2000 cE-8), as that 
legislation was in force immediately before the commencement of 
section 160(3) of the Employment Pension Plans Act 
(SA 2012 cE-8.1).
(5)  Section 78(1)(a) is repealed and the following is 
substituted:
	(a)	the Plan meets the minimum funding and solvency 
requirements set by section 48(2) and (3), and the regulations 
made with reference to section 48(2), of the Employment 
Pension Plans Act (RSA 2000 cE-8), as that legislation was 
in force immediately before the commencement of section 
160(3) of the Employment Pension Plans Act 
(SA 2012 cE-8.1), and
Amends AR 365/93
166(1)   The Public Sector Pension Plans (Legislative 
Provisions) Regulation (AR 365/93) is amended by this 
section.
(2)  The following is added after section 3:
Application of new EPPA to new UAPP
3.1   With reference to section 2(a) of the Employment Pension 
Plans Act (SA 2012 cE-8.1), that Act applies to the new Universities 
Academic Pension Plan referred to in section 1(c) of the Public 
Sector Pension Plans Act.
Application of EPPA provisions to active Plans
3.2(1)  For the purposes of applying the plan rules under Schedules 
1, 2, 4 and 5 of the Act,
	(a)	"funding requirements" means the minimum funding 
requirements, but excluding any requirements for the funding 
of solvency deficiencies, of the Employment Pension Plans 
Act (RSA 2000 cE-8) and the Employment Pension Plans 
Regulation (AR 35/2000), as that legislation was in force 
immediately before the commencement of section 160(3) of 
the Employment Pension Plans Act (SA 2012 cE-8.1);
	(b)	"solvency deficiencies" means a solvency deficiency (as it 
relates to a defined benefit component within the meaning of 
and calculated according to the Employment Pension Plans 
Regulation (AR 35/2000) under the Employment Pension 
Plans Act (RSA 2000 cE-8) as that legislation was in force 
immediately before the commencement of section 160(3) of 
the Employment Pension Plans Act (SA 2012 cE 8.1).
Application of EPPA to all Plans
3.3   For the purposes of section 6(3)(a) of Schedules 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6 
of the Act, the assets of the plan fund are to be invested in 
accordance with the Employment Pension Plans Act 
(SA 2012 cE-8.1) and the regulations under it.
(3)  Section 20 is repealed.
(4)  Schedule 1 of this Regulation is amended in section 
11(3) by striking out "Employment Pension Plans Act" wherever 
it occurs and substituting "Employment Pension Plans Act 
(SA 2012 cE-8.1)".
(5)  Schedule 2 of this Regulation is amended in section 
24.08(2) by striking out "Employment Pension Plans Act" 
wherever it occurs and substituting "Employment Pension 
Plans Act (SA 2012 cE-8.1)".
(6)  Schedule 5 of this Regulation is amended in section 
24.3(3) by striking out "Employment Pension Plans Act" 
wherever it occurs and substituting "Employment Pension 
Plans Act (SA 2012 cE-8.1)".
Amends AR 203/95
167(1)  The Teachers' and Private Schools Teachers' 
Pension Plan (AR 203/95) is amended by this section.
(2)  Section 2(1)(y) is amended by striking out "section 1(1)(x) 
of the Employment Pension Plans Act" and substituting "section 
1(1)(ff) of the Employment Pension Plans Act (SA 2012 cE-8.1)".
(3)  Section 47 is amended
	(a)	In subsection (1) by striking out "section 39, 40 or 41 
of the Employment Pension Plans Regulation (AR 35/2000)" 
and substituting "Part 9 of the Employment Pension Plans 
Regulation".
	(b)	in subsection (3) by striking out "Employment Pension 
Plans Act" and substituting "Employment Pension Plans 
Act (SA 2012 cE-8.1)".
Amends AR 204/95
168(1)   The Teachers' Pension Plans (Legislative 
Provisions) Regulation (AR 204/95) is amended by this 
section.
(2)  The following is added after section 3:
Application of EPPA provisions to 
Teachers' Pension Plans
3.1(1)  For the purposes of applying the plan rules,
	(a)	"funding requirements" means the minimum funding 
requirements, but excluding any requirements for the funding 
of solvency deficiencies, of the Employment Pension Plans 
Act (RSA 2000 cE-8) and the Employment Pension Plans 
Regulation (AR 35/2000), as that legislation was in force 
immediately before the commencement of section 160(5) of 
the Employment Pension Plans Act (SA 2012 cE-8.1);
	(b)	"solvency deficiencies" means a solvency deficiency within 
the meaning of and calculated according to the Employment 
Pension Plans Regulation (AR 35/2000) under the 
Employment Pension Plans Act (RSA 2000 cE-8), as that 
legislation was in force immediately before the 
commencement of section 160(3) of the Employment Pension 
Plans Act (SA 2012 cE-8.1).
Application of EPPA to all Plans
3.2   For the purposes of section 17(3)(a) of the Act, assets of the 
plan fund are to be invested or loaned in a manner that is not 
excluded by the rules in the Employment Pension Plans Act 
(SA 2012 cE-8.1) and the regulations under it.
(3)  Section 22 is amended by striking out "section 55 of the 
Employment Pension Plans Regulation (AR 35/2000)" and 
substituting "section 146 of the Employment Pension Plans 
Regulation."
(4)  Section 28 is repealed.
Amends AR 369/93
169(1)  The Special Forces Pension Plan (AR 369/93) is 
amended by this section.
(2)  Section 2(1)(x) is amended by striking out "section 1(1)(x) 
of the Employment Pension Plans Act" and substituting "section 
1(1)(ff) of the Employment Pension Plans Act (SA 2012 cE-8.1)".
(3)  Section 34 is amended
	(a)	In subsection (1) by striking out "section 39, 40 or 41 
of the Employment Pension Plans Regulation (AR 35/2000)" 
and substituting "Part 9 of the Employment Pension Plans 
Regulation".
	(b)	in subsection (3) by striking out "Employment Pension 
Plans Act" and substituting "Employment Pension Plans 
Act (SA 2012 cE-8.1)".
(4)  Section 76(1) is repealed and the following is 
substituted:
Increase by Board of normal COLA
76(1)  The Board may establish a higher rate of increase for the 
purposes of section 75(1) and (2), but only if the Plan meets the 
minimum funding and solvency requirements set by section 48(2) 
and (3), and the regulations made with reference to section 48(2), of 
the Employment Pension Plans Act (RSA 2000 cE-8), as that 
legislation was in force immediately before the commencement of 
section 160(3) of the Employment Pension Plans Act 
(SA 2012 cE-8.1).
Repeal
170   The Employment Pension Plans Regulation (AR 35/2000) is 
repealed.
Coming into force
171(1)  This Regulation, except sections 104 to 120, sections 122 to 
139 and section 141, comes into force on the coming into force of 
section 159 of the Act.
(2)  Sections 104 to 120, sections 122 to 139 and section 141, come 
into force on January 1, 2015.
Schedule 1 
Locked-in Retirement Account Addendum
Part 1 
Interpretation
Interpretation
1(1)   The following terms, used in this addendum, have the meanings 
respectively given them as indicated below, except where the context 
otherwise requires:
	(a)	"Act" means the Employment Pension Plans Act (SA 2012 
cE-8.1);
	(b)	"designated beneficiary", in relation to the owner of this 
locked-in retirement account, means a beneficiary designated 
under section 71(2) of the Wills and Succession Act;
	(c)	"life annuity" means a non-commutable arrangement to 
provide, on a deferred or immediate basis, a series of periodic 
payments for the life of the annuity holder or for the lives 
jointly of the annuity holder and the annuity holder's pension 
partner; 
	(d)	"locked-in retirement account issuer" means the issuer of this 
locked-in retirement account;
	(e)	"locked-in money" means
	(i)	money in a pension plan the withdrawal, surrender or 
receipt of which is restricted under section 70 of the 
Act,
	(ii)	money transferred under section 99(1) of the Act, and
	(iii)	money to which subclause (i) applies, that has been 
transferred out of the plan, and any interest on that 
money, whether or not that money had been transferred 
to one or more locked-in vehicles after it was 
transferred from the plan, and includes money that was 
deposited into this locked-in retirement account under 
section 116(1)(a) of the Regulation or paid to the 
locked-in retirement account issuer under section 
116(1)(b) or (2) of the Regulation;
	(f)	"member owner" means an owner of a locked-in vehicle if
	(i)	the owner was a member of a pension plan, and
	(ii)	the locked-in vehicle contains locked-in money from 
that plan;
	(g)	"owner" means a member owner or a pension partner owner;
	(h)	"pension partner" means a person who is a pension partner 
within the meaning of subsection (2);
	(i)	"pension partner owner" means an owner of a locked-in 
vehicle if
	(i)	the owner is a pension partner, former pension partner 
or surviving pension partner of a pension plan or a 
member owner,
	(ii)	the locked-in vehicle contains locked-in money from 
that plan, and
	(iii)	the pension partner owner's entitlement to the locked-in 
money in the locked-in vehicle arose by virtue of
	(A)	the death of the member of a pension plan or a 
member owner, or
	(B)	a breakdown of the marriage between the pension 
partner owner and the member of a pension plan, 
or the pension partner owner and the member 
owner;
	(j)	"Regulation" means the Employment Pension Plans 
Regulation;
	(k)	"this locked-in retirement account" means the locked-in 
retirement account to which this addendum applies.
	(2)  Persons are pension partners for the purposes of this addendum on 
any date on which one of the following applies:
	(a)	they
	(i)	are married to each other, and
	(ii)	have not been living separate and apart from each other 
for a continuous period longer than 3 years;
	(b)	if clause (a) does not apply, they have been living with each 
other in a marriage-like relationship
	(i)	for a continuous period of at least 3 years preceding the 
date, or
	(ii)	of some permanence, if there is a child of the 
relationship by birth or adoption.
(3)  Terms used in this addendum and not defined in subsection (1) but 
defined generally in the Act or Regulation have the meanings assigned 
to them in the Act or Regulation, respectively.
Part 2 
Transfers In and Transfers and Payments 
Out of Locked-in Retirement Account
Limitation of deposits to this account
2   The only money that may be deposited in this locked-in retirement 
account is
	(a)	locked-in money from a pension plan if
	(i)	this locked-in retirement account is owned by a member 
owner, or
	(ii)	this locked-in retirement account is owned by pension 
partner owner,
		and
	(b)	money deposited by the locked-in retirement account issuer 
under section 116(1)(a) of the Regulation or paid to the 
locked-in retirement account issuer for deposit to this 
locked-in retirement account under section 116(1)(b) or (2) 
of the Regulation.
Limitation on withdrawals from this account
3(1)  Money in this locked-in retirement account, including investment 
earnings, is for use in the provision of retirement income.
(2)  Despite subsection (1), money may be withdrawn from this 
locked-in retirement account in the following limited circumstances:
	(a)	by way of a transfer to another locked-in retirement account 
on the relevant conditions specified in this addendum;
	(b)	to purchase a life annuity in accordance with section 6(3);
	(c)	by way of a transfer to a pension plan if the plan text 
document of the plan allows the transfer;
	(d)	by way of a transfer to a life income fund in accordance with 
Division 3 of Part 9 of the Regulation;
	(e)	in accordance with Part 4 of this addendum.
(3)  Without limiting subsections (1) and (2) and in accordance with in 
section 72 of the Act, money in this locked-in retirement account must 
not be assigned, charged, alienated or anticipated and is exempt from 
execution, seizure or attachment. 
(4)  The locked-in retirement account issuer must comply with any 
applicable requirements of the Act and the Regulation before allowing 
a payment or transfer of any of the money in this locked-in retirement 
account.
General liability on improper payments or transfers
4   If the locked-in retirement account issuer pays or transfers money 
from this locked-in retirement account contrary to the Act or the 
Regulation,
	(a)	subject to clause (b), the locked-in retirement account issuer 
must,
	(i)	if less than all of the money in this locked-in retirement 
account is improperly paid or transferred, deposit into 
this locked-in retirement account an amount of money 
equal to the money that had been improperly paid or 
transferred, or
	(ii)	if all of the money in this locked-in retirement account 
is improperly paid or transferred, establish a new 
locked-in retirement account for the owner and deposit 
into that new locked-in retirement account an amount of 
money equal to the amount of money that had been 
improperly paid or transferred, 
		or
	(b)	if 
	(i)	the money is transferred out of this locked-in retirement 
account to an issuer that is authorized under the 
Regulation to issue locked-in retirement accounts,
	(ii)	the act or omission that is contrary to the Act or the 
Regulation is the failure of the locked-in retirement 
account issuer to advise the transferee issuer that the 
money is locked-in money, and 
	(iii)	the transferee issuer deals with the money in a manner 
that is contrary to the manner in which locked-in money 
is to be dealt with under the Act or the Regulation,
		the locked-in retirement account issuer must pay to the 
transferee issuer, in accordance with the requirements of the 
Act and the Regulation relating to transfers of locked-in 
money, an amount equal to the amount dealt with in the 
manner referred to in subclause (iii).
Remittance of securities
5(1)  If this locked-in retirement account holds identifiable and 
transferable securities, the transfers referred to in this Part may, unless 
otherwise stipulated in the contract to which this is an addendum, be 
effected, at the option of the locked-in retirement account issuer and 
with the consent of the owner, by the transfer of any such securities.
(2)  Subject to section 2, there may be transferred to this locked-in 
retirement account identifiable and transferable securities, unless 
otherwise stipulated in the contract to which this is an addendum, if 
that transfer is approved by the locked-in retirement account issuer and 
consented to by the owner.
Retirement income
6(1)  This locked-in retirement account may be converted to retirement 
income, whether in the form of a life income fund or a life annuity, at 
any time after the owner of the locked-in retirement account reaches 50 
years of age, and must be converted to retirement income on or before 
the last date on which a person is allowed under the Income Tax Act 
(Canada) to start receiving a pension from a registered pension plan.
(2)  The money in this locked-in retirement account must not be 
transferred to a life income fund unless
	(a)	payments under the life income fund cannot commence 
before the owner of the locked-in retirement account reaches 
50 years of age,
	(b)	subject to clause (c)(ii), the owner has made an election for 
unlocking under section 71(5)(b) of the Act that meets the 
conditions set out in Schedule 3 and the amount unlocked, if 
any, has been paid to the owner, and
	(c)	if the owner is a member owner who has a pension partner,
		(i) a waiver in Form 10 has been signed by the owner's 
pension partner and provided to the locked-in retirement 
account issuer, and
		(ii) if the owner has elected the unlocking option, a 
waiver in Form 14 has been signed by the owner's 
pension partner and provided to the locked-in retirement 
account issuer.
(3)  The money in this locked-in retirement account must not be 
transferred to an insurance company for the purchase a life annuity 
unless
	(a)	payments under the annuity will not commence before the 
owner of the locked-in retirement account reaches 50 years 
of age,
	(b)	payments under the annuity commence on or before the last 
date on which a person is allowed under the Income Tax Act 
(Canada) to start receiving a pension from a registered 
pension plan,
	(c)	there is no differentiation amongst the annuitants on the basis 
of gender, and
	(d)	if the owner is a member owner and if the member owner has 
a pension partner,
	(i)	the life annuity is in the form of a joint and survivor 
pension as described in section 90(2) of the Act, or
	(ii)	in the case of a life annuity that is in a form that is 
different from the form of pension described in 
subclause (i), a waiver in Form 11 signed by the 
member owner's pension partner has been provided to 
the locked-in retirement account issuer not more than 90 
days before the transfer.
(4)  A transfer under subsection (2) or (3) must be made within 60 days 
after the delivery to the locked-in retirement account issuer of the 
documents required to effect the transfer.
Part 3 
Death of Owner
Transfers on death of member owner
7(1)  Subject to subsections (2) and (3), if a member owner dies and he 
or she is survived by a pension partner, the locked-in retirement 
account issuer must transfer any money that remains in this locked-in 
retirement account, within 60 days after the delivery to the locked-in 
retirement account issuer of the documents required to effect the 
transfer, to whichever of the following the surviving pension partner 
elects:
	(a)	a pension plan if the plan text document of the plan allows 
the transfer;
	(b)	another locked-in retirement account;
	(c)	a life income fund in accordance with section 6(2); 
	(d)	an insurance company to purchase a life annuity in 
accordance with section 6(3).
(2)  If the surviving pension partner is a non-resident, any money that 
remains in the locked-in retirement account must be paid to the 
surviving pension partner in a lump sum.
(3)  If a member owner of a locked-in retirement account dies and
	(a)	he or she is not survived by a pension partner, or
	(b)	he or she has a surviving pension partner and a waiver in 
Form 12 signed by the surviving  pension partner is provided 
to the locked-in retirement account issuer
the locked-in retirement account issuer must pay any money that 
remains in the locked-in retirement account, within 60 days after the 
delivery to the issuer of the documents required to effect the payment, 
to the designated beneficiary or, if there is no living designated 
beneficiary, to the personal representative of the member owner's 
estate.
(4)  Where a waiver in Form 12 is signed by the surviving pension 
partner and provided to the locked-in retirement account issuer, that 
pension partner is not entitled to receive money in the locked-in 
retirement account under subsection (3) as the member owner's 
designated beneficiary.
Transfers on death of pension partner owner
8   If a pension partner owner dies, the locked-in retirement account 
issuer must pay any money that remains in this locked-in retirement 
account, within 60 days after the delivery to the locked-in retirement 
account issuer of the documents required to effect the transfer,
	(a)	to the pension partner owner's designated beneficiary, or
	(b)	if there is no living designated beneficiary, to the personal 
representative of the to the pension partner owner's estate.
Part 4 
Withdrawal, Commutation and Surrender
YMPE based lump sum payment
9   The locked-in retirement account issuer will, on application, 
provide to the owner of the locked-in retirement account the lump sum 
amount referred to in section 71(2) of the Act if, at the time of the 
application,
	(a)	the balance of the locked-in retirement account does not 
exceed 20% of the Year's Maximum Pensionable Earnings 
(YMPE) under the Canada Pension Plan for the calendar year 
in which the application is made, or
	(b)	the owner is at least 65 years of age and the balance of the 
locked-in retirement account does not exceed 40% of the 
YMPE for the calendar year in which the application is 
made.
Splitting of contract
10   If this locked-in retirement account is not eligible for a lump sum 
payment option referred to in section 9, assets in the locked-in 
retirement account must not be divided and transferred to 2 or more 
locked-in retirement accounts, life income funds, pension plans or 
annuities or any combination of them if that transfer would make the 
money in any one or more of those vehicles eligible to be paid out by 
way of a lump sum payment under section 71(1) or (2) of the Act. 
Shortened life payments
11   On application by the owner of this locked-in retirement account 
referred to in section 71(4)(a) of the Act, the locked-in retirement 
account issuer will pay, to the owner, a payment, or series of payments 
for a fixed term, of all or part of the money held in the locked-in 
retirement account if
	(a)	a medical practitioner certifies that the owner has a disability 
or illness that is terminal or to likely shorten the owner's life 
considerably, and
	(b)	at the time of the application, if the owner is a member owner 
and has a pension partner, a waiver in Form 13 signed by the 
pension partner has been provided to the locked-in retirement 
account issuer,
Non residency for tax purposes
12   The locked-in retirement account issuer will, on application, 
provide to the owner of the locked-in retirement account the lump sum 
amount referred to in section 71(4)(b) of the Act if, 
	(a)	the owner includes in the application written evidence that 
the Canada Revenue Agency has confirmed that the owner is 
a non-resident for the purposes of the Income Tax Act 
(Canada), and
	(b)	at the time of the application, a waiver in Form 13 signed by 
the pension partner has been provided to the locked-in 
retirement account issuer.
Financial hardship
13   The locked-in retirement account issuer will, on application made 
in accordance with section 121(3) of the Regulation, provide to the 
owner of the locked-in retirement account a lump sum amount, up to 
the amount prescribed under section 121(5) of the Regulation, if, at the 
time of the application, the owner meets the requirements of the 
financial hardship exception set out in section 121(4) of the 
Regulation.
Maximum 50% unlocking
14   The locked-in retirement account issuer will, on a transfer to a life 
income fund, provide to the owner of the locked-in retirement account 
a lump sum amount equal to a maximum of 50% of the value of the 
locked-in retirement account, if, at the time of the transfer, 
	(a)	the owner meets the requirements for the 50% unlocking set 
out in Schedule 3 of the Regulation, and
	(b)	at the time of the application, if the owner is a member owner 
and has a pension partner, a waiver in Form 14 signed by the 
pension partner has been provided to the locked-in retirement 
account issuer not more than 90 days before the transfer.
Schedule 2 
Life Income Fund Addendum
Part 1 
Interpretation
Interpretation
1(1)   The following terms, used in this addendum, have the meanings 
respectively given them as indicated below, except where the context 
otherwise requires:
	(a)	"Act" means the Employment Pension Plans Act (SA 2012 
cE-8.1);
	(b)	"designated beneficiary", in relation to the owner of this life 
income fund, means a beneficiary designated under section 
71(2) of the Wills and Succession Act;
	(c)	"life annuity" means a non commutable arrangement to 
provide, on a deferred or immediate basis, a series of periodic 
payments for the life of the annuity holder or for the lives 
jointly of the annuity holder and the annuity holder's pension 
partner; 
	(d)	"life income fund issuer" means the issuer of this life income 
fund;
	(e)	"life income fund maximum amount", in relation to the 
income that may be paid out of a life income fund to an 
owner in a calendar year, means the greatest of
	(i)	the life income fund minimum amount for that year, 
	(ii)	the preceding year's life income fund investment 
returns, and
	(iii)	the amount determined by the following formula:
life income fund balance
withdrawal factor
where
		"CANSIM rate", in relation to a period of not more than 
12 months for which interest is payable, means the rate 
of interest on long term bonds issued by the 
Government of Canada for the month of November 
preceding the year in relation to which the withdrawal 
factor is being calculated, determined by reference to 
the Canadian Socio Economic Information Management 
System (CANSIM) Series V 122487 compiled by 
Statistics Canada and available on the website 
maintained by the Bank of Canada;
		"life income fund balance", in relation to a life income 
fund, means 
	(i)	in the calendar year in which the fund is 
established, the balance of the fund as at the 
date on which the fund is established, and
	(ii)	in every subsequent calendar year, the 
balance of the fund as at January 1 of the 
calendar year in which the calculation is 
made;
		"withdrawal factor" means the actuarial present value, 
on January 1 of the year in which the calculation is 
made, of an annuity of $1 payable at the beginning of 
each year between that date and December 31 of the 
year during which the owner reaches the age of 90 years 
and calculated by using
	(i)	for the first 15 years in relation to which the 
actuarial present value is determined, the greater of 
the following:
	(A)	6% per year;
	(B)	the CANSIM rate;
	(ii)	for each year after the first 15 years, 6% per year;
	(f)	"life income fund minimum amount", in relation to the 
income that may be paid out of a life income fund to an 
owner in a calendar year, means the minimum amount of 
income that, under the Income Tax Regulations (Canada), is 
required to be paid out of the member's life income fund in 
that year;
	(g)	"locked-in money" means 
	(i)	money in a pension plan the withdrawal, surrender or 
receipt of which is restricted under section 70 of the 
Act,
	(ii)	money transferred under section 99(1) of the Act, and 
	(iii)	money to which clause (a), applies, that has been 
transferred out of the plan, and any interest on that 
money, whether or not that money had been transferred 
to one or more locked-in vehicles after it was 
transferred from the plan, 
		and includes money that was deposited into this life income 
fund under section 135(1)(a) of the Regulation or paid to the 
life income fund issuer under section 135(1)(b) or (2) of the 
Regulation;
	(h)	"member owner" means an owner of a locked-in vehicle if
	(i)	the owner was a member of a pension plan, and 
	(ii)	the locked-in vehicle contains locked-in money from 
that plan;
	(i)	"owner" means a member owner or a pension partner owner;
	(j)	"pension partner" means a person who is a pension partner 
within the meaning of subsection (2);
	(k)	"pension partner owner" means an owner of a locked-in 
vehicle if
	(i)	the locked-in vehicle contains locked-in money from 
that plan, and
	(ii)	the pension partner owner's entitlement to the locked-in 
money in the locked-in vehicle arose by virtue of 
	(A)	the death of the member of a pension plan or a 
member owner, or
	(B)	a break down of the marriage between the pension 
partner owner and the member of a pension plan, 
or the pension partner owner and the member 
owner;
	(l)	"Regulation" means the Employment Pension Plans 
Regulation;
	(m)	"this life income fund" means the life income fund to which 
this addendum applies.
(2)  Persons are pension partners for the purposes of this addendum on 
any date on which one of the following applies: 
	(a)	they 
	(i)	are married to each other, and 
	(ii)	have not been living separate and apart from each other 
for a continuous period longer than 3 years;
	(b)	if clause (a) does not apply, they have been living with each 
other in a marriage-like relationship
	(i)	for a continuous period of at least 3 years preceding the 
date, or
	(ii)	of some permanence, if there is a child of the 
relationship by birth or adoption.
(3)  Terms used in this addendum and not defined in subsection (1) but 
defined generally in the Act or Regulation have the meanings assigned 
to them in the Act or Regulation. 
Part 2 
Transfers In and Transfers and 
Payments Out of Life Income Fund
Limitation of deposits to this account
2(1)  Subject to subsection (2), the only money that may be deposited 
in this life income fund is
	(a)	locked-in money from a pension plan if
	(i)	this life income fund is owned by a member owner, or
	(ii)	this life income fund is owned by a pension partner 
owner
	(b)	money deposited by the life income fund issuer under section 
135(1)(a) of the Regulation or paid to by the life income fund 
issuer for deposit to this life income fund under section 
135(1)(b) or (2) of the Regulation, or
	(c)	money deposited by the life income fund issuer from a 
locked-in retirement account under section 114(2) of the 
Regulation or from another life income fund under section 
132(1) of the Regulation.
(2)  The issuer of the life income fund must not accept a transfer to the 
life income fund of locked-in money unless the original or a certified 
copy of the signed waiver form in Form 7, 10, 14 or 15, as applicable, 
has been provided to the life income fund issuer.
Payments out
3(1)  The owner of this life income fund must, at the beginning of each 
calendar year, notify the life income fund issuer in writing of the 
amount of income that is to be paid out of the life income fund during 
that year, which amount must accord with subsection (5).
(2)  Subject to subsection (3), the owner of this life income fund may, 
at any time that money is transferred to this life income fund, notify 
the life income fund issuer in writing of the amount of income that is 
to be paid out of the life income fund during that year, which amount 
must accord with subsection (5).
(3)  The additional payment in subsection (2) may not be made if the 
money that transferred into this life income fund was previously in 
another life income fund or a life income type benefits account.
(4)  The owner of this life income fund may, at any time during a 
calendar year, change the amount of income that is to be paid out of 
the life income fund during that year to a different amount that accords 
with subsection (5).
(5)  There must be paid from a life income fund in each calendar year 
an amount of income that accords with the following:
	(a)	not less than the life income fund minimum amount 
applicable to the owner for that year;
	(b)	not more than the life income fund maximum amount 
applicable to the owner for that year.
Limitation on withdrawals from this account
4(1)  Money in this life income fund, including investment earnings, is 
for use in the provision of retirement income.
(2)  Despite subsection (1), money may be withdrawn from this life 
income fund in the following limited circumstances:
	(a)	by way of a transfer to another life income fund on the 
relevant conditions specified in this addendum; 
	(b)	to purchase a life annuity in accordance with section 7(1);
	(c)	by way of a transfer to a pension plan if the plan text 
document of the plan allows the transfer;
	(d)	in accordance with Part 4 of this addendum.
(3)  Without limiting subsections (1) and (2) and in accordance with in 
section 72 of the Act, money in this life income fund must not be 
assigned, charged, alienated or anticipated and is exempt from 
execution, seizure or attachment.
(4)  The life income fund issuer must comply with any applicable 
requirements of the Act and the Regulation before allowing a payment 
or transfer of any of the money in this life income fund.
General liability on improper payments or transfers
5   If the life income fund issuer pays or transfers money from this life 
income fund contrary to the Act or the Regulation,
	(a)	subject to clause (b), the life income fund issuer must,
	(i)	if less than all of the money in this life income fund is 
improperly paid or transferred, deposit into this life 
income fund an amount of money equal to the money 
that had been improperly paid or transferred, or
	(ii)	if all of the money in this life income fund is improperly 
paid or transferred, establish a new life income fund for 
the owner and deposit into that new life income fund an 
amount of money equal to the amount of money that 
had been improperly paid or transferred, 
		or 
	(b)	if
	(i)	the money is transferred out of this life income fund to 
an issuer that is authorized under the Regulation to issue 
life income funds,
	(ii)	the act or omission that is contrary to the Act or the 
Regulation is the failure of the life income fund issuer 
to advise the transferee issuer that the money is 
locked-in money, and 
	(iii)	the transferee issuer deals with the money in a manner 
that is contrary to the manner in which locked-in money 
is to be dealt with under the Act or the Regulation,
		the life income fund issuer must pay to the transferee issuer, 
in accordance with the requirements of the Act and the 
Regulation relating to transfers of locked-in money, an 
amount equal to the amount dealt with in the manner referred 
to in subclause (iii).
Remittance of securities
6(1)  If this life income fund holds identifiable and transferable 
securities, the transfers referred to in this Part may, unless otherwise 
stipulated in the contract to which this is an addendum, be effected, at 
the option of the life income fund issuer and with the consent of the 
owner, by the transfer of any such securities.
(2)  Subject to section 2, there may be transferred to this life income 
fund identifiable and transferable securities, unless otherwise 
stipulated in the contract to which this is an addendum, if that transfer 
is approved by the life income fund issuer and consented to by the 
owner.
Restrictions on transfers
7(1)  The money in this life income fund must not be transferred to an 
insurance company for the purchase of a life annuity unless
	(a)	there is no differentiation amongst the annuitants on the basis 
of gender, and 
	(b)	if the member owner has a pension partner,
	(i)	the life annuity is in the form of a joint and survivor 
pension as described in section 90(2) of the Act, or 
	(ii)	in the case of a life annuity that is different from the 
form of pension described in subclause (i), a waiver in 
Form 11 signed by the member owner's pension partner 
and provided to the life income fund issuer not more 
than 90 days before the transfer.
(2)  The money in this life income fund must not be transferred to a 
locked-in retirement account.
Part 3 
Death of Owner
Transfers on death of owner who was a pension plan member
8(1)  If a member owner of a life income fund dies, the life income 
fund issuer must pay, by way of a lump sum payment, the money in 
the life income fund:
	(a)	to the deceased member owner's surviving pension partner; 
	(b)	if the deceased member owner has no pension partner at the 
time of death, or if the deceased member owner has a 
surviving pension partner and a waiver in Form 16, signed by 
the surviving pension partner has been provided to the life 
income fund issuer
	(i)	to the deceased member owner's designated beneficiary, 
or
	(ii)	if there is no living designated beneficiary, to the 
personal representative of the deceased member 
owner's estate.
(2)  A payment under subsection (1) must be made within 60 days after 
the delivery to the issuer of the documents required to effect the 
payment.
Transfers on death of pension partner owner
9(1)  If a pension partner owner of a life income fund dies, the life 
income fund issuer must pay, by way of a lump sum payment, the 
money in the life income fund,
	(a)	to the pension partner owner's designated beneficiary, or
	(b)	if there is no living designated beneficiary, to the personal 
representative of the pension partner owner's estate.
(2)  A payment under subsection (1) must be made within 60 days after 
the delivery to the issuer of the documents required to effect the 
payment.
Part 4 
Withdrawal, Commutation and Surrender
YMPE based lump sum payment
10   The life income fund issuer will, on application, provide to the 
owner of the life income fund the lump sum amount referred to in 
section 71(2) of the Act if, at the time of the application,
	(a)	the balance of the life income fund does not exceed 20% of 
the Year's Maximum Pensionable Earnings (YMPE) under 
the Canada Pension Plan for the calendar year in which the 
application is made, or
	(b)	the owner is at least 65 years of age and the balance of the 
life income fund does not exceed 40% of the YMPE for the 
calendar year in which the application is made. 
Splitting of contract
11   If this life income fund is not eligible for a lump sum payment 
option referred to in section 10, assets in the life income fund must not 
be divided and transferred to 2 or more, life income funds, pension 
plans or annuities or any combination of them if that transfer would 
make any one or more of those vehicles eligible for a lump sum 
payment under section 71(1) or (2) of the Act.
Shortened life payments
12   On application by the owner of this life income fund referred to in 
section 71(4)(a) of the Act, the life income fund issuer will pay, to the 
owner, a payment, or series of payments for a fixed term, of all or part 
of the assets held in the life income fund if
	(a)	a medical practitioner certifies that the owner has a disability 
or illness that is terminal or to likely shorten the owner's life 
considerably, and 
	(b)	at the time of the application, if the owner is a member owner 
and has a pension partner, a waiver in Form 13 signed by the 
pension partner has been provided to the life income fund 
issuer.
Non residency for tax purposes
13   The life income fund issuer will, on application, provide to the 
owner of the life income fund the lump sum amount referred to in 
section 71(4)(b) of the Act if, 
	(a)	the owner includes in the application written evidence that 
the Canada Revenue Agency has confirmed that the owner is 
a non-resident for the purposes of the Income Tax Act 
(Canada), or
	(b)	at the time of the application, if the owner is a member owner 
and has a pension partner, a waiver in Form 13 signed by the 
pension partner has been provided to the life income fund 
issuer.
Financial hardship
14   The life income fund issuer will, on application made in 
accordance with section 140(3) of the Regulation, provide to the owner 
of the life income fund a lump sum amount, up to the amount 
prescribed under section 140(5) of the Regulation, if, at the time of the 
application, the owner meets the requirements of the financial hardship 
exception set out in section 140(4) of the Regulation.
Schedule 3 
Up to 50% Unlocking Option
Conditions
1(1)  The conditions prescribed for the purposes of section 71(5) of the 
Act are provided in this section.
(2)  An unlocking election by a member of a pension plan, or owner of 
a locked-in retirement account, must be provided in writing to the 
administrator of the pension plan or the financial institution holding 
the locked-in retirement account.
(3)  A member or an owner of a locked-in retirement account is 
eligible to make an unlocking election if and only if that person has at 
least attained the age of 50 years.
(4)  An unlocking election may only be made once, and may only be 
made:
	(a)	not more than 90 days before the transfer to a retirement 
income account
	(i)	from a pension plan, or 
	(ii)	from a locked-in retirement account, 
		or
	(b)	immediately prior to the commencement of payments of life 
income type benefits from the pension plan pursuant to 
section 77 of the Act.
(5)  An unlocking of up to 50% of the commuted value of the benefit, 
or 50% of the balance in a locked-in retirement account, may not be 
made after the pension commencement date of the member, or the 
owner of the locked-in retirement account.
(6)  The amount unlocked may be paid to the member, or the owner of 
the locked-in retirement account, on a lump sum basis, or be 
transferred to an RRSP, if and to the extent that the Income Tax Act 
(Canada) allows, with or without conditions, at the option of the person 
to whom the lump sum is payable.
(7)  If the owner or member owner has a pension partner and a waiver 
in Form 7 or 14, as applicable, has been signed by the member's or 
member owner's pension partner, a copy of the waiver has been 
provided to the administrator or issuer, as applicable.
Schedule 4 
Exemptions and Other Provisions for 
Universities Academic Pension Plan
Interpretation
1(1)   In this Schedule, "Plan" means the Universities Academic 
Pension Plan referred to in section 12 of the Regulation.
(2)  References in this Schedule to section 60(2) of the Regulation, 
except where reference is made to section 52 of the Act, are to be taken 
to be references to section 60(2) of the Regulation as contained in 
section 13(1) of this Schedule.
(3)  With respect to the Plan, the words "or (c)" in the definition of 
"special payments" in section 1(1)(ddd)(i) of the Regulation are to be 
treated as not existing. 
(4)  To any extent that any provision of the legislation, as it applies 
with respect to the Plan, is inconsistent with a provision of an Order in 
Council made under section 14(8)(b) of Schedule 3 to the Public 
Sector Pension Plans Act, the latter provision prevails over the former.
Application
2   This Schedule applies only to the Plan.
Participation agreement
3(1)  Sections 36(1) and 48 of the Act do not apply with respect to the 
Plan.
(2)  To participate in the Plan, employers and, to the extent that 
employers have academic staff associations, those associations must be 
signatories either to
	(a)	the relevant trust deed or agreement or similar document 
referred to in section 28(b)(ii) of the Regulation, where that 
instrument meets the conditions set out in section 29(a) to (d) 
of the Regulation, or
	(b)	one or more participation agreements referred to in sections 
36(1) and 48 of the Act.
Actuarial valuation reports and cost certificates
4   Section 49(5)(d)(ii) of the Regulation is to be treated as reading:
	(ii)	for the solvency deficiency, if any, 
	(A)	the date of its establishment,
	(B)	the amount of the solvency deficiency.
Annual statement for active members
5   Section 31(4)(c)(ii) of the Regulation is to be treated as reading:
	(ii)	a statement that the participating employers have agreed to 
pay any solvency deficiency in respect of its employees or 
former employees in the event of the termination of the Plan;
Annual statement for retired members
6   Section 32(3)(a)(ii) of the Regulation is to be treated as reading:
	(ii)	a statement that the participating employers have agreed to 
pay any solvency deficiency in respect of its employees or 
former employees in the event of the termination of the Plan;
Termination of active membership statement
7   The Plan is exempt from section 34(4)(c) of the Regulation.
Information statement on marriage breakdown
8   Section 35(4)(f)(ii) of the Regulation is to be treated as reading:
	(ii)	a statement that the participating employers have agreed to 
pay any solvency deficiency in respect of its employees or 
former employees in the event of the termination of the Plan;
Information statement after filing 
matrimonial property order or agreement
9   The Plan is exempt from section 36(3)(b) of the Regulation.
Information statement on death of a member before pension 
commencement
10   The Plan is exempt from section 40(5)(e) of the Regulation.
Benefits and entitlements on Plan termination
11   The Plan is exempt from section 8(1)(e)(iv) of the Act provided 
that the Plan provides in effect that on the withdrawal of all or any of 
the employers from the Plan those employers are to establish a 
successor pension plan or plans that will take over all the assets and 
liabilities of the Plan that relate to those employers, with accrued 
benefits and other rights being fully protected.
Locking in
12   With respect to the Plan, in section 70 of the Act, "the initial 
legislation date" is to be treated as reading "January 1, 1994".
Funding 
13(1)  Subject to section 60(16) of the Regulation, the Plan is exempt 
from section 52(2) of the Act, to the extent that that subsection requires 
a pension plan to provide for funding in accordance with the prescribed 
tests for the solvency of pension plans, unless
	(a)	the Plan is terminated, or
	(b)	an employer withdraws from the Plan in the circumstances 
described in section 114 of the Act.
(2)  The Plan is exempt from section 60(5), (8) and (9) of the 
Regulation.
(3)  In section 60(2) and (3) of the Regulation, references to subsection 
(2)(c) of the Regulation are to be treated as not existing.
(4)  In section 60(4) and (12) of the Regulation, references to 
"solvency deficiency" are to be treated as not existing.
(5)  The following is to be treated as added after section 60(15) of the 
Regulation:
(15)  The administrator shall ensure that the actuary performs the 
funding requirements required under section 52(2) of the Act and 
reports the results of those tests in actuarial valuation reports and 
cost certificates required to be filed pursuant to section 38(1)(b) of 
the Act.
(16)  The administrator shall notify the Superintendent if a benefit 
change adversely affects the solvency of the Plan, and have the Plan 
reviewed or the latest review revised as required by section 48(6) of 
the Regulation.
Fund holders
14   With respect to the Plan, section 50(2) of the Act is to be regarded 
as having the following clause added to it after clause (c):
	(c.1)	the Alberta Investment Management Corporation,
Manner and extent of transfers
15   The Plan is exempt from section 74(3) of the Act and section 90 
of the Regulation.
Solvency tests and funding of the Plan
16(1)  The Plan is exempt from section 60(2) and (3) of the Regulation 
and the following subsections apply instead:
(2)  Subject to subsection (3), each plan contributor must pay the 
following into the plan or, if the plan contributor's share of the 
following has been determined under section 57.1, must pay the 
plan contributor's share of the following into the plan:
	(a)	at least monthly, an amount that is equal to 1/12 of the 
defined benefit component's normal actuarial cost that the 
reviewer of the current actuarial valuation report has, in that 
report, attributed to that plan contributor, and
	(b)	without limiting any other obligation on the plan contributors 
to make payments under this section in relation to any 
previous unfunded liability of the defined benefit component, 
if the current actuarial valuation report establishes the 
existence of an unfunded liability for the defined benefit 
component, a series of equal payments that are made at least 
monthly, which series of payments must be sufficient, in the 
opinion of the reviewer who prepared that actuarial valuation 
report,
	(i)	subject to subsection (2.1), with respect to an unfunded 
liability in respect of employment that was recognized 
as pensionable, and the benefits that were in place, as at 
December 31, 1991, monthly payments, expressed as a 
percentage of payroll, which, together with payments 
made by the Crown in right of Alberta under its liability 
as to partial funding of that unfunded liability, as 
imposed by Schedule 3 to the Public Sector Pension 
Plans (Legislative Provisions) Regulation (AR 365/93), 
are sufficient to amortize that unfunded liability on or 
before December 31, 2043, and
	(ii)	if the Plan has any other unfunded liability, to amortize 
the unfunded liability within the unfunded liability 
payment period applicable to it.
(2.1)  Once an actuarial valuation report prepared pursuant to a 
review referred to in section 48(3)(b) shows that no unfunded 
liability referred to in subsection (3)(b)(i) exists, the exemption 
from section 60(2) that is given by subsection (2)(b)(i) ceases to 
apply and the loss of that exemption remains permanent, regardless 
of anything that happens afterwards.
(3)  Instead of making the payments referred to in subsection 
(2)(b)(ii), each plan contributor may elect to make payments into 
the plan under this subsection if
	(a)	the payments are made at least monthly over the unfunded 
liability payment period that is applicable to that unfunded 
liability,
	(b)	the payment amounts are identical and are calculated as a 
percentage of the payroll that, as at the review date of the 
actuarial valuation report by which the existence of the 
unfunded liability was established, was projected for the 
members, and
	(c)	the actuarial present value of the payments over the period 
referred to in clause (a), or any shorter period selected by the 
administrator for the purposes of this subsection, is equal to 
that unfunded liability.
(2)  Section 60(10)(c) of the Regulation is to be regarded as reading as 
follows:
	(c)	until the exemption referred to in subsection (2.1) expires and 
to the extent that the excess assets arose in respect of 
employment after 1991, applied to reduce employer or 
employee contributions or both and, once that exemption has 
expired, applied to reduce employer or employee 
contributions or both, or 
(3)  Section 60 of the Regulation is to be regarded as having the 
following subsection added after subsection (6):
(6.1)  Notwithstanding subsection (6)(a), an actuarial gain arising 
from post 1991 employment need not be used to amortize or 
reduce an unfunded liability referred to in subsection (2)(b)(i), but 
this subsection ceases to apply with permanent effect as soon as 
the exemption referred to in subsection (3.1) expires.
Remitting of contributions and Crown  
unfunded liability payments
17   The following is to be treated as added after section 64(5) of the 
Regulation:
(6)  Notwithstanding sections 60(2) and 68(1)(c) of the Regulation, 
employer contributions referred to in section 64(1)(c), and 
contributions payable by the Crown under Schedule 3 to the Public 
Sector Pension Plans (Legislative Provisions) Regulation 
(AR 365/93), that are payable in respect of the first quarter after a 
review date may be made together with those employer and Crown 
contributions respectively to be paid in respect of the 2nd quarter 
after it, but they must include interest from the date when they 
would have been paid under that section 68(1)(c) of the 
Regulation, or that Order, respectively, to the date of payment, at 
the same interest rate as was used in determining the respective 
employer contributions referred to in section 68(1)(c) of the 
Regulation or those Crown contributions, respectively.
Schedule 5 
Fees
Late fees
1   Where a return referred to in section 38(1)(a) of the Act is not filed 
at the times specified in section 47(3), (5) and (8) of the Regulation, an 
additional fee equal to 10% of the assessment required by section 
152(2) of the Regulation is payable within 30 days after that time. 
Transfer of actuarial excess or surplus
2(1)  The fee for obtaining a written notice of consent from the 
Superintendent under section 65(2)(a) or 66(4)(a) of the Regulation or 
section 64(1)(c) of the Act is based on the cost of the service provided, 
calculated in accordance with subsection (2).
(2)  The fee payable is $100 for each hour or portion of an hour spent 
by each person in performing the service, except that 
	(a)	the total fee payable must not to exceed 25% of the actuarial 
excess or surplus to be paid or transferred to the 
administrator, and
	(b)	no fee is payable if the actuarial excess or surplus to be paid 
or transferred to the administrator is less than $500.
(3)  A notice of the amount of the fee payable must be provided by the 
Superintendent to the administrator, which must include the amount of 
time spent by the persons providing the service.
Inspection expenses
4(1)  The matters prescribed for the purposes of section 138(3)(a) of 
the Act are those considered reasonable and appropriate by the 
Superintendent for the purpose of conducting the inspection.
(2)  The maximum amount prescribed for the purpose of section 
138(3)(a) of the Act is $1000 for each day or part of a day in which the 
inspection is conducted, as determined by the Superintendent.
Appeal fee
5   The fee prescribed for the purpose of section 147(4) of the Act is 
$500.
Schedule 6 
Forms 
 
Form 1 
Administrator Statement of  
Compliance - Plan Registration
Administrators are required under section 13 of the Act to file a 
statement that an application for registration of a pension plan 
complies with the provisions of the Employment Pension Plans Act 
(SA 2012 cE-8.1) (the "Act") and the regulations under the Act.  The 
issuance by the Superintendent of Pensions (the "Superintendent") of a 
Certificate of Registration for a pension plan registered under the Act 
will be made based on this statement. Administrators are reminded that 
the Superintendent has the power to refuse to register or to revoke any 
registration that does not comply with the Act and the regulations.
(COMMENT:   Refusal to register is based on other 
factors also.  Same comment applies to Form 2.)
I,    [name of administrator]    , the administrator of    [name of pension 
plan]    , attach an application for registration of a pension plan 
dated     [mm/dd/yyyy]    , and CERTIFY AS FOLLOWS:
1   I am satisfied that the plan documents of the pension plan that are 
filed with this certificate comply with the provisions of the Act and the 
regulations.
2   I acknowledge that the obligation to determine compliance of the 
documents filed with this certificate is the responsibility of the 
administrator and I declare that I have fulfilled that responsibility and 
have complied with the provisions of the Act and the regulations in 
making this application.
3   The following have been established in relation to the plan: 
	(a)	a governance policy that meets the requirements of section 
42(1) of the Act;
	(b)	a statement of investment policies and procedures that meets 
the requirements of section 43(1) of the Act;
	(c)	a funding policy that meets the requirements of section 44 of 
the Act.
I declare that the above statements are true to the best of my 
knowledge and belief and I am making this certificate conscientiously 
believing it to be true and knowing that it is of the same force and 
effect as if made under oath.
DATED [mm/dd/yyyy].
                                                                             
Signature of administrator or authorized officer
                                                                             
Name of administrator or authorized officer (printed)
(NOTE:  The administration of a pension plan or pension fund in a 
manner that does not comply with the provisions of the Act and the 
regulations may be subject to an administrative penalty under section 
136 of the Act or may be considered an offence under section 143 of 
the Act.  In addition, an administrator may be subject to a direction for 
compliance under section 133 of the Act issued by the Superintendent 
relating to, among other matters, the manner of administration of the 
pension plan or pension fund.
Form 2 
Administrator Statement of Compliance 
 - Plan Text Document Amendment
This form must be filed with the submission of any amendment to a 
plan text document.  Administrators are required under section 18 of 
the Act to file a statement that the proposed amendments to plan text 
documents comply with the provisions of the Employment Pension 
Plans Act (SA 2012 cE-8.1) (the "Act") and the regulations under the 
Act.  The issuance by the Superintendent of Pensions (the 
"Superintendent") of a Registration of Amendment for an amendment 
to a plan text document registered under the Act will be made based on 
this statement.  Administrators are reminded that the Superintendent 
has the power to refuse to register or to revoke any registration that 
does not comply with the Act and the regulations.
I,    [name of administrator]    , the administrator of    [name of pension 
plan]    , attach an application for registration of an amendment, 
dated   [mm/dd/yyyy]   , of the plan text document of the pension plan, 
which plan bears Alberta registration number  __________ , and 
CERTIFY AS FOLLOWS:
1   I am satisfied that the amendment to the plan text document filed 
with this certificate complies with the provisions of the Act and the 
regulations.
2   I acknowledge that the obligation to determine compliance of the 
amendment filed with this certificate is the responsibility of the 
administrator and I declare that I have fulfilled that responsibility and 
have complied with the provisions of the Act and the regulations in 
making this application.
3   A summary of the changes made by the amendment and a list of 
the sections of the plan text document that have changed is attached.
I declare that the above statements are true to the best of my 
knowledge and belief and I am making this certificate conscientiously 
believing it to be true and knowing that it is of the same force and 
effect as if made under oath.
DATED [mm/dd/yyyy].
                                                                             
Signature of administrator or authorized officer
                                                                             
Name of administrator or authorized officer (printed)
NOTE:    The administration of a pension plan or pension fund in a 
manner that does not comply with the provisions of the Act and the 
regulations may be subject to an administrative penalty under section 
136 of the Act or may be considered an offence under section 143 of 
the Act. In addition, an administrator may be subject to a direction for 
compliance under section 133 of the Act issued by the Superintendent 
relating to, among other matters, the manner of administration of the 
pension plan or pension fund.
Form 3 
Administrator Statement of Compliance - Amendment  
to Supporting Plan Documents
This form must be filed with the submission of any amendment to a 
supporting plan document.  Administrators are required under section 
26 of the Act to file a statement that the proposed amendments to plan 
documents comply with the provisions of the Employment Pension 
Plans Act (SA 2012 cE-8.1) (the "Act") and the regulations under the 
Act.
I,   [name of administrator]   , the administrator of    [name of pension 
plan]    , attach an application for filing of an amendment, 
dated   [mm/dd/yyyy]   , of a supporting plan document of the pension 
plan, which plan bears Alberta registration number __________ , and 
CERTIFY AS FOLLOWS:
1   I am satisfied that the amendment to the supporting plan document 
filed with this certificate complies with the provisions of the Act and 
the regulations.
2   I acknowledge that the obligation to determine compliance of the 
documents filed with this certificate is the responsibility of the 
administrator and I declare that I have fulfilled that responsibility and 
have complied with the provisions of the Act and the regulations in 
making this application.
3   A summary of the changes made by the amendment and a list of the 
sections of the supporting plan document that have changed is 
attached.
I declare that the above statements are true to the best of my 
knowledge and belief and I am making this certificate conscientiously 
believing it to be true and knowing that it is of the same force and 
effect as if made under oath.
DATED [mm/dd/yyyy]   .
                                                                             
Signature of administrator or authorized officer
                                                                             
Name of administrator or authorized officer (printed)
NOTE:    The administration of a pension plan or pension fund in a 
manner that does not comply with the provisions of the Act and the 
regulations may be subject to an administrative penalty under section 
136 of the Act or may be considered an offence under section 143 of 
the Act. In addition, an administrator may be subject to a direction for 
compliance under section 133 of the Act issued by the Superintendent 
relating to, among other matters, the manner of administration of the 
pension plan or pension fund.
Form 4 
Pension Partner Waiver of Entitlement to a 
60% Joint and Survivor Pension from a Pension Plan
	?	This waiver form must be signed by a pension partner in 
order to permit a plan member to elect a form of pension that 
does not provide at least a 60% joint and survivor pension for 
the pension partner, if that plan member has pension partner 
at his or her pension commencement date.
	?	Alternatively, this waiver form must be signed by a pension 
partner in order to permit a plan member to elect a form of 
annuity that does not provide at least a 60% joint and 
survivor annuity for the pension partner, if that plan member 
has pension partner at the date of annuity purchase.
	?	This waiver form is not valid unless it is signed and filed 
with the plan administrator not more than 90 days before the 
pension commencement date of the plan member.
1   Section 90(2) and 99(1) of the Employment Pension Plans Act 
(SA 2012 cE-8.1) require that if a plan member has a pension partner 
on his or her pension commencement date, the form of pension must 
be a 60% joint and survivor pension, unless the pension partner agrees 
to a different form of pension by signing this waiver form.
2   A minimum 60% joint and survivor form of pension is a pension 
that is payable during the lives of the plan member and his or her 
pension partner and, after the death of one of them, is payable to the 
survivor for life in an amount that is not less than 60% of the amount 
that would have been payable to the plan member had the death not 
occurred.
3   By signing this waiver form, the pension partner gives up the right 
to the minimum 60% joint and survivor pension.  This form must be 
signed and filed with the plan administrator not more than 90 days 
before the pension commencement date of the plan member.
4   The "pension commencement date" is the date the plan member 
selects as the date on which the plan member's pension is to start.
5   Being the "pension partner" means that
	(a)	I am married to the plan member and have not been living 
separate and apart from that person for a continuous period 
longer than 3 years, or
	(b)	if paragraph (a) above does not apply to me and there is no 
other person to whom paragraph (a) does apply, I have been 
living with the plan member in a marriage-like relationship 
for a continuous period of at least 3 years or in a relationship 
of some permanence if there is a child of our relationship by 
birth or adoption immediately preceding the date on which I 
have signed this waiver form.
I,    (name of pension partner)   , am the pension partner of      (name of 
plan member)   .
6   Pension funds for the plan member are currently held in     (name of 
pension plan)   , a pension plan regulated in accordance with the 
Employment Pension Plans Act and the Employment Pension Plans 
Regulation (in this waiver form referred to as "the legislation").
7   I understand that I do not have to sign this waiver form unless I 
agree to the plan member electing a form of pension that provides less 
than a 60% joint and survivor pension.  Nonetheless, I am signing this 
waiver form to permit the plan member to choose:
?  a different level of a joint and survivor pension, or
?  a form of pension other than a joint and survivor pension, which 
will not guarantee a pension for my lifetime and may not provide me 
with any death benefit at all.
8   I understand that signing this waiver form does not affect any rights 
that I could have as a result of any breakdown or potential breakdown 
in the relationship between the plan member and myself.
9   I understand that this waiver form has no effect unless it is signed 
and filed with the plan administrator not more than 90 days before the 
pension commencement date of the plan member.
10   I have chosen to sign this waiver form and, in so doing, give up 
my entitlement to the 60% joint and survivor pension required by the 
legislation.
CERTIFICATION OF PENSION PARTNER
I certify that
	(a)	I have read this waiver form and understand it and the 
potential results of my signing it,
	(b)	I have seen the plan member's retirement statement and 
know the potential impact this decision could have on any 
benefit that I am entitled to,
	(c)	I am signing this waiver form of my own free will,
	(d)	the plan member is not present while I am signing this waiver 
form,
	(e)	I realize that
	(i)	this waiver form only gives a general description of the 
legal rights I have under the legislation, and
	(ii)	if I wish to understand exactly what my legal rights are, 
I must read the legislation and, if necessary, consult a 
professional with pension expertise,
	(f)	the information that I have given in this waiver form is true, 
to the best of my knowledge, at the time when I sign this 
waiver form.  If any of that information changes, I will notify 
the plan administrator of that change, and
	(g)	I am aware that I am entitled to a copy of this waiver form.
I sign this waiver form on    (date)     .
______________________________
Signature of Pension Partner
______________________________ 
Address of Pension Partner
______________________________ 
Telephone number of Pension Partner
STATEMENT OF WITNESS
I certify that I witnessed this pension partner sign this waiver form in 
the absence of the plan member on    (date)    .
________________________ 
Signature of Witness
________________________ 
Print Name of Witness
________________________ 
Address of Witness
________________________ 
Telephone number of Witness
For further information, please contact     (name of plan 
administrator)    at     (contact information)    .
Form 5 
Pension Partner Waiver of Entitlement to a Death Benefit  
Before Pension Commencement in a Pension Plan
	?	This waiver form must be signed by a pension partner in 
order in order to waive that person's entitlement to the 
payment of a death benefit from a pension plan, if the plan 
member dies before he or she starts to receive retirement 
income.
	?	This waiver form does not give up an entitlement to receive a 
60% joint and survivor pension nor does it give consent to 
the establishment of a Life Income Fund (LIF) or a Life 
Income Type Benefits (LITB) account.
	?	This waiver form is not valid unless it is signed and filed 
with the plan administrator.  This waiver form may be 
revoked at any time.
1   Section 89(1) of the Employment Pension Plans Act 
(SA 2012 cE-8.1) requires that a pension partner of a plan member be 
the beneficiary of any benefit payable from a pension plan on the death 
of the plan member before the pension commencement date of that 
person.  If a pension partner does not want this death benefit, that 
person must waive that entitlement by signing this waiver form.
2   A minimum 60% joint and survivor form of pension is a pension 
that is payable during the lives of the plan member and his or her 
pension partner and, after the death of one of them, is payable to the 
survivor for life in an amount that is not less than 60% of the amount 
that would have been payable to the plan member had the death not 
occurred.
3   Being the "pension partner" means that
	(a)	I am married to the plan member and have not been living 
separate and apart from that person for a continuous period 
longer than 3 years, or
	(b)	if paragraph (a) above does not apply to me and there is no 
other person to whom paragraph (a) does apply, I have been 
living with the plan member in a marriage-like relationship 
for a continuous period of at least 3 years or in a relationship 
of some permanence if there is a child of our relationship by 
birth or adoption immediately preceding the date on which I 
have signed this waiver form.
I,    (name of pension partner)   , am the pension partner of      (name of 
plan member)   .
4   Pension funds for the plan member are currently held in     (name of 
pension plan)   , a pension plan regulated in accordance with the 
Employment Pension Plans Act and the Employment Pension Plans 
Regulation (in this waiver form referred to as "the legislation").
5   I understand that I am the beneficiary of the benefit payable on 
death of the plan member before the pension commencement date of 
that person.  I further understand that I give up that entitlement by 
signing this waiver form.
6   I understand that if I sign this waiver form and it is filed with the 
plan administrator, this means that the plan member may name 
someone else as the beneficiary of the death benefit or may leave it to 
his/her estate.  
7   I understand that I may change my mind and revoke this waiver 
form at any time by providing written notice of such revocation to the 
plan administrator.  If I revoke this waiver form, I am again entitled to 
the death benefit payable from the pension plan.
8   I understand that signing this waiver form does not affect any rights 
that I could have as a result of any breakdown or potential breakdown 
in the relationship between the plan member and myself.
9   I understand that this waiver form has no effect until it is signed 
and filed with the plan administrator.
10   I have chosen to sign this waiver form and, in so doing, agree that 
I have no further entitlement in the plan member's benefit.
CERTIFICATION OF PENSION PARTNER
I certify that
	(a)	I have read this waiver form and understand it and the 
potential results of my signing it,
	(b)	I have seen a current statement of the plan member's benefit 
entitlement and know the approximate current value of the 
benefit of the plan member and the potential impact this 
decision could have on any benefit that I am entitled to,
	(c)	I am signing this waiver form of my own free will,
	(d)	the plan member is not present while I am signing this waiver 
form,
	(e)	I realize that
	(i)	this waiver form only gives a general description of the 
legal rights I have under the legislation, and
	(ii)	if I wish to understand exactly what my legal rights are, 
I must read the legislation and, if necessary, consult a 
professional with pension expertise,
	(f)	the information that I have given in this waiver form is true, 
to the best of my knowledge, at the time when I sign this 
waiver form.  If any of that information changes, I will notify 
the plan administrator of that change, and
	(g)	I am aware that I am entitled to a copy of this waiver form.
I sign this waiver form on    (date)     .
______________________________
Signature of Pension Partner
______________________________ 
Address of Pension Partner
______________________________ 
Telephone number of Pension Partner
STATEMENT OF WITNESS
I certify that I witnessed this pension partner sign this waiver form in 
the absence of the plan member on    (date)    .
________________________
Signature of Witness
________________________ 
Print Name of Witness
________________________ 
Address of Witness
________________________ 
Telephone number of Witness
For further information, please contact     (name of plan 
administrator)    at     (contact information)    .
Form 6 
Pension Partner Waiver to Permit Unlocking From a Pension Plan 
Due to Shortened Life Expectancy or Non-residency
	?	This waiver form must be signed by the pension partner in 
order to permit a plan member who has a pension partner at 
the date of application for unlocking to unlock his or her 
benefit entitlement in a pension plan due to the plan member 
having a considerably shortened life expectancy or ceasing to 
be a resident of Canada for the purposes of the Income Tax 
Act (Canada).
	?	This waiver form is not valid unless it is signed and filed 
with the plan administrator before the funds are unlocked and 
paid to the plan member.
1   Sections 71(3) and (4) of the Employment Pension Plans Act 
(SA 2012 cE-8.1) permit a plan member to unlock his or her benefit 
entitlement, if that person has a considerably shortened life expectancy 
or if that person has ceased to be a resident of Canada for the purposes 
of the Income Tax Act (Canada). 
2   If the plan member has a pension partner at the date of application 
for unlocking, the pension partner must sign this waiver form and file 
it with the plan administrator.
3   Being the "pension partner" means that
	(a)	I am married to the plan member and have not been living 
separate and apart from that person for a continuous period 
longer than 3 years, or
	(b)	if paragraph (a) above does not apply to me and there is no 
other person to whom paragraph (a) does apply, I have been 
living with the plan member in a marriage-like relationship 
for a continuous period of at least 3 years or in a relationship 
of some permanence if there is a child of our relationship by 
birth or adoption immediately preceding the date on which I 
have signed this waiver form.
I,    (name of pension partner)   , am the pension partner of      (name of 
plan member)   .
4   Pension funds for the plan member are currently held in     (name of 
pension plan)   , a pension plan regulated in accordance with the 
Employment Pension Plans Act and the Employment Pension Plans 
Regulation (in this waiver form referred to as "the legislation").
5   I understand that I am the beneficiary of the benefit payable on 
death of the plan member from the pension plan.  Nonetheless, I am 
signing this waiver form to permit the unlocking of the plan member's 
benefit entitlement.
6   I understand that I do not have to sign this waiver form unless I 
agree to the unlocking of the benefit entitlement.  This means that on 
the death of the plan member, the benefit I may be entitled to will no 
longer be available to me.
7   I understand that this waiver form has no effect unless it is signed 
and filed with the plan administrator.
8   I have chosen to sign this waiver form and, in so doing, agree to the 
unlocking of pension funds as described above.
CERTIFICATION OF PENSION PARTNER
I certify that
	(a)	I have read this waiver form and understand it and the 
potential results of my signing it,
	(b)	I have seen a current statement of the plan member's benefit 
entitlement and know the potential impact this decision could 
have on any benefit that I am entitled to,
	(c)	I am signing this waiver form of my own free will,
	(d)	the plan member is not present while I am signing this waiver 
form,
	(e)	I realize that
	(i)	this waiver form only gives a general description of the 
legal rights I have under the legislation, and
	(ii)	if I wish to understand exactly what my legal rights are, 
I must read the legislation and, if necessary, consult a 
professional with pension expertise,
	(f)	the information that I have given in this waiver form is true, 
to the best of my knowledge, at the time when I sign this 
waiver form.  If any of that information changes, I will notify 
the plan administrator of that change, and
	(g)	I am aware that I am entitled to a copy of this waiver form.
I sign this waiver form on    (date)     .
______________________________
Signature of Pension Partner
______________________________ 
Address of Pension Partner
______________________________ 
Telephone number of Pension Partner
STATEMENT OF WITNESS
I certify that I witnessed this pension partner sign this waiver form in 
the absence of the plan member on    (date)    .
________________________
Signature of Witness
________________________ 
Print Name of Witness
________________________ 
Address of Witness
________________________ 
Telephone number of Witness
For further information, please contact     (name of plan 
administrator)    at     (contact information)    .
Form 7 
Pension Partner Waiver to Permit Up to 50% Unlocking 
From a Pension Plan on Establishment of a 
Life Income Type Benefit Account or Life Income Fund
	?	This waiver form must be signed by a pension partner in 
order to permit a plan member to unlock of up to 50% of the 
value of the plan member's benefit entitlement on the 
establishment date of a Life Income Type Benefit (LITB) 
account or a Life Income Fund (LIF) if that plan member has 
a pension partner on that establishment date.
	?	This waiver form is not valid unless it is signed and filed 
with the plan administrator not more than 90 days prior to the 
establishment date of an LITB account or a LIF and before 
the funds are unlocked and paid to the plan member.
	?	This waiver form may NOT be used to unlock funds that are 
already in an LITB account or a LIF.
1   Section 71(5) of the Employment Pension Plans Act 
(SA 2012 cE-8.1) permits a plan member to unlock up to 50% of the 
value of a plan member's benefit entitlement under a pension plan if 
that person elects to establish an LITB account or a LIF.
2   If the plan member has a pension partner who has signed the 
applicable waiver form to permit the establishment of the LITB 
account or the LIF, that person must sign this waiver form to permit 
the plan member to unlock up to 50% of the value of the plan member 
funds.  The plan administrator must ensure the pension partner has 
signed this waiver form not more than 90 days prior to the 
establishment date of an LITB account or LIF.
3   Being the "pension partner" means that
	(a)	I am married to the plan member and have not been living 
separate and apart from that person for a continuous period 
longer than 3 years, or
	(b)	if paragraph (a) above does not apply to me and there is no 
other person to whom paragraph (a) does apply, I have been 
living with the plan member in a marriage-like relationship 
for a continuous period of at least 3 years or in a relationship 
of some permanence if there is a child of our relationship by 
birth or adoption immediately preceding the date on which I 
have signed this waiver form.
I,    (name of pension partner)   , am the pension partner of      (name of 
plan member)   .
4   Pension funds for the plan member are currently held in     (name of 
pension plan)   , a pension plan regulated in accordance with the 
Employment Pension Plans Act and the Employment Pension Plans 
Regulation (in this waiver form referred to as "the legislation").
5   I am signing this waiver form to permit the unlocking of    (percent 
to be unlocked)    of the pension funds held in the pension plan before 
the establishment date of an LITB account or a LIF.
6   I understand that I do not have to sign this waiver form unless I 
agree to the unlocking of the percent specified above.  I understand 
that the unlocking will reduce the benefit that I may be entitled to on 
the death of the plan member.
7   I understand that this waiver form has no effect unless it is signed 
and filed with the plan administrator not more than 90 days prior to the 
establishment date of an LITB account or a LIF.
8   I have chosen to sign this waiver form and, in so doing, agree to the 
unlocking of pension funds as described above.
CERTIFICATION OF PENSION PARTNER
I certify that
	(a)	I have read this waiver form and understand it and the 
potential results of my signing it,
	(b)	I have seen a current statement of the plan member's benefit 
entitlement and know the potential impact this decision could 
have on any benefit that I am entitled to,
	(c)	I am signing this waiver form of my own free will,
	(d)	the plan member is not present while I am signing this waiver 
form,
	(e)	I realize that
	(i)	this waiver form only gives a general description of the 
legal rights I have under the legislation, and
	(ii)	if I wish to understand exactly what my legal rights are, 
I must read the legislation and, if necessary, consult a 
professional with pension expertise,
	(f)	the information that I have given in this waiver form is true, 
to the best of my knowledge, at the time when I sign this 
waiver form.  If any of that information changes, I will notify 
the plan administrator of that change, and
	(g)	I am aware that I am entitled to a copy of this waiver form.
I sign this waiver form on    (date)     .
______________________________
Signature of Pension Partner
______________________________ 
Address of Pension Partner
______________________________ 
Telephone number of Pension Partner
STATEMENT OF WITNESS
I certify that I witnessed this pension partner sign this waiver form in 
the absence of the plan member on    (date)    .
________________________
Signature of Witness
________________________ 
Print Name of Witness
________________________ 
Address of Witness
________________________ 
Telephone number of Witness
For further information, please contact     (name of plan 
administrator)    at     (contact information)    .
Form 8 
Pension Partner Waiver to Establish a 
Life Income Type Benefits Account
	?	This waiver form must be signed by a pension partner in 
order to permit a plan member to establish a Life Income 
Type Benefit (LITB) account, if that plan member has a 
pension partner on the establishment date of the LITB 
account.
	?	This waiver form is not valid unless it is signed and filed 
with the plan administrator not more than 90 days before the 
establishment date of the LITB account.
1   Section 90(2) and 99(1) of the Employment Pension Plans Act 
(SA 2012 cE-8.1) require that if a plan member has a pension partner 
on his or her pension commencement date, the form of pension must 
be a 60% joint and survivor pension.  Rather than immediately 
establishing a 60% joint and survivor pension, section 77 of the 
Employment Pension Plans Act permits a plan member to instead 
establish an LITB account under a pension plan.
2   Section 78(3) of the Employment Pension Plans Regulation 
requires that if the plan member has a pension partner at the 
establishment date of an LITB account, the pension partner must sign 
and file this waiver form with the plan administrator not more than 90 
days before that date.
3   Section 78(11) of the Employment Pension Plans Regulation 
further requires that if a life annuity is later purchased from an LITB 
account, the form of the life annuity must be a 60% joint and survivor 
annuity with the pension partner named as the joint annuitant, unless 
the pension partner, at the time of purchase of the annuity, signs Form 
4 - Pension Partner Waiver of Entitlement to a 60% Joint and Survivor 
Pension from a Pension Plan.
4   A minimum 60% joint and survivor form of pension is a pension 
that is payable during the lives of the plan member and his or her 
pension partner and, after the death of one of them, is payable to the 
survivor for life in an amount that is not less than 60% of the amount 
that would have been payable to the plan member had the death not 
occurred.
5   An LITB account does not provide a guaranteed amount of pension 
payable for the lifetime of the plan member.  The pension partner is 
entitled to the payment of the balance, if any, in the LITB account 
should the plan member die before the pension partner.  The pension 
partner can waive the entitlement to the payment of this death benefit 
by signing Form 9 - Pension Partner Waiver of Entitlement to a Death 
Benefit after Pension Commencement from a Pension Plan.
6   Signing this waiver form does not give up the entitlement to the 
60% joint and survivor annuity.  It may, however, result in a smaller 
pension if a life annuity is purchased at a later date.
7   Being the "pension partner" means that
	(a)	I am married to the plan member and have not been living 
separate and apart from that person for a continuous period 
longer than 3 years, or
	(b)	if paragraph (a) above does not apply to me and there is no 
other person to whom paragraph (a) does apply, I have been 
living with the plan member in a marriage-like relationship 
for a continuous period of at least 3 years or in a relationship 
of some permanence if there is a child of our relationship by 
birth or adoption immediately preceding the date on which I 
have signed this waiver form.
I,    (name of pension partner)   , am the pension partner of      (name of 
plan member)   .
8   Pension funds for the plan member are currently held in     (name of 
pension plan)   , a pension plan regulated in accordance with the 
Employment Pension Plans Act and the Employment Pension Plans 
Regulation (in this waiver form referred to as "the legislation").
9   I understand that I do not have to sign this waiver form unless I 
agree to the establishment of an LITB account, rather than the 
commencement of payments under a 60% joint and survivor pension.  
Nonetheless, I am signing this waiver form to permit the plan member 
to establish an LITB account.
10   I understand that in agreeing to the above, this may reduce the 
amount of pension that can be purchased under a life annuity at a later 
date, if a decision to do so is made.
11   I understand that signing this waiver form does not affect any 
rights that I could have as a result of any breakdown or potential 
breakdown in the relationship between the plan member and myself.
12   I understand that this waiver form has no effect unless it is signed 
and filed with the plan administrator not more than 90 days before the 
establishment date of the LITB account.
13   I have chosen to sign this waiver form and, in so doing, consent to 
the transfer of pension funds to an LITB account.
CERTIFICATION OF PENSION PARTNER
I certify that
	(a)	I have read this waiver form and understand it and the 
potential results of my signing it,
	(b)	I have seen a current statement of the plan member's benefit 
entitlement and know the potential impact this decision could 
have on any benefit that I am entitled to,
	(c)	I am signing this waiver form of my own free will,
	(d)	the plan member is not present while I am signing this waiver 
form,
	(e)	I realize that
	(i)	this waiver form only gives a general description of the 
legal rights I have under the legislation, and
	(ii)	if I wish to understand exactly what my legal rights are, 
I must read the legislation and, if necessary, consult a 
professional with pension expertise,
	(f)	the information that I have given in this waiver form is true, 
to the best of my knowledge, at the time when I sign this 
waiver form.  If any of that information changes, I will notify 
the plan administrator of that change, and
	(g)	I am aware that I am entitled to a copy of this waiver form.
I sign this waiver form on    (date)     .
______________________________
Signature of Pension Partner
______________________________ 
Address of Pension Partner
______________________________ 
Telephone number of Pension Partner
STATEMENT OF WITNESS
I certify that I witnessed this pension partner sign this waiver form in 
the absence of the plan member on    (date)    .
________________________ 
Signature of Witness
________________________ 
Print Name of Witness
________________________ 
Address of Witness
________________________ 
Telephone number of Witness
For further information, please contact     (name of plan 
administrator)    at     (contact information)    .
Form 9 
Pension Partner Waiver of Entitlement to a Death Benefit 
After Pension Commencement from a Pension Plan
	?	This waiver form must be signed by a pension partner in 
order to waive that person's entitlement to the payment of a 
death benefit from a pension plan, if the plan member dies 
after his or her pension commencement date.
	?	This waiver form is not valid unless it is signed and filed 
with the plan administrator at any time on or after the 
pension commencement date of the plan member.  This 
waiver form may be revoked at any time prior to the death of 
the plan member.
1   Sections 78(12) of the Employment Pension Plans Regulation and 
90(4) of the Employment Pension Plans Act (SA 2012 cE-8.1) requires 
that if a pension partner of a plan member has waived entitlement to 
the 60% joint and survivor pension by signing and filing with the plan 
administrator a Form 4 - Pension Partner Waiver of Entitlement to a 
60% Joint and Survivor Pension from a Pension Plan, that pension 
partner remains the beneficiary of a death benefit, if any, that is 
payable from the pension plan on the death of the plan member after 
the pension commencement date of that person.
2   If a pension partner does not want to be the beneficiary of any death 
benefit payable after the pension commencement date of the plan 
member, that person must waive that entitlement by signing this 
waiver form.
3   The "pension commencement date" is the date the plan member 
selects as the date on which the plan member's pension is to start.
4   Being the "pension partner" means that
	(a)	I am married to the plan member and have not been living 
separate and apart from that person for a continuous period 
longer than 3 years, or
	(b)	if paragraph (a) above does not apply to me and there is no 
other person to whom paragraph (a) does apply, I have been 
living with the plan member in a marriage-like relationship 
for a continuous period of at least 3 years or in a relationship 
of some permanence if there is a child of our relationship by 
birth or adoption immediately preceding the date on which I 
have signed this waiver form.
I,    (name of pension partner)   , am the pension partner of      (name of 
plan member)   .
5   Pension funds for the plan member are currently held in     (name of 
pension plan)   , a pension plan regulated in accordance with the 
Employment Pension Plans Act and the Employment Pension Plans 
Regulation (in this waiver form referred to as "the legislation").
6   I understand that I am the beneficiary of the benefit, if any, payable 
on death of the plan member.  I further understand that I give up that 
entitlement by signing this waiver form.
7   I understand that if I sign this waiver form and it is filed with the 
plan administrator, this means the plan member may name someone 
else as the beneficiary of the death benefit, if any, or may leave it to 
his/her estate.
8   I understand that I may change my mind and revoke this waiver 
form at any time by providing written notice of such revocation to the 
plan administrator.  If I revoke this waiver form, I am again entitled to 
the death benefit payable from the pension plan.
9   I understand that signing this waiver form does not affect any rights 
that I could have as a result of any breakdown or potential breakdown 
in the relationship between the plan member and myself.
10   I understand that this waiver form has no effect until it is signed 
and filed with the plan administrator.
11   I have chosen to sign this waiver form and, in so doing, agree that 
I have no further entitlement in the plan member's benefit.
CERTIFICATION OF PENSION PARTNER
I certify that
	(a)	I have read this waiver form and understand it and the 
potential results of my signing it,
	(b)	I have seen a current statement of the plan member's benefit 
entitlement and know the potential impact this decision could 
have on any benefit that I am entitled to,
	(c)	I am signing this waiver form of my own free will,
	(d)	the plan member is not present while I am signing this waiver 
form,
	(e)	I realize that
	(i)	this waiver form only gives a general description of the 
legal rights I have under the legislation, and
	(ii)	if I wish to understand exactly what my legal rights are, 
I must read the legislation and, if necessary, consult a 
professional with pension expertise,
	(f)	the information that I have given in this waiver form is true, 
to the best of my knowledge, at the time when I sign this 
waiver form.  If any of that information changes, I will notify 
the plan administrator of that change, and
	(g)	I am aware that I am entitled to a copy of this waiver form.
I sign this waiver form on    (date)     .
______________________________
Signature of Pension Partner
______________________________ 
Address of Pension Partner
______________________________ 
Telephone number of Pension Partner
STATEMENT OF WITNESS
I certify that I witnessed this pension partner sign this waiver form in 
the absence of the plan member on    (date)    .
________________________
Signature of Witness
________________________ 
Print Name of Witness
________________________ 
Address of Witness
________________________ 
Telephone number of Witness
For further information, please contact     (name of plan 
administrator)    at     (contact information)    .
Form 10  
Pension Partner Waiver to Establish a 
Life Income Fund from a Locked-in Retirement Account
	?	This waiver form must be signed by a pension partner in 
order to permit a member owner of a Locked-in Retirement 
Account (LIRA) to establish a Life Income Fund (LIF), if 
that member owner has a pension partner on the 
establishment date of the LIF.
	?	This waiver form is not valid unless it is signed and filed 
with the LIRA issuer not more than 90 days before the 
establishment date the LIF.
1   Section 131(2) of the Employment Pension Plans Regulation 
permits a member owner of a LIRA to start to receive retirement 
income by establishing a LIF with a LIF issuer.  That same section 
requires that if the member owner has a pension partner at the 
establishment date of a LIF, the pension partner must sign and file this 
waiver form with the LIRA issuer not more than 90 days before that 
establishment date.
2   Section 132(3) of the Employment Pension Plans Regulation 
further requires that if a life annuity is later purchased from the LIF, 
the form of the life annuity must be a 60% joint and survivor annuity 
with the pension partner named as the joint annuitant, unless the 
pension partner, at the time of purchase of the annuity signs Form 11 - 
Pension Partner Waiver of Entitlement to a 60% Joint and Survivor 
Annuity from a Locked-in Account.
3   A minimum 60% joint and survivor form of annuity is an annuity 
that is payable during the lives of the annuitant and his or her pension 
partner and, after the death of one of them, is payable to the survivor 
for life in an amount that is not less than 60% of the amount that would 
have been payable to the annuitant had the death not occurred.
4   A LIF does not provide a guaranteed amount of pension payable for 
the lifetime of the member owner.  The pension partner is entitled to 
the payment of the balance, if any, in the LIF should the member 
owner die before the pension partner.  The pension partner can waive 
the entitlement to the payment of this death benefit by signing Form 16 
- Pension Partner Waiver of Entitlement to a Death Benefit After 
Establishment of a Life Income Fund.
5   Signing this waiver form does not give up the entitlement to the 
60% joint and survivor annuity.  It may, however, result in a smaller 
pension if a life annuity is purchased at a later date.
6   A "member owner" is a former pension plan member who has 
transferred his or her benefit entitlement from a pension plan to a 
LIRA.
7   Being the "pension partner" means that
	(a)	I am married to the member owner and have not been living 
separate and apart from that person for a continuous period 
longer than 3 years, or
	(b)	if paragraph (a) above does not apply to me and there is no 
other person to whom paragraph (a) does apply, I have been 
living with the member owner in a marriage-like relationship 
for a continuous period of at least 3 years or in a relationship 
of some permanence if there is a child of our relationship by 
birth or adoption immediately preceding the date on which I 
have signed this waiver form.
I,    (name of pension partner)   , am the pension partner of      (name of 
member owner)   .
8   Pension funds for the member owner are currently held in LIRA 
with    (name of LIRA issuer)   , a product regulated in accordance 
with the Employment Pension Plans Act and the Employment Pension 
Plans Regulation (in this waiver form referred to as "the legislation").
9   I understand that I do not have to sign this waiver form unless I 
agree to the establishment of a LIF rather than the commencement of 
payment under a 60% joint and survivor annuity.  Nonetheless, I am 
signing this waiver form to permit the member owner to establish a 
LIF.
10   I understand that in agreeing to the above, this may reduce the 
amount of pension that can be purchased under a life annuity at a later 
date, if a decision to do so is made.
11   I understand that signing this waiver form does not affect any 
rights that I could have as a result of any breakdown or potential 
breakdown in the relationship between the member owner and myself.
12   I understand that this waiver form has no effect unless it is signed 
and filed with the LIRA issuer not more than 90 days before the 
establishment date of the LIF.
13   I have chosen to sign this waiver form and, in so doing, consent to 
the transfer of pension funds to a LIF.
CERTIFICATION OF PENSION PARTNER
I certify that
	(a)	I have read this waiver form and understand it and the 
potential results of my signing it,
	(b)	I have seen a current statement of the member owner's 
account balance and know the potential impact this decision 
could have on any benefit that I am entitled to,
	(c)	I am signing this waiver form of my own free will,
	(d)	the member owner is not present while I am signing this 
waiver form,
	(e)	I realize that
	(i)	this waiver form only gives a general description of the 
legal rights I have under the legislation, and
	(ii)	if I wish to understand exactly what my legal rights are, 
I must read the legislation and, if necessary, consult a 
professional with pension expertise,
	(f)	the information that I have given in this waiver form is true, 
to the best of my knowledge, at the time when I sign this 
waiver form.  If any of that information changes, I will notify 
the LIRA issuer of that change, and
	(g)	I am aware that I am entitled to a copy of this waiver form.
I sign this waiver form on    (date)     .
______________________________
Signature of Pension Partner
______________________________ 
Address of Pension Partner
______________________________ 
Telephone number of Pension Partner
STATEMENT OF WITNESS
I certify that I witnessed this pension partner sign this waiver form in 
the absence of the plan member on    (date)    .
________________________ 
Signature of Witness
________________________ 
Print Name of Witness
________________________ 
Address of Witness
________________________ 
Telephone number of Witness
For further information, please contact     (name of LIRA 
issuer)    at     (contact information)    .
Form 11 
Pension Partner Waiver of Entitlement to a 60% Joint 
and Survivor Annuity from a Locked-in Account
	?	This waiver form must be signed by a pension partner in 
order to permit a member owner to elect a form of life 
annuity that does not provide at least a 60% joint and 
survivor annuity for the pension partner, if that member 
owner has pension partner at the date of annuity purchase.
	?	This waiver form is not valid unless it is signed and filed 
with the Locked-in Retirement Account (LIRA) issuer or 
Life Income Fund (LIF) issuer not more than 90 days before 
the date of annuity purchase.
1   Sections 114(3) and 132(3) of the Employment Pension Plans 
Regulation require that if a member owner has a pension partner on the 
date a life annuity is purchased from a LIRA or a LIF, the life annuity 
must be in the form of a 60% joint and survivor annuity, unless the 
pension partner agrees to a different form of annuity by signing this 
waiver form.
2   A minimum 60% joint and survivor form of annuity is an annuity 
that is payable during the lives of the annuitant and his or her pension 
partner and, after the death of one of them, is payable to the survivor 
for life in an amount that is not less than 60% of the amount that would 
have been payable to the annuitant had the death not occurred.
3   By signing this waiver form, the pension partner gives up the right 
to the minimum 60% joint and survivor annuity.  This form must be 
signed and filed with the LIRA or LIF issuer not more than 90 days 
before the date of annuity purchase.
4   A "member owner" is a former pension plan member who has 
transferred his/her pension benefit from the pension plan to a LIRA or 
LIF, as applicable.
5   Being the "pension partner" means that
	(a)	I am married to the member owner and have not been living 
separate and apart from that person for a continuous period 
longer than 3 years, or
	(b)	if paragraph (a) above does not apply to me and there is no 
other person to whom paragraph (a) does apply, I have been 
living with the member owner in a marriage-like relationship 
for a continuous period of at least 3 years or in a relationship 
of some permanence if there is a child of our relationship by 
birth or adoption immediately preceding the date on which I 
have signed this waiver form.
I,    (name of pension partner)   , am the pension partner of      (name of 
member owner)   .
6   Pension funds for the member owner are currently held in a LIRA 
or a LIF with    (name of LIRA or LIF issuer)   , a product regulated in 
accordance with the Employment Pension Plans Act and the 
Employment Pension Plans Regulation (in this waiver form referred to 
as "the legislation").
7   I understand that I do not have to sign this waiver form unless I 
agree to the member owner electing a form of life annuity that 
provides less than a 60% joint and survivor pension.  Nonetheless, I 
am signing this waiver form to permit the plan member to choose:
?  a different level of a joint and survivor annuity, or
?  a form of annuity other than a joint and survivor annuity, which 
will not guarantee a pension for my lifetime and may not provide me 
with any death benefit at all.
8   I understand that signing this waiver form does not affect any rights 
that I could have as a result of any breakdown or potential breakdown 
in the relationship between the member owner and myself.
9   I understand that this waiver form has no effect unless it is signed 
and filed with the LIRA or LIF issuer not more than 90 days before the 
date of annuity purchase.
10   I have chosen to sign this waiver form and, in so doing, give up 
my entitlement to the 60% joint and survivor pension required by the 
legislation.
CERTIFICATION OF PENSION PARTNER
I certify that
	(a)	I have read this waiver form and understand it and the 
potential results of my signing it,
	(b)	I have seen the member owner's account statement and know 
the potential impact this decision could have on any benefit 
that I am entitled to,
	(c)	I am signing this waiver form of my own free will,
	(d)	the member owner is not present while I am signing this 
waiver form,
	(e)	I realize that
	(i)	this waiver form only gives a general description of the 
legal rights I have under the legislation, and
	(ii)	if I wish to understand exactly what my legal rights are, 
I must read the legislation and, if necessary, consult a 
professional with pension expertise,
	(f)	the information that I have given in this waiver form is true, 
to the best of my knowledge, at the time when I sign this 
waiver form.  If any of that information changes, I will notify 
the LIRA or LIF Issuer of that change, and
	(g)	I am aware that I am entitled to a copy of this waiver form.
I sign this waiver form on    (date)     .
______________________________
Signature of Pension Partner
______________________________ 
Address of Pension Partner
______________________________ 
Telephone number of Pension Partner
STATEMENT OF WITNESS
I certify that I witnessed this pension partner sign this waiver form in 
the absence of the plan member on    (date)    .
________________________
Signature of Witness
________________________ 
Print Name of Witness
________________________ 
Address of Witness
________________________ 
Telephone number of Witness
For further information, please contact     (name of LIRA or LIF 
Issuer)    at     (contact information)    .
Form 12 
Pension Partner Waiver of Entitlement to 
a Death Benefit From a LIRA
	?	This waiver form must be signed by a pension partner in 
order in order to waive that person's entitlement to the 
payment of a death benefit from a Locked-in Retirement 
Account (LIRA), if the member owner dies.
	?	This waiver form does not give up an entitlement to receive a 
60% joint and survivor pension, nor does it give consent to 
the establishment of a Life Income Fund (LIF) or a Life 
Income Type Benefits (LITB) account.
	?	This waiver form is not valid unless it is signed and filed 
with the LIRA issuer.  This waiver form may be revoked at 
any time.
1   Section 117(1) of the Employment Pension Plans Regulation 
requires that a pension partner of a member owner be the beneficiary 
of any death benefit payable from a LIRA on the death of the member 
owner.  If a pension partner does not want this death benefit, that 
person must waive that entitlement by signing this waiver form.
2   A minimum 60% joint and survivor form of pension is a pension 
that is payable during the lives of the plan member and his or her 
pension partner and, after the death of one of them, is payable to the 
survivor for life in an amount that is not less than 60% of the amount 
that would have been payable to the plan member had the death not 
occurred.
3   A "member owner" is a former pension plan member who has 
transferred his/her benefit entitlement from the pension plan to a 
LIRA.
4   Being the "pension partner" means that
	(a)	I am married to the member owner and have not been living 
separate and apart from that person for a continuous period 
longer than 3 years, or
	(b)	if paragraph (a) above does not apply to me and there is no 
other person to whom paragraph (a) does apply, I have been 
living with the member owner in a marriage-like relationship 
for a continuous period of at least 3 years or in a relationship 
of some permanence if there is a child of our relationship by 
birth or adoption immediately preceding the date on which I 
have signed this waiver form.
I,    (name of pension partner)   , am the pension partner of      (name of 
member owner)   .
5   Pension funds for the member owner are currently held in a LIRA 
with    (name of LIRA issuer)   , a product regulated in accordance 
with the Employment Pension Plans Act and the Employment Pension 
Plans Regulation (in this waiver form referred to as "the legislation").
6   I understand that I am the beneficiary of the benefit payable on 
death of the member owner of the LIRA.  I further understand that I 
give up that entitlement by signing this waiver form.
7   I understand that if I sign this waiver form and it is filed with the 
LIRA issuer, this means that the member owner may name someone 
else as the beneficiary of the death benefit or may leave it to his/her 
estate.  
8   I understand that I may change my mind and revoke this waiver 
form at any time by providing written notice of such revocation to the 
LIRA issuer.  If I revoke this waiver form, I am again entitled to the 
death benefit payable from the LIRA.
9   I understand that signing this waiver form does not affect any rights 
that I could have as a result of any breakdown or potential breakdown 
in the relationship between the member owner and myself.
10   I understand that this waiver form has no effect until it is signed 
and filed with the LIRA issuer.
11   I have chosen to sign this waiver form and, in so doing, agree that 
I have no further entitlement in the member owner's benefit.
CERTIFICATION OF PENSION PARTNER
I certify that
	(a)	I have read this waiver form and understand it and the 
potential results of my signing it,
	(b)	I have seen a current statement of the member owner's 
account balance and know the potential impact this decision 
could have on any benefit that I am entitled to,
	(c)	I am signing this waiver form of my own free will,
	(d)	the member owner is not present while I am signing this 
waiver form,
	(e)	I realize that
	(i)	this waiver form only gives a general description of the 
legal rights I have under the legislation, and
	(ii)	if I wish to understand exactly what my legal rights are, 
I must read the legislation and, if necessary, consult a 
professional with pension expertise,
	(f)	the information that I have given in this waiver form is true, 
to the best of my knowledge, at the time when I sign this 
waiver form.  If any of that information changes, I will notify 
the LIRA issuer of that change, and
	(g)	I am aware that I am entitled to a copy of this waiver form.
I sign this waiver form on    (date)     .
______________________________
Signature of Pension Partner
______________________________ 
Address of Pension Partner
______________________________ 
Telephone number of Pension Partner
STATEMENT OF WITNESS
I certify that I witnessed this pension partner sign this waiver form in 
the absence of the plan member on    (date)    .
________________________ 
Signature of Witness
________________________ 
Print Name of Witness
________________________ 
Address of Witness
________________________ 
Telephone number of Witness
For further information, please contact     (name of LIRA 
issuer)    at     (contact information)    .
Form 13 
Pension Partner Waiver to Permit Unlocking From a Locked-in 
Product Due to Shortened Life Expectancy or Non-residency
	?	This waiver form must be signed by the pension partner in 
order to permit a member owner, who has a pension partner 
at the date of application for unlocking, to unlock his or her 
Locked-in Retirement Account (LIRA) or Life Income Fund 
(LIF) due to the member owner having a considerably 
shortened life expectancy or ceasing to be a resident of 
Canada for the purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada).
	?	This waiver form is not valid unless it is signed and filed 
with the LIRA or LIF issuer before the funds are unlocked 
and paid to the member owner.
1   Sections 71(3) and (4) of the Employment Pension Plans Act 
(SA 2012 cE-8.1) permit a member owner to unlock his or her benefit 
entitlement if that person has a considerably shortened life expectancy 
or if that person has ceased to be a resident of Canada for the purposes 
of the Income Tax Act (Canada). 
2   If the plan member has a pension partner at the date of application 
for unlocking, the pension partner must sign this waiver form and file 
it with the LIRA or LIF issuer.
3   A "member owner" is a former pension plan member who has 
transferred his or her benefit entitlement from the pension plan to a 
LIRA or a LIF, as applicable.
4   Being the "pension partner" means that
	(a)	I am married to the member owner and have not been living 
separate and apart from that person for a continuous period 
longer than 3 years, or
	(b)	if paragraph (a) above does not apply to me and there is no 
other person to whom paragraph (a) does apply, I have been 
living with the member owner in a marriage-like relationship 
for a continuous period of at least 3 years or in a relationship 
of some permanence if there is a child of our relationship by 
birth or adoption immediately preceding the date on which I 
have signed this waiver form.
I,    (name of pension partner)   , am the pension partner of      (name of 
member owner)   .
5   Pension funds for the member owner are currently held in a LIRA 
or LIF with    (name of LIRA or LIF issuer)   , a product regulated in 
accordance with the Employment Pension Plans Act and the 
Employment Pension Plans Regulation (in this waiver form referred to 
as "the legislation").
6   I understand that I am the beneficiary of the benefit payable from 
the LIRA or LIF on death of the member owner.  Nonetheless, I am 
signing this waiver form to permit the unlocking of the member 
owner's LIRA or LIF.
7   I understand that I do not have to sign this waiver form unless I 
agree to the unlocking of the benefit entitlement.  This means that on 
the death of the member owner, the benefit I may be entitled to will no 
longer be available to me.
8   I understand that this waiver form has no effect unless it is signed 
and filed with the LIRA or LIF issuer.
9   I have chosen to sign this waiver form and, in so doing, agree to the 
unlocking of pension funds as described above.
CERTIFICATION OF PENSION PARTNER
I certify that
	(a)	I have read this waiver form and understand it and the 
potential results of my signing it,
	(b)	I have seen a current statement of the plan member's account 
balance and know the potential impact this decision could 
have on any benefit that I am entitled to,
	(c)	I am signing this waiver form of my own free will,
	(d)	the plan member is not present while I am signing this waiver 
form,
	(e)	I realize that
	(i)	this waiver form only gives a general description of the 
legal rights I have under the legislation, and
	(ii)	if I wish to understand exactly what my legal rights are, 
I must read the legislation and, if necessary, consult a 
professional with pension expertise,
	(f)	the information that I have given in this waiver form is true, 
to the best of my knowledge, at the time when I sign this 
waiver form.  If any of that information changes, I will notify 
the LIRA or LIF issuer of that change, and
	(g)	I am aware that I am entitled to a copy of this waiver form.
I sign this waiver form on    (date)     .
______________________________
Signature of Pension Partner
______________________________ 
Address of Pension Partner
______________________________ 
Telephone number of Pension Partner
STATEMENT OF WITNESS
I certify that I witnessed this pension partner sign this waiver form in 
the absence of the plan member on    (date)    .
________________________
Signature of Witness
________________________ 
Print Name of Witness
________________________ 
Address of Witness
________________________ 
Telephone number of Witness
For further information, please contact     (name of LIRA or LIF 
issuer)    at     (contact information)    .
Form 14 
Pension Partner Waiver to Permit Up to 50% Unlocking from a Locked- 
in Retirement Account on Establishment of a Life Income  
Fund or Transfer to a Life Income Type Benefit Fund
	?	This waiver form must be signed by a pension partner in 
order to permit a member owner of a Locked-in Retirement 
Account (LIRA) to unlock up to 50% of the value of the 
LIRA on the establishment date of a Life Income Type 
Benefit (LITB) account or a Life Income Fund (LIF) if that 
member owner has a pension partner on that establishment 
date.
	?	This waiver form is not valid unless it is signed and filed 
with the LIRA issuer not more than 90 days prior to the 
establishment date of the LITB account of the LIF and before 
the funds are unlocked and paid to the member owner.
	?	This waiver form may not be used to unlock funds that are 
already in an LITB account or a LIF.
1   Section 71(5) of the Employment Pension Plans Act 
(SA 2012 cE-8.1) permits a member owner to unlock up to 50% of the 
value of a member owner's LIRA, if that person elects to establish an 
LITB account or a LIF.
2   If the member owner has a pension partner and the pension partner 
has signed the applicable waiver form to permit the establishment of 
the LITB account or the LIF, that pension partner must sign this waiver 
form to permit the member owner to unlock up to 50% of the value of 
the member owner's LIRA.  The LIRA issuer must ensure the pension 
partner has signed this waiver form not more than 90 days prior to the 
establishment date of the LITB account or the LIF.
3   A "member owner" is a former pension plan member who has 
transferred his or her entitlement to a benefit from a pension plan to a 
LIRA.
4   Being the "pension partner" means that
	(a)	I am married to the member owner and have not been living 
separate and apart from that person for a continuous period 
longer than 3 years, or
	(b)	if paragraph (a) above does not apply to me and there is no 
other person to whom paragraph (a) does apply, I have been 
living with the member owner in a marriage-like relationship 
for a continuous period of at least 3 years or in a relationship 
of some permanence if there is a child of our relationship by 
birth or adoption immediately preceding the date on which I 
have signed this waiver form.
I,    (name of pension partner)   , am the pension partner of      (name of 
member owner)   .
5   Pension funds for the member owner are currently held in a LIRA 
with    (name of LIRA issuer)   , a product regulated in accordance 
with the Employment Pension Plans Act and the Employment Pension 
Plans Regulation (in this waiver form referred to as "the legislation").
6   I am signing this waiver form to permit the unlocking of    (percent 
to be unlocked)    of the pension funds held in the LIRA before the 
establishment date of the LITB account or a LIF.
7   I understand that I do not have to sign this waiver form unless I 
agree to the unlocking of the percent specified above.  I understand 
that the unlocking will reduce the benefit that I may be entitled to on 
the death of the member owner.
8   I understand that this waiver form has no effect unless it is signed 
and filed with the LIRA issuer not more than 90 days prior to the 
establishment date of an LITB account or the LIF.
9   I have chosen to sign this waiver form and, in so doing, agree to the 
unlocking of pension funds as described above.
CERTIFICATION OF PENSION PARTNER
I certify that
	(a)	I have read this waiver form and understand it and the 
potential results of my signing it,
	(b)	I have seen a current statement of the member owner's 
account balance and know the potential impact this decision 
could have on any benefit that I am entitled to,
	(c)	I am signing this waiver form of my own free will,
	(d)	the member owner is not present while I am signing this 
waiver form,
	(e)	I realize that
	(i)	this waiver form only gives a general description of the 
legal rights I have under the legislation, and
	(ii)	if I wish to understand exactly what my legal rights are, 
I must read the legislation and, if necessary, consult a 
professional with pension expertise,
	(f)	the information that I have given in this waiver form is true, 
to the best of my knowledge, at the time when I sign this 
waiver form.  If any of that information changes, I will notify 
the LIRA issuer of that change, and
	(g)	I am aware that I am entitled to a copy of this waiver form.
I sign this waiver form on    (date)     .
______________________________
Signature of Pension Partner
______________________________ 
Address of Pension Partner
______________________________ 
Telephone number of Pension Partner
STATEMENT OF WITNESS
I certify that I witnessed this pension partner sign this waiver form in 
the absence of the plan member on    (date)    .
________________________
Signature of Witness
________________________ 
Print Name of Witness
________________________ 
Address of Witness
________________________ 
Telephone number of Witness
For further information, please contact     (name of LIRA 
issuer)    at     (contact information)    .
Form 15 
Pension Partner Waiver to Establish a 
Life Income Fund from a Pension Plan
	?	This waiver form must be signed by a pension partner in 
order to permit a plan member to establish a Life Income 
Fund (LIF), if that plan member has a pension partner on the 
establishment date of the LIF.
	?	This waiver form is not valid unless it is signed and filed 
with the plan administrator not more than 90 days before the 
establishment date of the LIF.
1   Section 90(2) and 99(1) of the Employment Pension Plans Act 
(SA 2012 cE-8.1) require that if a plan member has a pension partner 
on his or her pension commencement date, the form of pension must 
be a 60% joint and survivor pension.  Rather than immediately 
establishing a 60% joint and survivor pension, section 99(1)(b)(ii) of 
the Employment Pension Plans Act permits a plan member to instead 
establish a LIF with a LIF issuer.
2   Section 131(2) of the Employment Pension Plans Regulation 
requires that if the plan member has a pension partner at the 
establishment date of a LIF, the pension partner must sign and file this 
waiver form with the plan administrator not more than 90 days before 
that date.
3   Section 132(3) of the Employment Pension Plans Regulation 
further requires that if a life annuity is later purchased from the LIF, 
the form of the life annuity must be a 60% joint and survivor annuity 
with the pension partner named as the joint annuitant, unless the 
pension partner, at the time of purchase of the annuity, signs Form 11 - 
Pension Partner Waiver of Entitlement to a 60% Joint and Survivor 
Annuity from a Locked-in Account.
4   A minimum 60% joint and survivor form of pension is a pension 
that is payable during the lives of the plan member and his or her 
pension partner and, after the death of one of them, is payable to the 
survivor for life in an amount that is not less than 60% of the amount 
that would have been payable to the plan member had the death not 
occurred.
5   A LIF does not provide a guaranteed amount of pension payable for 
the lifetime of the owner of the LIF.  The pension partner is entitled to 
the payment of the balance, if any, in the LIF should the owner of the 
LIF die before the pension partner.  The pension partner can waive the 
entitlement to the payment of this death benefit by signing Form 16 - 
Pension Partner Waiver of Entitlement to a Death Benefit After 
Establishment of a Life Income Fund.
6   Signing this waiver form does not give up the entitlement to the 
60% joint and survivor annuity.  It may, however, result in a smaller 
pension if a life annuity is purchased at a later date.
7   Being the "pension partner" means that
	(a)	I am married to the plan member and have not been living 
separate and apart from that person for a continuous period 
longer than 3 years, or
	(b)	if paragraph (a) above does not apply to me and there is no 
other person to whom paragraph (a) does apply, I have been 
living with the plan member in a marriage-like relationship 
for a continuous period of at least 3 years or in a relationship 
of some permanence if there is a child of our relationship by 
birth or adoption immediately preceding the date on which I 
have signed this waiver form.
I,    (name of pension partner)   , am the pension partner of      (name of 
plan member)   .
8   Pension funds for the plan member are currently held in     (name of 
pension plan)   , a pension plan regulated in accordance with the 
Employment Pension Plans Act and the Employment Pension Plans 
Regulation (in this waiver form referred to as "the legislation").
9   I understand that I do not have to sign this waiver form unless I 
agree to the establishment of a LIF rather than the commencement of 
payments under a 60% joint and survivor pension.  Nonetheless, I am 
signing this waiver form to permit the plan member to establish a LIF.
10   I understand that in agreeing to the above, this may reduce the 
amount of pension that can be purchased under a life annuity at a later 
date, if a decision to do so is made.
11   I understand that signing this waiver form does not affect any 
rights that I could have as a result of any breakdown or potential 
breakdown in the relationship between the plan member and myself.
12   I understand that signing this waiver form has no effect unless it is 
signed and filed with the plan administrator not more than 90 days 
before the establishment date of the LIF.
13   I have chosen to sign this waiver form and, in so doing, consent to 
the transfer of pension funds to a LIF.
CERTIFICATION OF PENSION PARTNER
I certify that
	(a)	I have read this waiver form and understand it and the 
potential results of my signing it,
	(b)	I have seen a current statement of the plan member's benefit 
entitlement and know the potential impact this decision could 
have on any benefit that I am entitled to,
	(c)	I am signing this waiver form of my own free will,
	(d)	the plan member is not present while I am signing this waiver 
form,
	(e)	I realize that
	(i)	this waiver form only gives a general description of the 
legal rights I have under the legislation, and
	(ii)	if I wish to understand exactly what my legal rights are, 
I must read the legislation and, if necessary, consult a 
professional with pension expertise,
	(f)	the information that I have given in this waiver form is true, 
to the best of my knowledge, at the time when I sign this 
waiver form.  If any of that information changes, I will notify 
the plan administrator of that change, and
	(g)	I am aware that I am entitled to a copy of this waiver form.
I sign this waiver form on    (date)     .
______________________________
Signature of Pension Partner
______________________________ 
Address of Pension Partner
______________________________ 
Telephone number of Pension Partner
STATEMENT OF WITNESS
I certify that I witnessed this pension partner sign this waiver form in 
the absence of the plan member on    (date)    .
________________________ 
Signature of Witness
________________________ 
Print Name of Witness
________________________ 
Address of Witness
________________________ 
Telephone number of Witness
For further information, please contact     (name of plan 
administrator)    at     (contact information)    .
Form 16 
Pension Partner Waiver of Entitlement to a Death Benefit 
After Establishment of a Life Income Fund
	?	This waiver form must be signed by a pension partner in 
order to waive that person's entitlement to the payment of a 
death benefit from a Life Income Fund (LIF) if the member 
owner dies after the establishment date of the LIF.
	?	This waiver form is not valid unless it is signed and filed 
with the LIF issuer at any time on or after the establishment 
date of the LIF.  This waiver form may be revoked at any 
time prior to the death of the member owner.
1   Section 136(2) of the Employment Pension Plans Regulation 
requires that if a pension partner has consented to the establishment of 
a LIF by signing an applicable waiver form, that pension partner 
remains the beneficiary of any death benefit payable from the LIF on 
the death of the member owner.
2   If a pension partner does not want to be the beneficiary of any death 
benefit payable from a LIF, that person must waive that entitlement by 
signing this waiver form.
3   A "member owner" is a former pension plan member who has 
transferred his/her benefit entitlement from the pension plan to a LIF.
4   Being the "pension partner" means that
	(a)	I am married to the member owner and have not been living 
separate and apart from that person for a continuous period 
longer than 3 years, or
	(b)	if paragraph (a) above does not apply to me and there is no 
other person to whom paragraph (a) does apply, I have been 
living with the member owner in a marriage-like relationship 
for a continuous period of at least 3 years or in a relationship 
of some permanence if there is a child of our relationship by 
birth or adoption immediately preceding the date on which I 
have signed this waiver form.
I,    (name of pension partner)   , am the pension partner of      (name of 
member owner)   .
5   Pension funds for the member owner are currently held in a LIF 
with    (name of LIF issuer)   , a product regulated in accordance with 
the Employment Pension Plans Act and the Employment Pension Plans 
Regulation (in this waiver form referred to as "the legislation").
6   I understand that I am the beneficiary of any benefit payable on 
death of the member owner.  I further understand that I give up that 
entitlement by signing this waiver form.
7   I understand that if I sign this waiver form and it is filed with the 
LIF Issuer, this means the member owner may name someone else as 
the beneficiary of the death benefit or may leave it to his/her estate.  
8   I understand that I may change my mind and revoke this waiver 
form at any time by providing written notice of such revocation to the 
LIF issuer.  If I revoke this waiver form, I am again entitled to the 
death benefit payable from the LIF.
9   I understand that signing this waiver form does not affect any rights 
that I could have as a result of any breakdown or potential breakdown 
in the relationship between the member owner and myself.
10   I understand that this waiver form has no effect until it is signed 
and filed with the LIF issuer.
11   I have chosen to sign this waiver form and, in so doing, agree that 
I have no further entitlement in the member owner's benefit.
CERTIFICATION OF PENSION PARTNER
I certify that
	(a)	I have read this waiver form and understand it and the 
potential results of my signing it,
	(b)	I have seen a current statement of the member owner's 
account balance and know the potential impact this decision 
could have on any benefit that I am entitled to,
	(c)	I am signing this waiver form of my own free will,
	(d)	the member owner is not present while I am signing this 
waiver form,
	(e)	I realize that
	(i)	this waiver form only gives a general description of the 
legal rights I have under the legislation, and
	(ii)	if I wish to understand exactly what my legal rights are, 
I must read the legislation and, if necessary, consult a 
professional with pension expertise,
	(f)	the information that I have given in this waiver form is true, 
to the best of my knowledge, at the time when I sign this 
waiver form.  If any of that information changes, I will notify 
the LIF issuer of that change, and
	(g)	I am aware that I am entitled to a copy of this waiver form.
I sign this waiver form on    (date)     .
______________________________
Signature of Pension Partner
______________________________ 
Address of Pension Partner
______________________________ 
Telephone number of Pension Partner
STATEMENT OF WITNESS
I certify that I witnessed this pension partner sign this waiver form in 
the absence of the plan member on    (date)    .
________________________
Signature of Witness
________________________ 
Print Name of Witness
________________________ 
Address of Witness
________________________ 
Telephone number of Witness
For further information, please contact     (name of LIF 
issuer)    at     (contact information)    .
Form 17 
Alberta Employment Pension Tribunal 
Application to Appeal 
 
Alberta Employment Pension Tribunal
IN THE MATTER OF AN APPEAL PURSUANT TO SECTION 147 
OF THE EMPLOYMENT PENSION PLANS ACT
BETWEEN:  (insert name)
	APPELLANT
AND: The Superintendent of Pensions
	RESPONDENT
TAKE NOTICE THAT:    (insert name)   appeals to the Alberta 
Employment Pension Tribunal from a decision of the Superintendent 
of Pensions under section 146(2) of the Act dated    (insert date)    in 
which:    (insert a summary of the decision)   
A copy of the decision is attached.                                             
The appellant asks that the tribunal:                                           
The grounds for the appeal are:                                                 
The address for service of the appellant is:                               
The address of the respondent is:                                              
SIGNATURE:                                                                
DATE:                                                                             

PLEASE NOTE: THE NOTICE OF APPEAL MUST BE 
ACCOMPANIED BY THE $500 APPEAL FEE.  NOTICES 
FILED WITHOUT THE APPEAL FEE WILL NOT BE 
ACCEPTED.



--------------------------------
Alberta Regulation 155/2014
Film and Video Classification Act
FILM AND VIDEO CLASSIFICATION AMENDMENT REGULATION
Filed: July 24, 2014
For information only:   Made by the Lieutenant Governor in Council (O.C. 334/2014) 
on July 23, 2014 pursuant to section 19 of the Film and Video Classification Act. 
1   The Film and Video Classification Regulation 
(AR 263/2009) is amended by this Regulation.

2   Section 12 is amended by striking out "November 30, 2014" 
and substituting "November 30, 2019".


--------------------------------
Alberta Regulation 156/2014
Mines and Minerals Act
ENHANCED OIL RECOVERY ROYALTY REGULATION
Filed: July 24, 2014
For information only:   Made by the Lieutenant Governor in Council (O.C. 335/2014) 
on July 23, 2014 pursuant to sections 5 and 36 of the Mines and Minerals Act. 
Table of Contents
Interpretation
	1	Definitions
	2	Application of Regulation
New Approvals for EOR Schemes
	3	Application for approval
	4	Approval
	5	Maximum percentage rate for calculation of royalty
Continued Approvals for EOR Schemes
	6	Approvals continued 
	7	Calculation of royalty
General
	8	T-factor


	9	Excluded well events
	10	Amendment of approval
	11	Separate approval for scheme expansions
	12	Duty to provide information and file reports
	13	Suspension of approval
	14	Termination of approval
	15	Rebate for pre-1994 injection costs
	16	Consequential amendments
	17	Expiry
	18	Coming into force 
 
Schedules
Interpretation
Definitions
1(1)  In this Regulation,
	(a)	"approval" means
	(i)	an approval granted under section 4, or
	(ii)	an approval continued by section 6;
	(b)	"approved scheme" means an enhanced oil recovery scheme 
in respect of which there is a subsisting approval granted 
under section 4 or continued by section 6;
	(c)	"base recovery scheme" in respect of an area that is or is 
proposed to be subject to an enhanced oil recovery scheme 
means 
	(i)	if subclause (ii) does not apply, the scheme that the 
Minister considers from time to time to be the most 
technically viable scheme to obtain crude oil from the 
pool in that area using only conventional techniques, 
such as waterflood or gas cycling, or
	(ii)	the most recent previous enhanced oil recovery scheme 
that the Minister considers technically viable that has 
been used to obtain crude oil from the pool in that area;
	(d)	"enhanced oil recovery scheme" means a scheme to obtain 
crude oil from a pool
	(i)	that is implemented or proposed to be implemented 
pursuant to a requirement under section 38(a) of the Oil 
and Gas Conservation Act or an approval under section 
39(1)(a) of the Oil and Gas Conservation Act, and
	(ii)	that uses the injection of hydrocarbons, carbon dioxide, 
nitrogen, chemicals or other material approved by the 
Minister as a technique for enhanced oil recovery;
	(e)	"operator", in respect of a scheme or proposed scheme, 
means the person who is the operator of the wells that are 
within the scheme or proposed scheme according to the 
records of the Department;
	(f)	"Petroleum Royalty Regulation, 2009" means the Petroleum 
Royalty Regulation, 2009 (AR 222/2008);
	(g)	"pool" means a pool as defined in the Oil and Gas 
Conservation Act;
	(h)	"previous enhanced oil recovery scheme" means an enhanced 
oil recovery scheme, whether or not the scheme was an 
approved scheme under this Regulation or the Enhanced 
Recovery of Oil Royalty Reduction Regulation (AR 348/93),
	(i)	that was previously implemented by an operator making 
an application under section 3 to obtain crude oil from 
the pool in the same area referred to in the application, 
and
	(ii)	in which a different enhanced oil recovery technique 
was used from the technique described in the 
application under section 3;
	(i)	"well event" means a well event as defined in the Petroleum 
Royalty Regulation, 2009.
(2)  A reference in this Regulation to crude oil obtained from a well 
event is also a reference to crude oil produced or recovered from a well 
event or obtained from petroleum recovered from a well event.
(3)  Except in section 12, a reference in this Regulation to a month, 
whether by its name or not, shall be construed as the period 
commencing at 8:00 a.m. Mountain Standard Time on the first day of 
the month and ending immediately before 8:00 a.m. Mountain 
Standard Time on the first day of the next month.
Application of Regulation
2   This Regulation applies only to crude oil that is obtained at and 
after 8:00 a.m., January 1, 2014, in which the percentage of Crown 
ownership, as determined by the Minister in accordance with section 
26.1 of the Petroleum and Natural Gas Tenure Regulation 
(AR 263/97), is greater than 0.
New Approvals for EOR Schemes
Application for approval
3(1)  An operator of an enhanced oil recovery scheme or proposed 
enhanced oil recovery scheme may apply for an approval under section 
4.
(2)  An application under subsection (1) must be in the form provided 
by and contain the information required by the Minister.
(3)  The operator of an enhanced oil recovery scheme may, in the 
application or in writing provided to the Minister at any time before or 
after an approval is granted, indicate the month in which the operator 
wants the term determined under section 5(2) to begin.
Approval
4(1)  Subject to section 9, the Minister may, on application, grant an 
approval providing for the maximum percentage rate provided for by 
section 5(1) to apply to the calculation of royalty on crude oil obtained 
from well events that are part of an enhanced oil recovery scheme if, at 
the time the information required by the Minister with respect to the 
application has been received,
	(a)		the Minister is of the opinion that the scheme is an enhanced 
oil recovery scheme,
	(b)		the Minister is of the opinion that the primary function of the 
scheme is the recovery of crude oil from a pool,
	(c)		the Minister is of the opinion that more crude oil is likely to 
be obtained using the enhanced oil recovery scheme than 
would be obtained using the base recovery scheme,
	(d)	the Minister is satisfied, taking into consideration any 
estimates provided by the operator of the costs for 
implementing and operating the enhanced oil recovery 
scheme and for implementing and operating the base 
recovery scheme, that the costs for implementing and 
operating the enhanced oil recovery scheme significantly 
exceed the costs for implementing and operating the base 
recovery scheme, and
	(e)	the Minister is of the opinion that it is in the public interest to 
grant an approval under this section.
(2)  In an approval under subsection (1), the Minister 
	(a)	shall set out
	(i)	the pool that is subject to the enhanced oil recovery 
scheme to which the approval applies,
	(ii)	the area that is subject to the enhanced oil recovery 
scheme to which the approval applies, and
	(iii)	the well events in the area referred to in subclause (ii) to 
which the approval applies,
		and
	(b)	may establish terms and conditions relating to the approved 
scheme.
(3)  On granting an approval under subsection (1) the Minister shall, in 
accordance with section 8, establish the t-factor for the approved 
scheme.
Maximum percentage rate for calculation of royalty
5(1)  The royalty on crude oil obtained from well events to which an 
approval under section 4(1) applies for any month during the term 
determined under subsection (2) shall be calculated under section 2(1) 
of the Schedule to the Petroleum Royalty Regulation, 2009 using a 
percentage rate of 5% if a higher percentage rate would otherwise 
apply under that section for that month.
(2)  The term during which subsection (1) applies with respect to an 
approved scheme referred to in subsection (1) is the term of months in 
Schedule 1 applicable to the t-factor range in Schedule 1 that includes 
the t-factor of the approved scheme.
(3)  The term determined under subsection (2) begins
	(a)	on the first day of the month indicated by the operator under 
section 3(3), if material referred to in section 1(1)(d)(ii) is 
first injected under the approved scheme on that day or that 
day occurs within 36 months of material referred to in section 
1(1)(d)(ii) first being injected under the approved scheme, or
	(b)	if clause (a) does not apply, on the first day of the 36th month 
after the month in which material referred to in section 
1(1)(d)(ii) was first injected under the approved scheme.
Continued Approvals for EOR Schemes
Approvals continued
6(1)  An approval under the Enhanced Recovery of Oil Royalty 
Reduction Regulation (AR 348/93) for an approved scheme under that 
regulation that is subsisting immediately before the coming into force 
of this Regulation is continued as an approval under this Regulation.
(2)  The Minister may issue a new approval to replace an approval 
continued by subsection (1) and may establish terms and conditions 
relating to the approved scheme in the new approval.
(3)  The Minister shall, in accordance with section 8, establish the 
t-factor for each approved scheme for which the approval is continued 
by subsection (1).
(4)  The Minister shall prescribe a transition relief multiplier effective 
on the coming into force of this Regulation for each approved scheme 
for which the approval is continued by subsection (1) for the purpose 
of determining the royalty payable on crude oil obtained from well 
events to which the approval applies.
(5)  The Minister may, in the Minister's discretion, prescribe more than 
one transition relief multiplier for an approved scheme under 
subsection (4) if
	(a)	the Minister first granted an approval for the scheme under 
section 4 of the Enhanced Recovery of Oil Royalty Reduction 
Regulation (AR 348/93) on or after January 1, 2006, and
	(b)	the Minister is of the opinion
	(i)	that additional information has become available that 
should be considered in prescribing the transition relief 
multiplier for the approved scheme, or
	(ii)	that more than one transition relief multiplier is required 
for the approved scheme.
(6)  The operator of an approved scheme for which the approval is 
continued by subsection (1) may at any time before or after an 
approval is continued under subsection (1) in writing provided to the 
Minister, indicate the month in which the operator wants the term 
determined under section 7(2) to begin.
Calculation of royalty
7(1)  The royalty on crude oil obtained from well events to which an 
approval continued by section 6(1) applies for each month during the 
term determined under subsection (2) shall be calculated by 
multiplying the amount of royalty calculated under section 6 or 6.1 of 
the Petroleum Royalty Regulation, 2009 for that month by the 
transition relief multiplier prescribed under section 6(4).
(2)  The term during which subsection (1) applies with respect to an 
approved scheme referred to in subsection (1) is the term of months in 
Schedule 2 applicable to the t-factor range in Schedule 2 that includes 
the t-factor of the approved scheme.
(3)  The term determined under subsection (2) begins
	(a)	on the first day of the month indicated by the operator under 
section 6(6), if material referred to in section 1(1)(d)(ii) is 
first injected under the approved scheme on that day or that 
day occurs within 36 months of material referred to in section 
1(1)(d)(ii) first being injected under the approved scheme, or
	(b)	if clause (a) does not apply, the first day of the 36th month 
after the month in which material referred to in section 
1(1)(d)(ii) was first injected under the approved scheme.
(4)  If an amendment is made to a transition relief multiplier prescribed 
for an approved scheme and the amendment is applicable to a month 
for which the royalty has been calculated, the royalty for that month 
shall be recalculated using the amended transition relief multiplier. 
General
T-factor
8(1)  The t-factor of an approved scheme is the greater of
	(a)	0.224, and
	(b)	the t-factor determined by the Minister in accordance with 
the following formula:
t-factor = itr ö tco 
 
where
	itr	is the amount of incremental crude oil recoverable from 
the pool under the approved scheme over the life of the 
approved scheme;
	tco	is the total amount of crude oil that in the Minister's 
opinion remains to be recovered from the pool.
(2)  The Minister may re-determine the t-factor of an approved scheme 
under subsection (1) at any time if the Minister is of the opinion that a 
different amount should be used in place of an amount that was used to 
calculate the t-factor.
(3)  If the Minister is not satisfied that sufficient information has been 
received from the operator to calculate the t-factor of an approved 
scheme under subsection (1), the Minister shall establish a temporary 
t-factor of 0.324 for the approved scheme.
(4)  The Minister may increase the temporary t-factor established 
under subsection (3) up to a maximum temporary t-factor of 0.381 if
	(a)	the operator of the approved scheme submits an application 
to the Minister for an increase that contains the information 
required by the Minister, and
	(b)	the Minister is of the opinion that exceptional circumstances 
exist that warrant an increase.
(5)  If the Minister is not satisfied that sufficient information has been 
received from the operator of an approved scheme for which a 
temporary t-factor is established under subsection (3) to determine the 
t-factor for the approved scheme under subsection (1), the approval for 
the approved scheme terminates at the end of the last month of the 
term that applies to the temporary t-factor under Schedule 1 or 2, as the 
case may be.
(6)  On being satisfied that sufficient information has been received 
from the operator to determine the t-factor of an approved scheme for 
which a temporary t-factor has been established under this section, the 
Minister shall determine the t-factor of the approved scheme under 
subsection (1) and any temporary t-factor established for the approved 
scheme under this section ceases to apply.
(7)  If the t-factor or temporary t-factor of an approved scheme is 
replaced by a new t-factor as provided by subsection (2) or (6) and the 
term set out in Schedule 1 or 2, as the case may be, that applies to the 
new t-factor is longer than the term that applied to the previous 
t-factor, the longer term only applies for the purposes of section 5(2) or 
7(2) if the term that applied to the previous t-factor has not expired.
(8)  If the t-factor or temporary t-factor of an approved scheme is 
replaced by a new t-factor as provided by subsection (2) or (6) and the 
term set out in the Schedule 1 or 2, as the case may be, that applies to 
the new t-factor is shorter than the term that applied to the previous 
t-factor, the royalty for each month not included in the shorter term for 
which the royalty was calculated in accordance with section 5(1) or 
7(1) shall be recalculated using the percentage rate that would 
otherwise have been applicable under the Petroleum Royalty 
Regulation, 2009.
(9)  The result of a calculation under this section shall 
	(a)	be expressed to 3 decimal points, and
	(b)	be rounded 
	(i)	up if there is a number at the fourth decimal point that is 
5 or greater, or
	(ii)	down if there is a number at the fourth decimal point 
that is less than 5.
Excluded well events
9   For the purposes of this Regulation, an approval granted under 
section 4(1) or continued by section 6(1) does not apply to any of the 
following well events that are in the area to which the approval 
applies:
	(a)	well events as defined in the Oil Sands Royalty Regulation, 
2009 (AR 223/2008) that are part of a Project as defined in 
that Regulation;
	(b)	non-Project well events as defined in the Oil Sands Royalty 
Regulation, 2009 (AR 223/2008);
	(c)	well events with respect to which allowed costs as defined in 
the Oil Sands Royalty Regulation, 2009 (AR 223/2008) are 
associated;
	(d)	any other well events that are in the area to which the 
approval applies that are not included in the approval.
Amendment of approval 
10   The Minister may amend an approval granted under section 4(1) 
or continued by section 6(1)
	(a)	to add, change or remove conditions relating to the approved 
scheme,
	(b)	on the application of the operator of the approved scheme, to 
add a well event that has been added to the approved scheme 
if the Minister is satisfied that the well event is in the area to 
which the approval applies and is part of the enhanced oil 
recovery scheme to which the approval applies, or
	(c)	on the application of the operator of the approved scheme, to 
increase the area to which the approval applies to include 
well events located outside the existing area if no new 
injection well event has been added outside the existing area.
Separate approval for scheme expansions 
11   An operator of an approved scheme may apply under section 3 for 
a separate approval under section 4 for an enhanced oil recovery 
scheme for well events outside the area to which an existing approval 
applies if a new injection well event has been added outside the area to 
which the existing approval applies.
Duty to provide information and file reports
12(1)  On receiving a request from the Minister to provide information 
or file a report for the purposes of the Minister's administration of this 
Regulation, a person who is or was an operator of an approved scheme 
shall provide the information or file the report specified in the request 
within the time specified in the request.
(2)  If a person fails to provide information or file a report as required 
by subsection (1), the person is liable to pay a penalty of $1000 for 
each month or part of a month during which the failure to provide the 
information or file the report continues.
(3)  If the Minister is satisfied that a person failed to provide 
information or file a report as required by subsection (1) because of 
circumstances that were not in the person's control, the Minister may 
waive the penalty provided for by subsection (2).
(4)  No interest is payable on a penalty imposed under subsection (2).
Suspension of approval
13(1)  The Minister may suspend an approval for an approved scheme 
if the operator of the approved scheme fails to provide information or 
file a report requested by the Minister within the time specified in the 
request.
(2)  If an approval for an approved scheme is suspended under 
subsection (1), sections 5(1) and 7(1) do not apply to the calculation of 
royalty on crude oil obtained from well events to which the approval 
applies for any month during which the suspension is in effect for all 
or any part of the month. 
(3)  If an operator of an approved scheme provides the information or 
files the report with respect to which a suspension was imposed under 
subsection (1), the royalty on crude oil obtained from well events to 
which the approval applies for each month during the term determined 
under section 5(2) or 7(3), as the case may be, during which the 
approval was suspended shall be recalculated in accordance with 
section 5(1) or 7(1), as the case may be.
(4)  Subsection (3) does not apply if
	(a)	the approval for the approved scheme is terminated before 
the suspension of the approval ends, and
	(b)	in the opinion of the Minister, the reason for the termination 
of the approval for the approved scheme is substantially the 
same as the reason for the suspension of the approval for the 
approved scheme.
(5)  A suspension of an approval for an approved scheme does not 
operate to extend the term determined under section 5(2) or 7(2).
Termination of approval
14   The Minister may terminate an approval for an approved scheme 
if
	(a)	the operator of the approved scheme requests termination of 
the approval,
	(b)	the operator of the approved scheme has failed to provide 
information or file a report requested by the Minister within 
the time specified in the request,
	(c)	the Minister is of the opinion that a term or condition relating 
to the approved scheme set out in the approval is not being 
met,
	(d)	the t-factor for the scheme is 0,
	(e)	the Minister is of the opinion that the scheme is no longer 
producing crude oil and no further injection of material 
referred to in section 1(1)(d)(ii) is intended, or
	(f)	in the case of an approved scheme for which the approval 
was granted under section 4(1) or in the case of an approved 
scheme for which the approval was continued by section 
6(1), a requirement of section 4(1) is no longer satisfied.
Rebate for pre-1994 injection costs
15(1)   In this section, "remaining total" means remaining total, as 
defined in section 9 of the Petroleum Royalty Regulation (AR 248/90) 
as of December 31, 2008, less reductions made under subsection 
(2)(a).
(2)  The Minister may
	(a)	rebate an amount not exceeding 5% of the royalty payable on 
crude oil for a month if the remaining total is reduced by an 
amount equal to the same percentage of the selling price or 
fair value of the crude oil on which the royalty on crude oil 
for the month is based, or
	(b)	rebate a single lump sum amount determined by the Minister 
in respect of the remaining total, after which the remaining 
total is 0.
Consequential amendments
16(1)  The Deep Oil Exploratory Well Regulation 
(AR 225/2008) is amended in section 5(1) by striking out "or" 
at the end of clause (a), by adding "or" at the end of clause 
(b) and by adding the following after clause (b):
	(c)	the t-factor for the scheme, if any, for the purposes of the 
Enhanced Oil Recovery Royalty Regulation is 0. 
(2)  The Enhanced Recovery of Oil Royalty Reduction 
Regulation (AR 348/93) is amended
	(a)	in section 2 by striking out "in 1994 and later years" 
and substituting "in the years 1994 to 2013 inclusive and 
the period before 8:00 a.m. January 1, 2014";
	(b)	by repealing section 37.1 and substituting the 
following:
Expiry
37.1   This Regulation expires on December 31, 2018.
(3)  The Petroleum Royalty Regulation, 2009 (AR 222/2008) 
is amended by adding the following after section 6.1:
Approved schemes under the Enhanced Oil  
Recovery Royalty Regulation
6.2   Notwithstanding anything in this Regulation, the provisions of 
the Enhanced Oil Recovery Royalty Regulation apply to the 
calculation of royalty under this Regulation on crude oil recovered or 
produced from, or obtained from petroleum recovered from, a well 
event to which an approval as defined in the Enhanced Oil Recovery 
Royalty Regulation applies.
Expiry
17   For the purpose of ensuring that this Regulation is reviewed for 
ongoing relevancy and necessity, with the option that it may be 
repassed in its present or an amended form following a review, this 
Regulation expires on December 31, 2018.
Coming into force
18   This Regulation is deemed to have come into force on January 1, 
2014.
Schedule 1 
 
Term for the Purposes of Section 5(2)
T-factor range
(Beginning t-factor - Ending t-factor)
Term of Months 

0.001 - 0.223
0
0.224 - 0.228
3
0.229 - 0.233
4
0.234 - 0.238
5
0.239 - 0.242
6
0.243 - 0.247
7
0.248 - 0.252
8
0.253 - 0.257
9
0.258 - 0.261
10
0.262 - 0.266
11
0.267 - 0.271
12
0.272 - 0.276
13
0.277 - 0.280
14
0.281 - 0.285
15
0.286 - 0.290
16
0.291 - 0.295
17
0.296 - 0.300
18
0.301 - 0.304
19
0.305 - 0.309
20
0.310 - 0.314
21
0.315 - 0.319
22
0.320 - 0.323
23
0.324 - 0.328
24
0.329 - 0.333
25
0.334 - 0.338
26
0.339 - 0.342
27
0.343 - 0.347
28
0.348 - 0.352
29
0.353 - 0.357
30
0.358 - 0.361
31
0.362 - 0.366
32
0.367 - 0.371
33
0.372 - 0.376
34
0.377 - 0.380
35
0.381 - 0.385
36
0.386 - 0.390
37
0.391 - 0.395
38
0.396 - 0.400
39
0.401 - 0.404
40
0.405 - 0.409
41
0.410 - 0.414
42
0.415 - 0.419
43
0.420 - 0.423
44
0.424 - 0.428
45
0.429 - 0.433
46
0.434 - 0.438
47
0.439 - 0.442
48
0.443 - 0.447
49
0.448 - 0.452
50
0.453 - 0.457
51
0.458 - 0.461
52
0.462 - 0.466
53
0.467 - 0.471
54
0.472 - 0.476
55
0.477 - 0.480
56
0.481 - 0.485
57
0.486 - 0.490
58
0.491 - 0.495
59
0.496 - 0.500
60
0.501 - 0.504
61
0.505 - 0.509
62
0.510 - 0.514
63
0.515 - 0.519
64
0.520 - 0.523
65
0.524 - 0.528
66
0.529 - 0.533
67
0.534 - 0.538
68
0.539 - 0.542
69
0.543 - 0.547
70
0.548 - 0.552
71
0.553 - 0.557
72
0.558 - 0.561
73
0.562 - 0.566
74
0.567 - 0.571
75
0.572 - 0.576
76
0.577 - 0.580
77
0.581 - 0.585
78
0.586 - 0.590
79
0.591 - 0.595
80
0.596 - 0.600
81
0.601 - 0.604
82
0.605 - 0.609
83
0.610 - 0.614
84
0.615 - 0.619
85
0.620 - 0.623
86
0.624 - 0.628
87
0.629 - 0.633
88
0.634 - 0.638
89
0.639 - 0.642
90
0.643 - 0.647
91
0.648 - 0.652
92
0.653 - 0.657
93
0.658 - 0.661
94
0.662 - 0.666
95
0.667 - 0.671
96
0.672 - 0.676
97
0.677 - 0.680
98
0.681 - 0.685
99
0.686 - 0.690
100
0.691 - 0.695
101
0.696 - 0.700
102
0.701 - 0.704
103
0.705 - 0.709
104
0.710 - 0.714
105
0.715 - 0.719
106
0.720 - 0.723
107
0.724 - 0.728
108
0.729 - 0.733
109
0.734 - 0.738
110
0.739 - 0.742
111
0.743 - 0.747
112
0.748 - 0.752
113
0.753 - 0.757
114
0.758 - 0.761
115
0.762 - 0.766
116
0.767 - 0.771
117
0.772 - 0.776
118
0.777 - 0.780
119
0.781 - 1.000
120
Schedule 2
Term for the Purposes of Section 7(2)
T-factor Range
(Beginning t-factor - Ending t-factor)
Term of Months 

0.001 - 0.328
24
0.329 - 0.333
25
0.334 - 0.338
26
0.339 - 0.342
27
0.343 - 0.347
28
0.348 - 0.352
29
0.353 - 0.357
30
0.358 - 0.361
31
0.362 - 0.366
32
0.367 - 0.371
33
0.372 - 0.376
34
0.377 - 0.380
35
0.381 - 0.385
36
0.386 - 0.390
37
0.391 - 0.395
38
0.396 - 0.400
39
0.401 - 0.404
40
0.405 - 0.409
41
0.410 - 0.414
42
0.415 - 0.419
43
0.420 - 0.423
44
0.424 - 0.428
45
0.429 - 0.433
46
0.434 - 0.438
47
0.439 - 0.442
48
0.443 - 0.447
49
0.448 - 0.452
50
0.453 - 0.457
51
0.458 - 0.461
52
0.462 - 0.466
53
0.467 - 0.471
54
0.472 - 0.476
55
0.477 - 0.480
56
0.481 - 0.485
57
0.486 - 0.490
58
0.491 - 0.495
59
0.496 - 0.500
60
0.501 - 0.504
61
0.505 - 0.509
62
0.510 - 0.514
63
0.515 - 0.519
64
0.520 - 0.523
65
0.524 - 0.528
66
0.529 - 0.533
67
0.534 - 0.538
68
0.539 - 0.542
69
0.543 - 0.547
70
0.548 - 0.552
71
0.553 - 0.557
72
0.558 - 0.561
73
0.562 - 0.566
74
0.567 - 0.571
75
0.572 - 0.576
76
0.577 - 0.580
77
0.581 - 0.585
78
0.586 - 0.590
79
0.591 - 0.595
80
0.596 - 0.600
81
0.601 - 0.604
82
0.605 - 0.609
83
0.610 - 0.614
84
0.615 - 0.619
85
0.620 - 0.623
86
0.624 - 0.628
87
0.629 - 0.633
88
0.634 - 0.638
89
0.639 - 0.642
90
0.643 - 0.647
91
0.648 - 0.652
92
0.653 - 0.657
93
0.658 - 0.661
94
0.662 - 0.666
95
0.667 - 0.671
96
0.672 - 0.676
97
0.677 - 0.680
98
0.681 - 0.685
99
0.686 - 0.690
100
0.691 - 0.695
101
0.696 - 0.700
102
0.701 - 0.704
103
0.705 - 0.709
104
0.710 - 0.714
105
0.715 - 0.719
106
0.720 - 0.723
107
0.724 - 0.728
108
0.729 - 0.733
109
0.734 - 0.738
110
0.739 - 0.742
111
0.743 - 0.747
112
0.748 - 0.752
113
0.753 - 0.757
114
0.758 - 0.761
115
0.762 - 0.766
116
0.767 - 0.771
117
0.772 - 0.776
118
0.777 - 0.780
119
0.781 - 1.000
120


--------------------------------
Alberta Regulation 157/2014
Feeder Associations Guarantee Act
FEEDER ASSOCIATIONS GUARANTEE AMENDMENT REGULATION
Filed: July 24, 2014
For information only:   Made by the Lieutenant Governor in Council (O.C. 336/2014) 
on July 23, 2014 pursuant to section 11 of the Feeder Associations Guarantee Act. 
1   The Feeder Associations Guarantee Regulation 
(AR 13/2012) is amended by this Regulation.

2   Section 31 is amended
	(a)	by repealing subsection (1) and substituting the 
following: 
Maximum amount of total monetary obligations
31(1)  No feeder association shall supply livestock to a feeder 
member if the feeder member's total monetary obligation, 
excluding advances, exceeds
	(a)	in the case of an individual, $1 000 000,
	(b)	in the case of a joint membership, $1 000 000, and
	(c)	in the case of a corporation, partnership or joint venture, 
the amount allocated under subsection (2) or (3) by its 
active shareholders or active members, to a maximum 
of $3 000 000.
	(b)	in subsection (2) by striking out "subsection (1)(a)(i) or 
(ii)" and substituting "subsection (1)(a)";
	(c)	in subsection (3) by striking out "subsection (1)(b)(i) or 
(ii)" and substituting "subsection (1)(b)";
	(d)	in subsection (6) by striking out "subsection (1)(a)(i) or 
(ii)" and substituting "subsection (1)(a)";
	(e)	in subsection (7) by striking out "subsection (1)(b)(i) or 
(ii)" and substituting "subsection (1)(b)".


--------------------------------
Alberta Regulation 158/2014
Safety Codes Act
PRESSURE EQUIPMENT EXEMPTION ORDER 
AMENDMENT REGULATION
Filed: July 24, 2014
For information only:   Made by the Minister of Municipal Affairs (M.O. P:013/14) 
on July 22, 2014 pursuant to section 2(2) of the Safety Codes Act. 
1   The Pressure Equipment Exemption Order (AR 56/2006) 
is amended by this Regulation.

2   Section 2 is amended
	(a)	in subsection (1)
	(i)	by striking out "and the Pressure Equipment Safety 
Regulation do" and substituting "does";
	(ii)	by repealing clause (f) and substituting the 
following:
	(f)	the following pressure equipment that forms the 
whole or part of a pipeline as defined in the 
Pipeline Act:
	(i)	dust pot;
	(ii)	gas drip;
	(iii)	indirect fired heater coils;
	(iv)	methanol injection tanks;
	(v)	pig launcher;
	(vi)	pig receiver;
	(vii)	odorizer tanks;
	(iii)	by adding the following after clause (f):
	(g)	a pipeline as defined in the Oil and Gas 
Conservation Act.
	(b)	in subsection (2)
	(i)	by adding ", the Pressure Welders Regulation and the 
Power Engineers Regulation" after "The Pressure 
Equipment Safety Regulation" and by striking out 
"does" and substituting "do";
	(ii)	by repealing clause (e);
	(iii)	by repealing clause (i);
	(iv)	in clause (j) by adding "such as a pump, 
compressor, turbine, generator, engine or hydraulic or 
pneumatic actuating cylinder," after "a rotating or 
reciprocating mechanical device,"; 
	(v)	by repealing clause (m);
	(vi)	by adding the following after clause (o):
	(p)	gas systems equipment used to convey gas 
exclusively for fuel purposes and that is subject to 
the Gas Code Regulation (AR 111/2010);
	(q)	a pipeline system that is subject to the CSA 
Standard Z7396.1, Medical Gas Pipeline Systems 
- Part 1: Pipelines for Medical Gases and 
Vacuums;
	(r)	a pressure piping system and the machinery and 
equipment ancillary to the pressure piping system, 
if the machinery and equipment
	(i)	vaporize, compress and liquefy refrigerants in 
the refrigerating cycle, and
	(ii)	have a refrigerating capacity not exceeding 
10.5 kilowatts;
	(s)	gas-filled electrical switchgear or controlgear.

3   The following is added after section 2:
Exemptions
2.1   The Pressure Equipment Safety Regulation (AR 49/2006) and 
the Pressure Welders Regulation (AR 169/2002) do not apply to the 
following:
	(a)	a pressure vessel 
	(i)	that is installed in a closed hot water heating system,
	(ii)	that has a working pressure not exceeding 207 
kilopascals, and
	(iii)	that has an internal diameter not exceeding 610 
millimetres;
	(b)	a pressure piping system that forms part of a heating plant;
	(c)	the following equipment used for clothing care whether or 
not it is located at a dry cleaning facility:
	(i)	a steam chest not exceeding a volume of 42.5 litres and 
operating at a steam pressure not exceeding 1035 
kilopascals;
	(ii)	a press not exceeding a volume of 42.5 litres and 
operating at a steam pressure not exceeding 1035 
kilopascals;
	(iii)	a spray tank not exceeding a volume of 42.5 litres.

4   Section 4 is amended by striking out "August 1, 2014" and 
substituting "August 1, 2019". 

5   The Pressure Equipment Safety Regulation (AR 49/2006) 
is amended by repealing section 3.


--------------------------------
Alberta Regulation 159/2014
New Home Buyer Protection Act 
Insurance Act
NEW HOME BUYER PROTECTION REGULATIONS 
AMENDMENT REGULATION
Filed: July 24, 2014
For information only:   Made by the Lieutenant Governor in Council (O.C. 341/2014) 
on July 23, 2014 pursuant to section 28(1) of the New Home Buyer Protection Act 
and sections 16 and 548.1 of the Insurance Act. 
1(1)  The New Home Buyer Protection (General) Regulation 
(AR 211/2013) is amended by this section.
(2)  Section 1 is amended
	(a)	by repealing subsection (5);
	(b)	in subsection (6)
	(i)	by striking out "1(1)(y), 3(3)(b) and (8)(b)" and 
substituting "1.1(1)(a) and 3(3)(a)";
	(ii)	by striking out "2(4),";
	(c)	by adding the following after subsection (8):
(8.1)  For the purposes of section 1.1(4) of the statute, 
	(a)	"plan of subdivision" means a plan of subdivision as 
defined in section 616(u) of the Municipal Government 
Act;
	(b)	"subdivision" means subdivision as defined in section 
616(ee) of the Municipal Government Act.
(8.2)  For the purposes of sections 1.1(3) to (5) and 28(1)(f.1) of 
the statute and subsection (8.3) and sections 2 and 4(2)(d) and (4) 
of this Regulation, "multiple family dwelling originally built for 
rental purposes" means a multiple family dwelling that
	(a)	was built pursuant to a permit issued in accordance with 
section 24(1)(a) or (c) of the statute, and
	(b)	is not included in a condominium plan registered within 
180 days after the beginning of the protection period for 
the multiple family dwelling.
(8.3)  For the purposes of section 1.1(5) of the statute, the 
protection period for common property and common facilities in 
each building included in a condominium plan registered in 
respect of a multiple family dwelling originally built for rental 
purposes is deemed to be the 10-year period beginning on the 
earlier of
	(a)	the date a unit in the building was first occupied as a 
rental unit, and
	(b)	the date an accredited agency, accredited municipality 
or accredited regional services commission granted 
permission to occupy the unit as a rental unit.
(8.4)  Subsection (8.3) applies where
	(a)	the title to an inhabitable unit in the building is 
transferred from the owner of the building to a 
purchaser of a unit in an arm's length transaction, and
	(b)	the owner provides the purchaser with a building 
assessment report prepared by a qualified person before 
the transfer of title described in clause (a).
(3)  Section 2 is repealed and the following is substituted:
Statutory protection for conversions of  
multiple family dwellings 
2   Despite section 4(2.1) of the statute, in section 4(2) of the statute, 
with respect to the common property or common facilities in a 
building or a phase of development included in a condominium plan 
registered in respect of a multiple family dwelling originally built for 
rental purposes, "the date the protection period begins" means the 
date that is 180 days after the earlier of the dates set out in section 
1.1(3) of the statute.
(4)  Section 4 is amended 
	(a)	in subsection (2)
	(i)	by repealing clause (d) and substituting the 
following:
	(d)	a report on an inspection of the common property, 
if any, and common facilities, if any, 
	(i)	in the case of a building other than a building 
included in a condominium plan registered in 
respect of a multiple family dwelling 
originally built for rental purposes, after the 
first transfer of title to a unit in the building, 
and
	(ii)	in the case of a building included in a 
condominium plan registered in respect of a 
multiple family dwelling originally built for 
rental purposes, not earlier than 180 days 
before the sale or offering for sale of a unit in 
the building;
	(ii)	in clause (e) 
	(A)	by striking out "owners occupying" and 
substituting "occupants of";
	(B)	by adding "referred to in clause (d)" after 
"inspection";
	(b)	by repealing subsection (4) and substituting the 
following:
(4)  A building assessment report must be prepared 
	(a)	in the case of a building other than a building included 
in a condominium plan registered in respect of a 
multiple family dwelling originally built for rental 
purposes, within 180 days of the first transfer of title to 
a unit in the building, and
	(b)	in the case of a building included in a condominium 
plan registered in respect of a multiple family dwelling 
originally built for rental purposes, not earlier than 180 
days before the sale or offering for sale of a unit in the 
building.
(5)  Section 5(2) is amended by striking out "purchase period" 
and substituting "protection period". 
(6)  Section 9 is repealed and the following is substituted:
Additional powers and duties of Registrar 
9(1)  In addition to the powers and duties set out in the statute, the 
Registrar 
	(a)	shall keep records, including decisions and orders made by 
the Registrar, compliance officers and the Board, and
	(b)	may issue guidelines and interpretation bulletins respecting 
the interpretation or application of the Act.
(2)  The Registrar may delegate the power to impose administrative 
penalties under section 8.1 of the statute only to a person to whom 
the Registrar has delegated the Registrar's powers and duties as an 
acting Registrar.
(7)  Section 11(2)(c) is amended by striking out "if" and 
substituting "whether".
(8)  Section 14(1)(c) is repealed and the following is 
substituted:
	(c)	failure to comply with an exemption or a term or condition of 
an authorization or an exemption.
(9)  The following is added after section 14:
Transitional
14.1   Section 2 as it read immediately before the coming into force 
of this section applies to new homes constructed under a building 
permit applied for before the coming into force of this section.

2(1)  The Classes of Insurance Regulation (AR 144/2011) is 
amended by this section.
(2)  Section 2(f.1) is amended by striking out "completion" 
and substituting "protection".

3(1)  The Home Warranty Insurance Regulation 
(AR 225/2013) is amended by this section.
(2)  Section 1 is amended
	(a)	by adding the following after clause (a):
	(a.1)	"common facilities" has the same meaning as in section 
1(1)(g.1) of the New Home Buyer Protection Act;
	(a.2)	"common property" has the same meaning as in section 
1(1)(h) of the New Home Buyer Protection Act;
	(b)	by adding the following after clause (f):
	(f.1)	"protection period" has the same meaning as in section 
1(1)(y) of the New Home Buyer Protection Act;
	(c)	by repealing clause (h).
(3)  Section 2(3)(d) is repealed and the following is 
substituted:
	(d)	subject to subsection (4), for the common property and 
common facilities in a condominium or a multiple family 
dwelling, the lesser of
	(i)	$130 000 times the number of single dwelling units in 
the condominium or multiple family dwelling, and
	(ii)	$3 300 000.
(4)  Section 5 is amended in Policy Condition 7 set out 
under that section by striking out "purchase period" and 
substituting "protection period".

4   This Regulation comes into force on the coming into 
force of the New Home Buyer Protection Amendment Act, 
2014.


--------------------------------
Alberta Regulation 160/2014
Traffic Safety Act
OPERATOR LICENSING AND VEHICLE CONTROL (2014) 
AMENDMENT REGULATION
Filed: July 29, 2014
For information only:   Made by the Minister of Service Alberta and the Minister of 
Transportation (M.O. SA:012/2014) on July 22, 2014 pursuant to sections 18(2) and 
64 of the Traffic Safety Act. 
1   The Operator Licensing and Vehicle Control Regulation 
(AR 320/2002) is amended by this Regulation.

2   The following is added after section 63:
Specialty licence plates
63.1(1)  In this section, "specialty licence plate" means a licence 
plate of a type referred to in subsection (3).
(2)  One type of licence plate that the Minister may approve under 
section 63(2) is the specialty licence plate.
(3)  The Registrar, on the application of, and having entered into a 
written agreement with, an organization, may create a special type of 
licence plate with respect to that organization and may issue it, if the 
Registrar considers that the criteria referred to in subsection (4) are 
met and that the requirements of this Division are otherwise 
complied with in respect of that licence plate.
(4)  The Registrar may set the criteria based on which specialty 
licence plates may be created, applied for, issued and retained and as 
to how they may cease to be issued or issuable, and the Registrar 
shall publish those criteria that are so set on the Registrar's website 
maintained on the Government's Department of Service Alberta 
website.
(5)  Specialty licence plates must be in the form and design approved 
by the Registrar.
(6)  The Registrar may in writing restrict the use of specialty licence 
plates issued with certificates of registration to specific classes of 
vehicle that the Registrar specifies.

3   The following is added after section 75:
Extensions of expired motor vehicle documents
75.1(1)  If the provision of services by the Registrar under this Act 
is interrupted in any area of Alberta for a period of time that the 
Registrar considers to be sufficiently material, the Registrar may 
make a written declaration that a material interruption of such 
services exists for the purposes of this section.
(2)  The Registrar's declaration must specify the area affected, the 
beginning of the declared period of interruption, and the substantive 
effect of subsection (3) and give any other information that the 
Registrar considers necessary concerning the interruption.
(3)  An expired motor vehicle document the potential for whose 
renewal is impacted by the declared interruption is to be recognized 
under the Act as a still subsisting motor vehicle document that has 
been issued under the Act during the period of the interruption as 
declared under subsections (2) and (4).
(4)  The Registrar shall also make a written declaration specifying 
the ending of the period of the declared interruption.
(5)  The declarations under this section are to be treated as 
documents incorporated by reference in this section, but the 
Registrar shall forthwith have each notice published on the 
Registrar's website maintained on the Government's Department of 
Service Alberta website, in a local newspaper, if any, circulating in 
the area affected and in a newspaper circulating generally in Alberta.
(6)  The onus of proving that a motor vehicle document falls within 
this section is on the person so claiming.

4   The following is added after section 115:
Fees for specialty licence plates
115.1(1)  The fee for a specialty licence plate under section 63.1(3) 
is $75 and is non-refundable.
(2)  The fee under subsection (1) does not include a fee for a 
certificate of registration payable under this Regulation.
(3)  The fee for the replacement of a specialty licence plate that is 
lost, stolen or damaged is $20.
5   Section 123(1)(a) is amended by adding "or a specialty 
licence plate covered by section 115.1" after "personal plate".

6   The Motor Vehicle Document Expiry Date Extension 
Regulation (AR 123/2013) is repealed.


--------------------------------
Alberta Regulation 161/2014
Public Health Act
HOUSING AMENDMENT REGULATION\
Filed: July 29, 2014
For information only:   Made by the Minister of Health (M.O. 30/2014) on July 14, 
2014 pursuant to section 66(2)(h) of the Public Health Act. 
1   The Housing Regulation (AR 173/99) is amended by this 
Regulation.

2   Section 7 is amended by striking out "August 31, 2014" and 
substituting "August 31, 2016".


--------------------------------
Alberta Regulation 162/2014
Public Health Act
NUISANCE AND GENERAL SANITATION (2014) 
AMENDMENT REGULATION
Filed: July 29, 2014
For information only:   Made by the Minister of Health (M.O. 31/2014) on July 14, 
2014 pursuant to section 66(2)(k) of the Public Health Act. 
1   The Nuisance and General Sanitation Regulation 
(AR 243/2003) is amended by this Regulation.

2   Section 1 is amended 
	(a)	by repealing clauses (b) and (c); 
	(b)	by adding the following before clause (d):
	(c.1)	"event" includes a fair, exhibition, sport day, festival, 
concert, carnival or other similar gathering;
	(c)	by adding the following after clause (f):
	(f.1)	"operator" means a person who organizes, manages or 
operates the event;

3   Section 2(2) is amended
	(a)	in clause (b)
	(i)	by adding "source of a discharge of water or waste, 
including a" after "any";
	(ii)	by adding "portable toilet," after "water closet,";
	(b)	in clause (d) by striking out "stable or other" and 
substituting "enclosed space or";
	(c)	in clause (g) by striking out "chimney emitting" and 
substituting "emission into the air of any".

4   The main heading preceding section 5 is amended by 
adding "and Hand Washing" after "Toilet".

5   Section 5 is amended
	(a)	by striking out "outdoor privy" wherever it occurs and 
substituting "outdoor toilet facility";
	(b)	by repealing clause (b) and substituting the 
following:
	(b)	in the case of an outdoor toilet facility with a pit, the pit 
contents are covered with earth or other suitable 
material when the outdoor toilet facility is abandoned or 
removed.

6   Section 6 is repealed and the following is substituted:
Toilet and hand washing facilities at events
6(1)  The operator of an event shall ensure that
	(a)	there are toilet facilities serving the event that
	(i)	are on or adjacent to the location where the event is 
held,
	(ii)	are available to all those attending the event, and
	(iii)	are in the number determined in accordance with the 
Schedule,
		and
	(b)	hand washing facilities are provided at or near the toilet 
facilities with an adequate supply of
	(i)	soap provided in suitable dispensers,
	(ii)	running water,
	(iii)	mechanical air driers or single use towels in suitable 
dispensers, and
	(iv)	waste receptacles for paper towels, if paper towels are 
provided.
(2)  Notwithstanding anything in subsection (1), an executive officer 
may
	(a)	require greater or allow fewer toilet facilities than would 
otherwise be required by subsection (1)(a), based on the 
duration of the event, whether alcohol is served or not, the 
history of the event and other factors considered relevant,
	(b)	allow alternatives to the requirements of subsection (1)(b), 
including the use of a minimum 60% alcohol-based hand 
sanitizer, or
	(c)	do both.

7   Section 7(c) is repealed and the following is substituted:
	(c)	hand washing facilities are provided at or near the toilet 
facilities with an adequate supply of
	(i)	soap provided in suitable dispensers,
	(ii)	running water,
	(iii)	mechanical air driers or single use towels in suitable 
dispensers, and
	(iv)	waste receptacles for paper towels, if paper towels are 
provided.

8   Section 8 is amended
	(a)	in subsection (1) by striking out "Subject to subsection 
(4), any" and substituting "Any";
	(b)	by repealing subsection (4).

9   Section 9 is amended by striking out "a fair, exhibition, 
sport day, festival, social, concert, carnival or other similar gathering" 
and substituting "an event".

10   Section 15 is amended
	(a)	in subsection (1)
	(i)	by repealing the part of subsection (1) 
preceding clause (a) and substituting the 
following:
15(1)  A person shall not locate a water well that supplies 
water that is intended or used for human consumption 
within
	(ii)	in clause (b) by striking out "pit privy" and 
substituting "toilet facility with a pit";
	(b)	by adding the following after subsection (1):
(1.1)  A person shall not change the use of a water well to a 
water well that supplies water that is to be used for human 
consumption from any other use if the water well is located 
within any of the distances referred to in subsection (1)(a) to 
(f).
	(c)	by repealing subsection (2) and substituting the 
following:
(2)  A person shall not locate
	(a)	a watertight septic tank, pump out tank or other 
watertight compartment of a sewage or waste water 
system within 10 metres,
	(b)	a weeping tile field, an evaporative treatment mound or 
an outdoor toilet facility with a pit within 15 metres,
	(c)	a sewage lagoon within 100 metres, or
	(d)	a landfill so that an area where waste is or may be 
disposed of is located within 450 metres 
of a water well that supplies water that is intended or used for 
human consumption.
(3)  A person shall not deposit sewage effluent on the ground 
surface within 50 metres of a water well referred to in 
subsection (2).

11   Sections 16 and 17 are repealed.

12   Section 19 is amended by striking out "September 1, 
2014" and substituting "September 1, 2019".

13   The Schedule is amended
	(a)	by striking out "Section 6" and substituting "(Section 
6)";
	(b)	by striking out "Privies" and substituting "Toilet 
Facilities".


--------------------------------
Alberta Regulation 163/2014
Public Health Act
PERSONAL SERVICES (EXTENSION OF EXPIRY DATE) 
AMENDMENT REGULATION
Filed: July 29, 2014
For information only:   Made by the Minister of Health (M.O. 35/2014) on July 14, 
2014 pursuant to section 66(2)(h) of the Public Health Act. 
1   The Personal Services Regulation (AR 20/2003) is 
amended by this Regulation.

	2   Section 10 is amended by striking out "September 30, 2014" 
and substituting "November 30, 2016".


--------------------------------
Alberta Regulation 164/2014
Police Act
EXEMPTED AREAS POLICE SERVICE  
AGREEMENTS REGULATION
Filed: July 29, 2014
For information only:   Made by the Minister of Justice and Solicitor General 
(M.O. JSG 3-2014) on June 26, 2014 pursuant to section 62 of the Police Act. 
Definitions
1   In this Regulation,
	(a)	"Act" means the Police Act;
	(b)	"Exempted Area Police Service" means a police service that 
is established by an entity and operated in accordance with an 
Exempted Area Police Service Agreement;
	(c)	"Exempted Area Police Service Agreement" means an 
agreement under section 5(1)(b) of the Act between the 
Minister and an entity that 	provides for policing in an area of 
Alberta that is exempted under section 5(1)(a) of the Act.
Application of Act and regulations
2(1)  In the following enactments, a reference to "commission" 
includes a police commission established by an entity in accordance 
with an Exempted Area Police Service Agreement:
	(a)	the Act, except sections 1(c), 29, 31(1), (4), (5), (6) and (7), 
34, 35, 36, and 38, and
	(b)	the Police Service Regulation (AR 356/90), except section 4.
(2)  In section 31(14) of the Act, the reference to "council" includes an 
entity that is a party to an Exempted Area Police Service Agreement, 
other than the Government of Canada. 
(3)  In sections 45(5) and (6) and 46 of the Act, the reference to 
another police service or to the chief of police of that other police 
service does not include an Exempted Area Police Service.
(4)  For the purpose of this Regulation, the reference in section 3(1) of 
the Police Service Regulation (AR 356/90) to section 36 of the Act is 
to be read as a reference to section 5(1)(b) of the Act.
Repeal
3   The Exempted Areas Police Service Agreements Regulation 
(AR 229/2004) is repealed.
Expiry
4   For the purpose of ensuring that this Regulation is reviewed for 
ongoing relevancy and necessity, with the option that it may be 
repassed in its present or an amended form following a review, this 
Regulation expires on August 31, 2024.


--------------------------------
Alberta Regulation 165/2014
New Home Buyer Protection Act
NEW HOME BUYER PROTECTION (MINISTERIAL) 
AMENDMENT REGULATION
Filed: July 30, 2014
For information only:   Made by the Minister of Municipal Affairs (M.O. P:011/14) 
on July 30, 2014 pursuant to section 28(2) of the New Home Buyer Protection Act. 
1   The New Home Buyer Protection (Ministerial) Regulation 
(AR 220/2013) is amended by this section.

2   Section 2(5) and (6) are repealed.

3   Section 4(3) is amended
	(a)	by striking out "statement" and substituting "statutory 
declaration";
	(b)	in clause (f) by striking out "purchase period" and 
substituting "protection period".

4   Section 6(4) is repealed.

5   The following is added after section 6:
Grounds for discharge of rental use designation
6.1   The Registrar may discharge a caveat in respect of a rental use 
designation registered under section 3.1 of the statute from a 
certificate of title to land if
	(a)	the land that is the subject of the rental use designation does 
not contain a new home, or 
	(b)	all new homes on the land that is the subject of the rental use 
designation are either
	(i)	covered by a home warranty insurance contract that 
complies with section 3(6) and (7) of the statute, or
	(ii)	exempt from the requirement of obtaining required 
home warranty coverage under a provision other than 
section 3.1 of the statute.

6   The heading preceding section 7 is amended by striking 
out "Act Appeal".

7   Section 7 is amended
	(a)	in subsection (2) by striking out "Act Appeal";
	(b)	by repealing subsection (3).

8   Section 8(2)(a) and (b) and (3) are amended by striking 
out "the Minister or" wherever it occurs.

9   Section 9 is amended
	(a)	in subsections (1) to (4) by striking out "Minister" 
wherever it occurs and substituting "Board";
	(b)	by repealing subsection (5).

10   Section 10 is amended
	(a)	in subsection (2) by striking out "Minister" wherever 
it occurs and substituting "Board";
	(b)	in subsection (3) by striking out "the Minister or".

11   Section 11 is amended by adding the following after 
subsection (1):
(1.1)  A person affected by an action taken or a decision made by the 
Registrar under section 3.1 of the statute may appeal the action or 
decision.

12   Section 12 is amended
	(a)	in subsection (3)
	(i)	by striking out "chair" and substituting "Board";
	(ii)	by adding "or" at the end of clause (a);
	(iii)	by repealing clause (b);
	(b)	in subsection (4) by adding "to decide a stay 
application" after "hearing";
	(c)	in subsection (5)
	(i)	by striking out "chair" and substituting "Board";
	(ii)	by striking out "chair's" and substituting 
"Board's".

13   Section 27 is repealed.

14   The following is added after section 30:
Transitional
30.1   Section 2(5) and (6) as they read immediately before the 
coming into force of section 3.1 of the statute continue to apply to 
multiple family dwellings built for rental purposes constructed under 
a building permit applied for before the coming into force of section 
3.1 of the statute.

15   This Regulation comes into force on the coming into 
force of the New Home Buyer Protection Amendment Act, 
2014.